You are on page 1of 411

STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Table of Contents page


Acknowledgement ...................................................................................................................... IIIII

List of table…………………………………………………………………………….………...IV
List of Figures………………………………………………………………………….…..…….VI

Abbreviation ............................................................................................................................ VIIIII


Abstract .......................................................................................................................................... X
INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................................... 1
Chapter One:Roof design ................................................................................................................ 3
1.1Wind load analysis and Roof design ...................................................................................... 3
1.2Analysis and Design of wind load ......................................................................................... 4
1.2.1Design of Hipped Roof .................................................................................................. 10
1.2.2 Design of Mono pitchRoof ........................................................................................... 37
1.3 Design of Connection J-Bolt ............................................................................................... 61
1.4 Design of flat slab of roof ................................................................................................... 64
ChapterTwo:Solid Slab design ..................................................................................................... 71
2.1Depth Determination ............................................................................................................ 77
2.2 Dead Load Determination ................................................................................................... 80
2.3 Design Load for each Panel ................................................................................................ 85
2.4 Moment analysis ................................................................................................................. 87
2.5Load Transfer ....................................................................................................................... 97
2.6Moment adjustment between panels .................................................................................. 106
2.7Reinforcement calculations ................................................................................................ 117
2.8 Basement floor slab design ............................................................................................... 127
Chapter Three: Stair case and Ramp Design .............................................................................. 128
3.1 Ramp design ...................................................................................................................... 128
3.2 Stair Case Design .............................................................................................................. 131
3.2.1Stair Case from Ground toFourth Floor: The two flights are typical .......................... 132
3.2.2 Stair Case2: From Basement to Ground Floor(Two Flights....................................... 142
Chapter Four: Frame Analysis .................................................................................................... 156
4.1 Design for earthquake ....................................................................................................... 156
4.1.1Determination of base Shear Force ................................................................................. 157
4.1.2 W=seismic dead load .................................................................................................. 159

University of Gondar Page I


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

4.1.3Computation of weight of structure along with center of mass ................................... 159


4.1.4 Summary of weight .................................................................................................... 171
4.1.6 Column Stiffness (Kxc&Kyc) ....................................................................................... 175
4.1.6Calculation of center of stiffness for 1st Story ............................................................ 187
4.1.7Computation of frame shear, Qi .................................................................................. 188
4.1.8Calculation of eccentricity ........................................................................................... 190
4.1.9 Determination of shear correction factor for torsion .................................................. 192
4.2 Wind Load On external Wall ............................................................................................ 198
4.2.1Determination of external wind pressure..................................................................... 200
4.2.2 Determination of internal wind Pressure .................................................................... 202
4.2.3Distribution of the wall pressure into frames .............................................................. 205
Chapter Five ................................................................................................................................ 217
Frame Analysis and Design of Beam.......................................................................................... 217
5.1Modeling for 3D Frame Analysis Using SAP v.14.0.00.1................................................. 217
5.2Beam Design ...................................................................................................................... 221
5.2.1Design for flexural reinforcement ............................................................................... 222
Chapter Six.................................................................................................................................. 261
Column Design ........................................................................................................................... 261
Chapter Seven: Design of Shear Wall ........................................................................................ 284
7.1Design of Shear Wall Supporting Lift Shaft or Elevator ................................................... 284
7.2 Design of Basement Shear Wall........................................................................................ 292
Chapter Eight .............................................................................................................................. 307
Foundation Design ...................................................................................................................... 307
Conclusion .................................................................................................................................. 331
Recommendation ........................................................................................................................ 332
References ................................................................................................................................... 333
Appendix ..................................................................................................................................... 334

University of Gondar Page II


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Acknowledgement

First of all we will like to thank God for giving us the time, Motivation, patience and
determination in doing these projects. And we would like to thank our Advisor Wondeson
Belachew for his unstoppable help, our work couldn‟t pass all the up and downs easily. So, we
will like to express our deepest gratitude to Advisor Wondeson Balachew who was there with
dedication, enthusiasm and motivation to help us through all the steps of our work. Last but not
least we like to appreciate and thank our fellow Class mates and Friends who were helpful in
doing these final year paper.

University of Gondar Page III


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

List of Table
Table 1.1 Density of air Depending on site altitude above sea level. .............................................5
Table 1.2 Ground Roughness Categories and Parameter Values ....................................................... 6

Table1.3 Values of Cpe, 10and Cpe, 1 for =00 .................................................................................... 12

Table 1.4 Net wind pressure .................................................................................................................. 14

Table 1.5 Cpe,10and Cpe,1 values for =900 ........................................................................................... 16

Table 1.6 Net wind pressure for Case 2(Cpi=-0.5) .............................................................................. 17

Table1.7 Cpe,10and Cpe,1 values for =00 and =1800 ...................................................................... 37

Table 1.8 Net wind pressureCpe =00 ................................................................................................ 38

Table 1.9 Zones of Mono pitch roof at 900 .......................................................................................... 40

Table 1.10 Net wind pressureCpe =900 ................................................................................................ 41

Table 2.1 The value of 𝛽𝑎 depending on the Support Condition ..................................................... 76

Table 2.2 Depth for Typical Floor ........................................................................................................ 77

Table 2.3 Depth for First Floor ............................................................................................................ 77

Table 2.4 Depth for Ground Floor ........................................................................................................ 78

Table 2.5Live Load depending on the different functions ............................................................... 79

Table 2.6 Dead load due to Partition wall for Typical floor Slab ..................................................... 84

Table 2.7Dead Load of Partition Wall on First Floor Panels ........................................................... 84

Table 2.8Dead Load of Partition Wall on Ground Floor Panels ................................................. 85

Table 2.9Design Dead Load for First Floor Slab .............................................................................. 86

Table 2.10Design Dead Load for Ground Floor Slab ....................................................................... 86

Table 2.11computation of Bending Moment for Typical floor Slab .............................................. 87

Table 2.12computation of Bending Moment for First floor Slab .................................................... 88

University of Gondar Page IV


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Table 2.13 Computation of Bending Moment For Ground Floor .................................................91


Table 2.14 Computation of Load Transfer for Typical Floor Slab ...............................................94

Table 2.15 Computation of Load Transfer to First Floor .............................................................96

Table 2.16 Computation of Load Transfer for Ground Floor slab .............................................100

Table 2.17 Moment Adjustment for Typical Floor Slab .............................................................103

Table 2.18 Moment Adjustment for First Floor Slab ..................................................................110

Table 2.19 Moment Adjustment forGround FloorSlab ...............................................................111

Table 2.20Reinforcement Calculation for Typical floor Slab ....................................................112

Table 2.21 Reinforcement Calculation for First Floor ................................................................118

Table 2.22 Reinforcement Calculation for Ground floor Slab ...................................................120

Table 8.1 Soil data drained direct shear test results ....................................................................304

University of Gondar Page V


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1.1 Site plan .......................................................................................................................11
Figure 1.2 Wind direction perpendicular to the ridge(θ=0 ) .........................................................12
Figure 1.3 Wind direction perpendicular to the ridge (θ=90 ) ......................................................15

Figure 1.4 Mono pitch roof zones .................................................................................................37

Figure 1.5 Mono pitch roof zone at 90 .........................................................................................40

Figure 2.1 Typical Floor Panel Selection .....................................................................................72

Figure 2.2First Floor Panel Selection ............................................................................................73


Figure 2.3 Ground Floor Panel Selection ......................................................................................74
Figure 2.4 Basement Floor panel Selection ...................................................................................75
Figure 2.5 Sectional view of Floor Slab ........................................................................................79
Figure 2.6 Unadjusted Moment for Typical Floor Slab ................................................................90

Figure 2.7Unadjusted Moment for First Floor ...............................................................................93


Figure 2.8 Unadjusted Moments for Ground Floor Slab ...............................................................95
Figure 2.9 Load Transfer for Typical Floor Slab Floor .................................................................99
Figure 2.10 Load Transfer to First floor slab ...............................................................................102

Figure 2.11 Load Transfer to ground Floor Slab .........................................................................104


Figure 2.12 Adjusted Moment for typical floor slab ...................................................................113
Figure 2.13First Floor Adjusted Moment ....................................................................................114
Figure 2.14Adjusted Moment for Ground Floor Slab .................................................................115
Figure 3.1 Plan View (Layout) Stair Case 1 ................................................................................126

Figure 3.2 Stair Case 1 Modeling ...............................................................................................130

Figure 3.3 Detail Elevation of Landing Slab ...............................................................................131

Figure 3.4 Plan View (Layout) of Stair Case 2 (Flight one) .......................................................134

Figure 3.5 Modeling of Stair Case 2 (Flight one) ........................................................................140

Figure3.6 Plan View (Layout) of Stair Case 2 (Flight 2) ............................................................141

University of Gondar Page VI


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Figure3.7 Modeling of Stair Case 2(Flight two ...........................................................................149

Figure A.2 Reference height depending on h and b.....................................................................150

Figure A.2 Key for vertical walls ................................................................................................197

Figure 4.1Distribution of wind pressure on Zone A& E .............................................................204

Figure 4.Distribution of wind pressure on Zone A& B ...............................................................205

Figure 5.1 3D frame .....................................................................................................................214

Figure 5.2 Moment 3-3 diagram for Axis C-C X-direction (COMB1) ......................................216

Figure 5.3 Moment 3-3 diagram for Axis 4-4 Y-direction (COMB1) .........................................217
Figure 5.4 Shear force diagram ....................................................................................................241
Figure6.1 Cross Section of Column .............................................................................................289

Figure 7.1 Basement shear wall diagram supporting selected soil ..............................................303

Figure 8.1 Footing Layout ...........................................................................................................304

Figure 8.2 Footing Elevation and Footing Layout(plan view) ....................................................305

Figure 8.3 Soil Profile ..................................................................................................................310

Figure 8.4 Critical Section for Punching Shear of F7 ..................................................................311

Figure 8.5 Critical Section for Wide Beam Shear of F7 ..............................................................312

Figure8.6 Critical Section for Bending Moment of F7 ................................................................315

Figure 8.6 Footing detail for F7....................................................................................................320

Figure8.7 Critical Section for Punching Shear of F12 ..................................................................322

Figure 8.8 Critical Section for Wide Beam Shear of F12 .............................................................323

Figure 8.9 Critical Section for Bending Moment of F12 ..............................................................326

Figure 8.10 Footing Detail of F12.................................................................................................323

University of Gondar Page VII


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Abbreviation (acronym)

Ac: Gross Area of concrete


As: Area of tensile reinforcement bar
As‟: Area of compressive reinforcement bar
b,h :Dimension of rectangular section ( width and depth respectively)
bSeff : Effective width
CALT: Altitude factor
cd: dynamic coefficient
CDIR: Direction factor
Ce: Exposure coefficient
cp: pressure coefficient
cr: Roughness coefficient
ct: Topographic coefficient
CTEM: Temperature coefficient
d: Effective depth
D: Gross Depth
E: Modulus of elasticity
Ec: Modulus of elasticity of concrete
ɛcu: Maximum compressive strain of concrete
EL: Flexural stiffness
Es: Modulus of elasticity of steel
fcd: Design Compressive strength of concrete in compression
fck: Characteristic cylindrical compressive strength of concrete
fctd: Tensile strength of concrete
fcu: Cubic compressive strength of concrete
fyd: Design yield strength of Reinforcement Bar in Tension and Compression
fyk: Characteristic strength of Reinforcement Bar in Tension
HCB: Hollow Concrete Block
I: Second Moment of Inertia
k: Equivalent roughness

University of Gondar Page VIII


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

kT : Terrain factor
ƛ: Slenderness ratio
Leff: Effective length
Ø: Diameter of Reinforcement Bar
Pd: Design value
qref : Reference mean velocity pressure
Rc: Reinforced Concrete
t: Plate thickness
Vm : Mean wind velocity
Vref: Relative wind velocity factor
X: Neutral axis depth
Y: Unit Weight
Z: Height above the ground
Zmin: Minimum height
Zo: Roughness length
γc: Partial safety factor of concrete
γs: Partial safety factor of steel
ρ: Density

University of Gondar Page IX


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Abstract

This Thesis paper is intended to the analysis and design of B+ G+ 4 building using solid slab
system, Beams with different support conditions, circular and rectangular column, and designed
with an isolated foundation system. To design the solid slab system both elastic method and
plastic method of analysis is used. The Bearing Capacity of the soil is done according to the soil
data provided to us by our advisor.
This Thesis paper has nine (7) chapters. Wind load analysis and roof design is done under
chapter-1, Slab design is done under Chapter-2, Stair-case and ramp design is done under
Chapter-3, Lateral load analysis is done under Chapter-4, Frame analysis , Beam and Column
design is done under Chapter-5,shear wall and lift house shaft design is done under Chapter-6,
Foundation design is done under chapter 7 and finally the document has conclusion for the thesis
paper as whole and reference and appendix.
Each chapter contains, general introduction, detail design concept and design procedures of the
respective topics, code provisions (Code requirements) and design solution and also different
tabulated designs that are performed using different Excel Sheets are presented in each chapter to
describe the designs briefly.

University of Gondar Page X


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

INTRODUCTION

The structural part of the building supports the body of the building preventing it from any
collapse or failure. Therefore, structural design involves the determination of the different
sections of the skeletal part of the building to make it stable and sustainable throughout its design
life.
A structural design is executed in such a way that the building will remain fit with appropriate
degrees of reliability and in an economic way. It should sustain all the actions and influences
during execution and use. Therefore, structural design focuses on structural safety and
serviceability with due durability. It must also optimize the cost expended in building the
structure and maintenance.
This structural design is executed based on the Ethiopian Building Code of Practice (EBCS)
prepared in 1995 E.C. This code follows the Limit State design approach. Limit state is a state
beyond which the structure no longer satisfies the design performance requirements. It consists
of two states namely Ultimate Limit and serviceability Limit states. Ultimate Limit states are
conditions related with collapse or states prior to structural failure. Its main concern is the safety
of structure and people. Serviceability Limit states are those associated to conditions beyond
which a structure does not accomplish specified service requirements. It is mainly concerned
about the function of construction works, comfort of people, and appearance
The prime objective of design is structural safety and serviceability. In case the structure fails, it
must be in such a way it will minimize risks and casualty. It must extend the time for evacuation
of people inside a building. This requirement of structural design is accomplished by the
principle called ductility. Ductility allows yielding of steel reinforcement prior to the collapse of
the building. Yielding of steel bars warns the start of failure of a structure or its part. Therefore,
structures are designed to be under reinforced by certain percent to assure ductility mode of
failure if it happens.
This B+G+M+4 building is located in Addis Ababa City. The building compartments consist of
Bed rooms, restaurant and Cafeteria, Shops etc. Therefore, it is designed according to EBCS 1 to
8, 1995 to fulfill the required functions and service of its parts
The structure was analyzed as space frame using SAP2000 to collect all the actions for each
structure Finally, the structural members such as roof, stairs, beams, columns, footings are
designed using limit state design approach stated in EBCS published in 1995.

University of Gondar Page 1


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Specification
Purpose – Mixed-use Building

Approach- Limit state design method

Material – Concrete – 25, class – I works

Steel S – 300 & RHS for roof truss and purlin EGA- 500 for roof cover is used.

Partial safety factors – concrete γc=1.5

Steel γs=1.15

Unit weight of concrete γc=24KN/m3

Design Data and Materials

Concrete fck = 0.8*25MPa =20MPa

fctk= 0.21*fck2/3 =1.547MPa

fcd= 0.85*fck/ γc =11.33MPa

fctd= fctk/ γc =1.032MPa

Steel ,fyk= 300MPa

fcd= 260.87MPa

Design loads Fd= γf*Fk Where, Fk = characteristics loads

γf = partial safety factor for Live loads = 1.6

Dead loads = 1.3

Seismic condition
Addis Ababa – Zone 2

University of Gondar Page 2


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Chapter One: Roof design


1.1Wind load analysis and Roof design

Windstorm damage on buildings, bridges and other civil structures is a fact in the world. In the
world history there are many structures failed by wind, especially roofed structures are highly
exposed to wind damage, so to overcomethese wind problem civil engineering experts studied
wind effect on roof, building wall, and bridge structures. The best solution that experts decided
is considering the wind effect on the structure when designing. Wind effect onstructure has
suctioned and pushesforward effect.

This Chapter focused on the design of roof to resist wind load.

Main points included in this chapter:

 Detail introduction of the analysis of wind load based on EBCS -1/1995


 Analysis and design of hipped roof
 Analysis and design of flat slab roof for tanker
 Analysis and design of mono pitch roof

General description to wind load

The building has two types of roof namely flat slab roof and truss system. Therefore, roof design
has two parts. The first part is the design of flat roof slab and the second one is wind load
analysis of mono pitched and hipped roof .Roof is mainly designed for wind load and self -
weight of the roof. Therefore,

Analysis of wind load is required to design the roof.Based on the roof structure buildings are
classified into two:

 Flat roof building (slabs)


 Sloped roof building (truss structures)

Wind load on roofs

Wind produces dynamic loads on a structure at highly variable magnitudes. TheVariation in


pressures at different locations on a building is complex to the point thatPressures may become
too analytically intensive for precise consideration in design. ToSimplify the complexity in
analysis of wind load different codes provides specifications for wind load by considering basic
static pressure zones on a buildings representative of peak loads that are likely to be experienced.

University of Gondar Page 3


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Wind forces act directly or indirectly on the internal and external surface of Structures. Wind
loads fluctuate with time. A wind load produces static, dynamic and Aerodynamic effects on
structures.

1.2Analysis and Design of wind load


Wind loads are dynamic loads and there are two methods of analysis of dynamic loads.

Quasi- Static Method: This is applied to stiff structures in which the movement of the Structure
with wind is negligible.

Dynamic analysis: in which the movement of structures with wind loads in considered

The choice of the two procedures is based on the height of the building and the dynamic
coefficient,CdStatic method or the simplest method of wind load analysis isUsed for buildings
and chimneys less than 200m tall provided that the value of dynamic coefficient. In all other
cases the detailed analysis considers the dynamic effect of the load namely dynamic analysis
should be applied.

The effect of wind load on the structure depends on many factors such as:

 wind velocity direction


 the height of the structure
 topographic location of the structure
 shape of the structure70

 terrain category
 the roughness of the surrounding

Action of the wind loads on structures is represented either as a wind pressure or a wind force.
The action of wind pressure on a structure is assumed to act normal to the surface except
otherwise specified; e.g. for tangential friction forces.

Wind pressure on the structure may be external wind pressure or internal windPressure. External
wind pressure ( Wex ) is the wind pressure acting on the externalsurfaces of a structure and
internal wind pressure, is the wind pressure acting onthe internal surfaces of a structure.

We=qref*ce(ze) *cpe

Wi=qref*ce(zi) *cpi

Where: qref = Reference mean wind pressure

ce(z) = Exposure coefficient that takes into account the influence of terrain roughness.

University of Gondar Page 4


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

cpe = External wind pressure coefficient Appendix A of EBCS - 1/1995

cpi = Internal wind pressure coefficient Appendix a of EBCS - 1/1995

Reference mean wind pressure (qref= q vref2)

Where: Vref-the reference wind velocity.

𝑞ref- is the air density.

The air density is affected by altitude and depends on the temperature and pressure to be
expected in the region during wind storms. A temperature of 20°C has been selected as
appropriate for Ethiopia and the variation of mean atmospheric pressure with altitude is given in
Table 3.1 of EBCS - 1/1995 below.

Table 1.1 Density of air Depending on site altitude above sea level.

Site altitude Density (p)Kg/m3


above sea level

0 1.2
500 1.12
1000 1.06
1500 1.00
2000 0.94

Reference Wind Velocity

The reference wind velocity ( Vref) is the 10 minute mean wind velocity at 10m above ground
of terrain category II (see Table 3.2 of EBCS - 1/199) having an annualprobability of exceedence
of 0.02 (commonly referred to as having a mean returnperiod of 50 years).

Vref = CDIR* CTEM* CALT* VoREF.

Where:

Voref is the basic value of the reference wind velocity to be taken as 22m/s.

CDIR - is the direction factor to be taken as 1.0

CTEM- is the temporary (seasonal) factor to be taken as 1.0

CALT-is the altitude factor to be taken as 1.0

University of Gondar Page 5


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Exposure Coefficient Ce(z) :

The exposure coefficient takes into account of the variation from the reference wind velocity due
to terrain roughness, topography and height above ground on the mean wind speed and
turbulence.

Ce(Z)=Cr2(Z)*Ct2* ( )
+
( )

Where:Ce(z): is the exposure coefficient

Cr(z) : is the roughness coefficient

Ct(z): is the topographic coefficient

KT: is the terrain factor

The roughness coefficient Cr(z ): takes into account the variation of mean wind velocity at the site
of the structure due to:

 the height above ground level,


 the roughness of the terrain depending on the wind direction

𝑇 ( ) 𝑧
{
( ) 𝑧

Where: KT: is the terrain factor

Zo: is the roughness length

Zmin: is the minimum height

Note: Zo, Zmindepend on the terrain category. Recommended values are given in table below
depending on five representative terrain categories.

Table 4.1 Ground roughness categories and parameter values (from EBCS)

Table 1.2 Ground Roughness Categories and Parameter Values

Category Terrain category KT Zo Zmin (m)


(m)

I. Lakes with at least 5km fetch upwind and 0.17 0.01 2.00
smooth flat
country without obstacles

University of Gondar Page 6


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

II. Farmland with boundary hedges, occasional 0.19 0.05 4


small farm
structure, houses or trees

III. Suburban or industrial areas and permanent 0.22 0.3 8


forests
IV. Urban areas in which at least 15% of the 0.24 1.00 16
surfaces covered
with buildings and their average height
exceeds 15m

Note: When there is any doubt about the choice between two categories in the definition of a
given area, the worst case should be taken.

The topography coefficient Ct(z): accounts for the increase of mean wind speed over isolated hills
and escarpments (not undulating and mountainous regions). It is related to the wind velocity at
the base of the hill or escarpment; it shall be considered f or locations within the topography
affected zone.

It is defined by:

Ct= 1 for Φ < 0.05

Ct= 1 + 2𝑡 Φ for 0.05 < Φ < 0. 3

Ct = 1 +2𝑡 Φ for 0.05 < Φ < 0. 3

Where: S is the factor to be obtained by interpolation from the value of S = 1 at the crest of a
hill, ridge or escarpment and the value S = 0 at boundary of the topography affected zone.
Interpolation shall be linear with horizontal distance from crest and with height above the local
ground level.

Φ - is the upwind slope in the wind direction

Φ = H/Lu

Where :H - is the effective height of the feature

Lu- is the actual length of the upwind slope in the wind direction

X - is the horizontal distance of the site from the top of the crest

University of Gondar Page 7


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Z -is the vertical distance from the ground level of the site

Wind pressure Coefficients

External wind pressure coefficient-External pressure coefficients give the effect of the wind on
the external surfaces of buildings.

Internal wind pressure Coefficient-internal pressure coefficients give the effect of the wind on
the internal surfaces of buildings.

External Pressure coefficients

The external pressure coefficients are divided into local coefficients and overall coefficients.

Local coefficients, Cpe1 give the pressure coefficients for loaded areas of 1m.They may be used
for the design of small elements and fixings.

Overall coefficients, Cpe 10 give the pressure coefficients for loaded areas of 10 m.They may be
used for loaded areas larger than 10 m.

The external pressure coefficients Cpe for buildings and parts of buildings depend on the size of
the loaded area A, which is the area of the structure that produces the wind action in the section
to be calculated.

Note: The loaded area is the area of the structure, which produces the wind action in the section
to be calculated. For buildings with the loaded area between lm and 10mthe following procedure
is recommended for determining the external pressure coefficient.

The figure which is based on the following:

A ≤ l m, Cpe = Cpe1

1 m< A < 10m2, Cpe = Cpe1 + (Cpe 10 − Cpe 1) log10A

A ≥ 10m, Cpe = Cpe 10

The values of Cpe1 and Cpe10 are given on Tables A.1 to A.5 of EBCS-1 /1 995 for orthogonal
wind directions 0°, 90°,180° but represent highest values obtained in a range of wind direction 0
= ± 45 ° either side of the relevant orthogonal direction. These values are only applicable to
buildings.

Internal Pressure coefficients

Internal pressure arises due to openings, such as windows, doors and vents, in the cladding. In
general, if the windward pane has a greater proportion of opening than the leeward panel, then

University of Gondar Page 8


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

the interior of the structure is subjected to positive (outward) pressure as illustrated in Fig.4.5 (a).
Conversely, if the leeward face has more openings, then the interior is subjected to a negative
(inward) pressure as illustrated in Fig. Like external pressure internal pressure is considered
positive when acting on to the surface of the structure. Thus, internal pressure is positive when
the pressure acts outward.

Net Pressure: The net wind pressure across a wall or an element is the difference of the
pressures on each surface taking due account of their signs. (Pressure, directed towards the
surface is taken as positive, and suction, directed away from the surface as negative.

Wind Force

Wind Forces from Pressures

The wind forces acting on a structure or a structural component may be determined in two ways:

 By means of global forces.


 as a summation of pressures acting on surfaces provided that the structure or the
structural component is not sensitive to dynamic response (Q < 1.2)

Total wind force on a structure

F = Wnet Aref

Where: Aref=the reference area, generally equal to the projected area of the zone normal to the
wind direction.

Wnet-The net wind pressure

General procedures of wind load analysis

Generally, we should follow the following steps in analyzing wind loads:

 Determine site design wind speed and basic velocity pressure


 Identify the roof type
 Determine wind pressure coefficients namely external wind pressure coefficient and
internal wind pressure coefficients
 Determine net wind pressure coefficient
 Determine the design or net wind pressure from step above
 Determine the wind force
 Load combination

University of Gondar Page 9


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

1.2.1Design of Hipped Roof


Design information

The building is located in Addis Ababa. Therefore, According to EBCS - 1, 1995 the area is
categorized according to the following.

Terrain Category: According to Table 3.2 of EBCS - 1, 1995 Addis Ababa fall under Terrain
Category- IV. Category is characterized with

 Terrain factor (KT) = 0.24


 Roughness length, z0 = lm
 Minimum height, zmin= 16m

Topography coefficient : no escarpment or hills are located around the building site which
means the site is topography unaffected zone and therefore,

Ct(z) = l According to section 3.8.4 of EBCS - 1, 1995

Height of the building is 16.8m

Width of the building is 18.40m

Dynamic coefficient-Cd: According to Figure 3.7 of EBCS-1, 1995 dynamic coefficients


approximately 0.90. Therefore we can apply static method of analysis of wind load.

Roughness coefficient-The roughness coefficient Cr (z), accounts for the variability of mean
wind velocity due to the height of the structure above ground level and the roughness of the
terrain. It is defined by the logarithmic relationship:

Cr(z)=KT ln( ⁄ ) for ZMin ≤ Z ≤ 200

( ) 𝑧

Where Zo- is the roughness length and

Zmin is the minimum height.

Both Zo and Zmin are dependent on the ground roughness and are given in Table 4.1.

In our case Z=16.8m, Zo=1m and Zmin=16m (i.e. Zmin<Z<200m).

Cr(z)=0.24ln( ⁄ ) =0.677

University of Gondar Page 10


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Exposurecoefficient (Ce(z): =(0.677)2 *12*[1+ ]=1.596

Formulas applied:External wind pressure:- We=qref*ce(ze) *cpe

Internal wind pressure:- Wi=qref*ce(zi) *cpi

Net wind pressure:-Wnet=qref*ce(z)*( )

Fig 1.1 Site plan

The wind may have different effect when it strikes the duo pitched roof in different direction, so
we have to check wind effect in all direction and design for worst case of wind.

i) Case1 Wind direction perpendicular to the ridge (ɵ=0°)

Wind direction at =00 =tan-1(0.24)=13.490

e is lesser of, e=12.5

University of Gondar Page 11


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Cpe value- Cpe,10for area >10mm2

Cpe, value-Cpe,1for Area <10m2

Fig 1.2 Wind direction perpendicular to the ridge (ɵ=0°)

Table1.3 Values of Cpe,10and Cpe,1for =00

Pitc Zone For Wind direction =00


h
angl F G H I J K L M N
e
Cpe,10 Cpe,1 Cpe,10 Cpe,1 Cpe,10 Cpe,1 Cpe,10 Cpe,1 Cpe,10 Cpe,1 Cpe,10 Cpe1 Cpe10 Cpe1 Cpe10 CPE1 Cpe10 Cpe1
150 -1.7 -2.5 -1.2 -2 -0.6 -1.2 -0.3 -0.3 -0.6 -0.3 0.6 0.6 -1.2 2.0 -0.6 -1.2 -0.4 -0.4
13.5 -1.01 -2.07 -0.86 1.17 -0.34 -0.43 -0.47 -0.47 -0.94 -1.37 -0.95 -1.64 -1.37 -2 -0.6 0.86 -0.31 -0.31
0

300 -0.9 -2.0 -0.8 1.5 -0.3 -0.3 -0.5 -0.5 -1 -1.5 -1.2 -2 -1.4 -2 -0.6 1.2 -0.3 -0.3

University of Gondar Page 12


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Reference mean wind pressure ( qref= q vref2) q can be interpolated from table 3.1from EBCS -
1/1995 depending on the altitude of site above sea level. Since our building located in Addis
Ababa ᵨ=air density of the site (Addis Ababa) having an altitude of 2000m above sea level=0.94
kg/m3

vref=Reference wind velocity

vref= CDir CTem CAltvRef

CDir =CTem =vRef=1

Vref=1*1*1*22m/sec=22m/sec

qref= *ᵨ*Vref2= *0.94 ⁄ 3


*222` ⁄ 2
=227.48 ⁄ 2

Internal wind pressure coefficient, Cpi

According to EBCS-1/1995 for closed building with internal partitions and opening windows the
extreme values are:

Cpi = +0.8 for positive pressure

Cpi = −0.5 for negative pressure

Internal wind pressure:- Wi=qref*ce(zi) *cpi=0.227*1.596*Cpi= 0.442Cpi

Net wind pressure:- Wnet=qref*ce(z)*( )

Case-1 if the internal pressure is positive (Cpi=+0.8)

Zone Area Cpe


F 4.73 -1.35
G 11.84 -0.86
H 20.83 -0.34
I 17.21 -0.47
J 9.34 -0.95
K 4.92 -1.16
L 8.36 -0.49
M 6.76 -0.35
Since areas of zone F,J,K,L & M are between 1m and 10m exposure coefficient can be
calculated as: Cpe = Cpe1 + (Cpe10 − Cpe1) log10A but for others take Cpe = Cpe10 since area

University of Gondar Page 13


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

A>10m2. Each zone falls in different pitch angle, so we take the maximum exposure coefficient
to calculate net wind pressure

Table 1.4 Net wind pressure

Zone F G H I J K L M
Cpe -1.35 -0.86 -0.34 -0.47 -0.95 -1.16 -0.49 -0.35
Cpi +0.8 +0.8 +0.8 +0.8 +0.8 +0.8 +0.8 +0.8
Cpe-Cpi -2.15 -1.66 -1.14 -1.27 -1.75 -1.96 -1.29 -1.15
Wnet=0.442(Cpe-Cpi) - - - -0.56 -0.77 -0.866 -0.57 0.508
0.9503 0.7337 0.503

 Net wind pressure is critical at zone F Wnet = −0.9503KN/m2

Case-2 if the internal pressure is negative (Cpi=-0.5)

Zone F G H I J K L M
Cpe -1.35 -0.86 -0.34 -0.47 -0.95 -1.16 -0.49 -0.35
Cpi -0.5 -0.5 -0.5 -0.5 -0.5 -0.5 -0.5 -0.5
Cpe-Cpi -0.85 -0.36 0.16 0.03 -0.45 -0.66 0.01 0.15
Wnet=0.442(Cpe-Cpi) - -0.159 0.071 0.013 -0.19 -0.29 0.004 0.066
0.3757

Net wind pressure is critical at zone H Wnet = +0.071KN/m2

 Wnet (-)= -0.3757KN/m at F


 Wnet (+)=+0.071KN/m at H

From the above two case the critical

Wnet = Max(-0.9503 ,-0.3757)= -0.9503KN/m2

II) Case2 Wind direction perpendicular to the ridge (ɵ=90°)

Wind direction at =900 =tan-1(0.32)=16.80

e is lesser of, e=15.36

University of Gondar Page 14


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Cpe=10 for area >10mm2

Cpe=1 for area <10m2

Fig 1.3Wind direction perpendicular to the ridge (ɵ=90°)

University of Gondar Page 15


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Table 1.5 Cpe,10and Cpe,1 values for =900

Pitch Zone For Wind direction =900


angle
F G H I J k L M N
Cpe,10 Cpe,1 Cpe,10 Cpe,1 Cpe,10 Cpe,1 Cpe,10 Cpe,1 Cpe,10 Cpe,1 Cpe,10 Cpe1 Cpe1 Cpe1 Cpe10 CPE1 Cpe10 Cpe1
0
150 -0.9 -2 -0.8 1.5 -0.3 -0.3 -0.5 -0.5 -1 -1.5 -1.2 -2 -1.4 -2 -0.6 1.2 -0.3 -0.3
16.80 -0.73 -1.94 -0.76 1.14 -0.29 -0.29 -0.49 -0.49 -0.96 -1.46 -1.12 -1.82 -1.4 -2 -0.62 0.91 -0.29 -0.29
300 0.5 -1.5 -0.5 -1.5 -0.2 -0.2 -0.4 -0.4 -0.7 -1.2 -0.5 -0.5 -1.4 -2 -0.8 -1.2 -0.2 -0.2

Reference mean wind pressure ( qref= q vref2) q can be interpolated from table 3.1from EBCS -
1/1995 depending on the altitude of site above sea level. Since our building located in Addis
Ababa ᵨ=air density of the site (Addis Ababa) having an altitude of 2000m above sea level=0.94
kg/m3

vref=Reference wind velocity

vref= CDir CTem CAltvRef

CDir =CTem =vRef=1

Vref=1*1*1*22m/sec=22m/sec

qref= *ᵨ*Vref2= *0.94 ⁄ 3


*222` ⁄ 2
=227.48 ⁄ 2

Internal wind pressure coefficient, Cpi

According to EBCS-1/1995 for closed building with internal partitions and opening windows the
extreme values are:

Cpi = +0.8 for positive pressure

Cpi = −0.5 for negative pressure

Internal wind pressure:- Wi=qref*Ce(zi) *Cpi=0.227*1.596*Cpi= 0.442Cpi

Net wind pressure:- Wnet=qref*ce(z)*( )

Case-1 if the internal pressure is positive (Cpi=+0.8)

Zone Area Cpe


F 3.09 -0.73
G 7.713 -0.54

University of Gondar Page 16


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

H 41.4 -0.29
I 18.51 -0.49
J 9.11 -0.98
K 18.51 -1.12
L 9.88 -1.4
M 15.43 -0.62 Since areas of zone F,G,J& L are
between 1m and 10m exposure coefficient can be calculated as:

Cpe = Cpe1 + (Cpe10 − Cpe1) log10A but for others take Cpe = Cpe10

Since area A>10m2. Each zone falls in different pitch angle, so we take the maximum exposure
coefficient to calculate net wind pressure

Table 1.3 Net wind pressure for Case 1(Cpi=0.8)

Zone F G H I J K L M
Cpe -0.73 -0.54 -0.29 -0.49 -0.98 -1.12 -1.4 -0.62
Cpi +0.8 +0.8 +0.8 +0.8 +0.8 +0.8 +0.8 +0.8
Cpe-Cpi -1.53 -1.34 -1.08 -1.29 -1.78 -1.92 -2.2 -1.42
Wnet=0.442(Cpe- -1.224 -1.072 - -0.39 - -1.536 -1.76 -1.136
Cpi) 0.864 1.424

 Net wind pressure is critical at zone L Wnet = −1.76KN/m2

Case-2 if the internal pressure is negative (Cpi=-0.5)

Table 1.6 Net wind pressure for Case 2(Cpi=-0.5)

Zone F G H I J K L M
Cpe -0.73 -0.54 -0.29 -0.49 -0.98 -1.12 -1.4 -0.62
Cpi -0.5 -0.5 -0.5 -0.5 -0.5 -0.5 -0.5 -0.5
Cpe-Cpi -0.23 -0.04 0.21 0.01 -0.48 -0.62 -0.9 -0.12
Wnet=0.442(Cpe-Cpi) 0.115 0.02 - -0.01 0.24 0.31 0.45 0.06
0.105

Net wind pressure is critical at zone L Wnet = +0.45KN/m2

 Wnet (-)= -0.105KN/m at H


 Wnet (+)=+0.45KN/m at L

From the above two case the critical

University of Gondar Page 17


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Wnet = Max(-1.76 ,-0.105)= -1.76KN/m2

 Critical net pressure on Hipped pitch roof is the maximum wind pressure

from above cases

Thus Wnet(−) = −1.76KN/m2 at L.

Wnet(+) = +0.45KN/m2 at L.

1.2.1.2Analysis and Design of Lattice Purlin


Load on Lattice Purlin

Critical loads at roof

Wnet(−) = −1.76KN/m2

wnet(+) = +0.45KN/m2

Determination of purlin spacing:

By looking the wind pressure and referring “Manual of cold formed welded structural and

furniture steel tubing” from kaliti steel industry. We have selected EGA-500 with thickness of
0.5mm.

Load on the purline

a) Self-weight of EGA sheet

 From the previous manual self-weight of EGA-500 of thickness 0.5mm is 3.92 Kg/m or
0.0392 KN/m

To determine the dead load per area the weight should be divided by width of the sheet (i.e.
width=782mm).

D.L (KN/m) = (0.0392 KN/m)/0.782m=0.0512 KN/m

b) Live load, qk& Qk

 The characteristics value Qk& qk are given EBCS-1 1995, table 2.13 & 2.14.
 For a roof which is accessible for normal maintenance repairs, painting & minor repairs,
the category is H.
 For sloping category H,
 qk=0.25 KN/m2

University of Gondar Page 18


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

 Qk=1 KN (point load).

c) Wind Load

Case I: positive pressure.

Since we have two pitch angles = 13.5° and = 16.8° to get a maximum cos value we used =
13.5° for the transfer. Since cos13.5o= 0.97236 > cos16.8=0.9573.

 WL=0.45 KN/m, perpendicular to the roof


 To make it a vertical load.

WL=0.45 KN/m*cos13.5°

=0.43756 KN/m.

Case II: negative pressure.

WL= -`1.76 KN/m, perpendicular to the roof to make it a vertical load.

WL= -1.76 KN/m* cos13.5°

=-1.7114 KN/m

 Load combinations

pd= 1.3D.L + 1.6L.L + W.L

Case I: positive pressure

pd = (1.3 (0.0512) + 1.6 (0.25) + (0.43756) KN/m2

Pd(+ve) = 0.90412 KN/m2.

Using this load and thickness of EGA, the purlin spacing is found to 2.25m from the previous
kaliti manual depending on strength and deflection of EGA sheet 500.

Case II: negative pressure

Pd = (1.3 (0.0512) + 1.6 0.25 + (−1.7114)) KN/m2

Pd(−ve) = -1.2448 KN/m2

Using this load and thickness of EGA, the purlin spacing is found to be 2 m from the previous
kaliti manual depending on strength and deflection of EGA sheet 500.Therefore the governing
purlin spacing is = min (2m, 2.25m) =2 m

University of Gondar Page 19


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Total design load on the purlin

According to EBCS-2/1995 for ultimate limit state, we have the following possible combination.

 Comb1 =1.3DL+1.6LL
 Comb2 =1.2(DL+LL+WL)
 Comb3 =DL+1.6WL

Combination 1: Dead load + Live load

Pd = 1.3 D.L + 1.6 L.L

a) Concentrated live load

Pd = 1.3 (0.0512) KN/m + 1.6 1 cos 13. 50 KN

Pd = 0.06656 KN/m + 1.556 KN

We have considered only the component of the EGA sheet dead load & the live load which is
perpendicular to the EGA sheet for the design and we neglect the parallel component of the EGA
sheet dead load since its effect is negligible.

b) Uniform live load

Pd = 1.3 (0.0512 cos13.5°) KN/m + 1.6 0.25 cos 13.5°) KN/m

Pd = 0.4536 KN /m

Combination 2: dead load +live load+ wind load

Pd = 1.2( D.L + L.L + W.L)

a) Positive wind load

Distributed live load

Pd = 1.2 (0.0512 + 0.25 + 0.45) cos13.5° KN/m

Pd = 0.8765 KN/m

Concentrated live load

Pd = 1.2 (0.0512 + 0.045)cos13.5° + 1.2 cos13.5° KN/m

Pd = 0.112KN/m + 1.17KN

b) Negative wind load

University of Gondar Page 20


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Distributed live load

Pd = 1.2 (0.0512 + 0.25 − 1.76) cos13.5° KN/m

Pd = −1.702 KN/m

Concentrated live load

Pd = 1.2 (0.0512 − 1.76)cos13.5° + 1.2 cos13.5° KN/M

Pd = −1.99KN/m + 1.167KN

Combination 3: dead load + wind load

Pd = (D.L + 1.6 W.L)

i) Positive wind load

We(+ve) = (0.0512 + 1.6 0.45)cos13.5° KN/m

We(+ve) =0.7498KN/m

ii) Negative wind load

Pd(−ve) = (0.0512 − 1.76)cos13.5° KN/m

Pd(−ve) = −1.66KN/m

 Determination of reaction for all of the combinations for selecting the critical
combination.

Applying the combined loads on the purlin with the length, L=2m b/n two purlins.

 Combination 1-a Pd = 0.067 KN/m + 1.556 KN

Reaction R =(0.067 1.5 + 1.556) = 01.656KN. upward


 Combination 1-b
Pd = 0.4536 KN/m

University of Gondar Page 21


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Reaction R= (0.4356 1.5) = 0.6534KN. Upward

 Combination 2-a Distributed live load

Pd = 0.8765 KN/m

Reaction R =(0.421 1.5) = 0.316KN. Upward

Combination 2-a concentrated live load

Pd = 0.112KN/m + 1.17L.L

Reaction R =(0.112 1.5 + 1.17) = 1.338KN.upward

 Combination 2-b Distributed live load Pd = −1.702KN/m


Reaction R =(−1.702 1.5) = −2.553KN. Downward
 Combination 2-b concentrated live load Pd= −1.99KN/m + 1.167KN

University of Gondar Page 22


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Reaction R = (−1.99 1.5 + 1.99) = −0.995KN. Downward

 Combination 3-i

Pd(+ve) =0.7498KN

Reaction R =(0.7498 1.5) = 1.125KN. Upward

Combination 3-ii

Pd(−ve) = −1.66KN/m

Reaction R = (−1.66 1.5) = −2.49KN. Downward

Finally from the above combinations the critical load on purlin is the maximum reaction.

Governing (+ve) load =Max{0.067KN, 0.4536KN, 0.876KN, 0.112KN, 0.7498KN}.

R(+ve) = 0.876KN

Therefore critical combination for positive reaction is combination 2-a,

1.3 D.L + 1.6 L.L (Concentrate) with R(+ve) = 0.876KN

Governing (-ve) load =Max{−1.702KN, -1.99KN, -1.66KN}. R(−ve) = −1.99KN

Therefore critical combination for negative reaction is Combination 2-b,

University of Gondar Page 23


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

D.L + 1.6 L.L (Concentrate) with R(−ve) = −1.99KN

Analysis of Lattice purlin

In analysis of purlin the following procedures are performed.

 The analysis is done for both of the positive and negative reaction case.
 The critical reaction calculated above are applied as UDL on the purlin.
 Then, the UDL is turned to concentrated load at center by multiplying it by the length of
the purlin.
 The concentrated load on each node is then determined by dividing the concentrated load
at center by the no of nodes.
 The effect of self-weight of the purlin is included in the SAP analysis by defining the
section.
 We use a lattice purlin having a length, L=4.4m.

Since the purlin carries the load from adjacent EGA sheet section, the reaction from the critical
loading should be multiplied by two

A) Positive reaction, R(+ve)

R(+ve) = 0.876 KN/m

2R(+ve) = 1.752 KN/mL = 4.84 m

R concentrated= 1.752 KN/m 4.4 = 7.708KN

R on each side= = 0.64 KN

Load distribution on the lattice purlin joints.

University of Gondar Page 24


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

SAP analysis

 R on the node=0.64 KN
 Self-weight of purlin is included by defining the section
 RHS 25x25x2 (ST-25) with t=2mm for top & bottom chord
 RHS 12x12x1 (ST-14) with t=1mm, for diagonal members.

Top chord = -10.71 KN

Bottom chord =+10.79 KN

Diagonal members Compression = -6.72KN

Diagonal members tension =+5.97KN

Reaction=5.10 KN

B) Positive reaction, R(-ve)

R(−ve) = −1.99KN ,2 R = −3.98KN

L = 4.4 m

R concentrated = −3.98KN/m 4.4 = -17.512 KN

R on each side = = -1.46

Load distribution on the lattice purlin joints

Sap Analysis

Maximum Outputs

Top chord = +12.17 KN

Top= +12.67 KN

University of Gondar Page 25


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Bottom chord =-12.67KN

Diagonal members Compression = -8.04KN

Diagonal members tension =+7.45KN

Reaction=-7.49KN

Critical output from the above two case

Diagonal tension= +7.45KN

Diagonal compression= -8.04KN

Bottom= -12.17 KN

Reaction= 7.49KN

Design of Members of Lattice Purlin

Top and Bottom Members

 For both we calculated (designed) same design and we used maximum tension and
compression load from top and bottom members.

Nsd= +12.67 KN, For Tension.

Nsd=-12.67 KN , for compression.

Design for compression;

Use Fe = 430 Mpa

Fy = 275 Mpa

E=200Gpa

 Determination of buckling length since we have pin connection at each ends of members
we have the following buckling length
 Buckling= Actual length of member =0.4m

Assume trial value of reduction factor x=0.5, to take atrial section for truss member first we need
to calculate the approximate area needed for the applied load.

Nbrd= x BA A for class 1, 2 and 3 Assuming class I up to 3 BA=1

University of Gondar Page 26


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

12.67 KN= 0.5 1 𝑎

A=102 mm

 Trial section use ST-25 with thickness t=1.2mm

A=1.11 cm2

I=1.02 cm4

Sectional Property; r=0.96 cm

z=0.82cm3

t=1.2 mm

𝐹 = √275/fy = √275MPa/275MPa = 1

Since our section is web where all section is subjected to compression for rolled section.

d/tw≤39E2

d=h-3tw, According to EBCS 3

d=25mm-3*1.2mm=21.4mm

d/tw=21.4mm/1.2mm=17.833 < 39*22=156

Our member is class-I compression member Thus, no problem of local buckling therefore BA=1

Determination of 𝝀 = ( x/ 1)*(BA)0.5

1=93.9*(235/fy) 0.5, fy =275 MPa=90.28

Since the section is square y= x= z= L/r

L/r =400mm/9.6mm=41.667

Thus = ( x/ 1)*(BA)0.5= (41.667/90.28)*(1)0.5

University of Gondar Page 27


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

=0.462

Determination of buckling curve

For constant axial compression in members of constant cross-section. The value of x for the
appropriate non-dimensional slenderness , may be determined from;

x= butx ≤ 1
( )

Using table 4.9 EBCS-3, 1995 for cold formed RHS we use curve c and the value of reduction
factor X is interpolated and X=0.853

Design buckling resistance

Nbdr = X BA A

Nbdr = 0.853 1 111 2 𝑎

Nbdr = 23.66 KN > 16.74 KN, OK! Safe!

Design for tension;

Nsd=12.67 KN

Use the same trial section ST-25 with thickness t=1.2mm Sectional property A=1.11 cm2, I=1.02
cm4, r=0.96 cm, t=1.2mm

Class I member from compression design

Nurd= 0.9 Aeff

=0.9*111mm2*275MPa/1.25

=21.7 KN>12.67 KN, OK! Safe!

Design of diagonal members

Design for Diagonal compression

Nsd== -8.04KN

Use Fe=430 Loads, Fy =275 MPa

Determination of buckling length

Buckling length=Actual length (for pin connected members)=0.32m

University of Gondar Page 28


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Assume a reduction factor x=0.4, to take atrial section for truss member first we need to calculate
the approximate area needed for the applied load.

Nbdr = X BA A

8.02KN = 0.4 1 Mpa

A=80mm2 Use trial section ST-15with thickness t=1.2mm

A= 6.3mm2

I=0.19 cm4

r=0.55 cm

t=1.2mm

E=√2.75/fy=√2.75MPa/275MPa=1

Class of cross section

The section is web all section subjected to compression for rolled section d/tw ≤39 E2, where
d=h-3tw

=15mm-3*1.2mm

=11.4 mm

d/tw=11.4 mm/1.2mm≤39*12,9.5≤39 ok!

Our member is class-I compression member thus no problem,Therefore BA=1

Determination of

= ( x/ 1)*(BA)0.5

1=93.9*(235/fy) 0.5, fy =275 MPa

=90.28

Since the section is square y= x= z= L/r

L/r =320mm/5.5mm=58.18

Thus = ( x/ 1)*(BA)0.5= (58.18/90.28)*(1)0.5

University of Gondar Page 29


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

=0.322

Determination of buckling curve

Using table 4.11 EBCS-3, 1995 for cold formed RHS we use curve c and the value of reduction
factor X is interpolated and X=0.937

Design buckling resistance

Nbdr = X BA A

Nbdr = 0.9377 1 63mm2 𝑎

Nbdr = 14.77 KN > 8.02 KN, OK! Safe!

Design for diagonal tension

Diagonal tension Nsd= +7.45KN

Use the same trial section ST-12 with thickness t=0.8 mm

Sectional property A=34 mm2, I=0.07 cm4, r= 0.45 cm, t=0.8

Class I member from compression design

Nurd= 0.9 Aeff

=0.9*41mm2*275MPa/1.25

=21.7 KN>7.45 KN, OK! Safe!

1.2.1.2Analysis & Design of truss


Loads on truss

a) the reaction from purlin

 The reaction from the purlin should be multiplied by two since a single truss carries the
reaction from adjacent purlins.

R on the nodes of the truss=2*7.49KN

=14.98KN (perpendicular to purlin)

University of Gondar Page 30


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Resolving the reaction into X&Y component

 Ry1=R*cos = 14.98*cos 13.5° =14.57KN


 Rx1=R*sin = 14.98*sin 13.5° =3.49KN
 Ry2=R*cos =14.98*cos 16.8°=14.34KN
 Rx2=R*sin =14.98sin 16.8°=4.33KN

The reactions are applied at each node. (I.e. intersection b/n purlin & truss.

b) Self -weight of truss

 Is included by defining a trial section


 ST-40 with thickness 2.5mm for all top, bottom, vertical & diagonal members.

Use comb=R+1.3(D.L truss)

University of Gondar Page 31


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Sap result

Maximum out puts

 Top(comp)= -10.02 KN
 Vertical (comp)= -9.28 KN
 Diagonal (comp)= -2.54 KN
 Bottom (comp)= -6.95KN
 Top (tens)= 0 KN
 Vertical (tens)= 9.28 KN
 Diagonal (tens)= 2.54 KN
 Bottom (tens)= 6.95 KN
 Reaction Ry= 18.54KN and Rx = 2.35KN.

Since the top, bottom, vertical, & diagonal members have the same section, the section will

be designed for the critical compression & tension from all the members.

 Critical axial force for design


 Compression= 10.02 KN
 Tension=9.28KN

Design of the truss members

o Nsd=10.02 KN, for compression.

o Nsd=9.28KN, for tension.

Design for compression

University of Gondar Page 32


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Using Fe-430

Fy =275Mpa

Determinationof buckling length. (i.ecritical length):

As the length of the member increases the buckling effect on that member will high. So for
design of the truss member we usegreater length that is the length of the diagonal member.

L=√ =1.86m

-Assuming trial value of reduction factor X=0.3, to take atrial section for truss member first

we need to calculate the approximate area needed for the applied load.

Nbdr = X BA A = 33.33 KN = 0.3 1 275mpa A/1.1

A=444mm2

Use trial section ST-40 with thickness t=2.5mm

Sectional Property

A=359 mm2

I=8.22 cm4

r=1.51 cm

t=2.5mm

E=√275/fy=√275MPa/275MPa=1

Determination of class of cross section

≤ 39E2, where d = − 3tw = 40mm − 3 2.5mm = 32.5mm

University of Gondar Page 33


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

32.5mm/2.5mm = 13.00 ≤ 39 1

Our member is class-1 compression member thus, no problem of local buckling,Therefore,


BA=1

Determination of 𝝀= ( ) (BA)0.5

𝜆1 = 93.9 ( )0.5, fy = 275 mpa = 90.28

Since the section is square 𝜆y= 𝜆x= 𝜆1z=L/r

L/r=1.86m/0.0151m=123.18

Thus = (𝜆𝑦/𝜆1) (BA) 0.5 = (123.18/90.28) (1)0.5 = 1.364

Determination of buckling curve

Using table 4.11 EBCS-3, 1995 for cold formed RHS we use curve c and the value of

reduction factor X is interpolated and X=0.380

Design buckling resistance

Nbdr = X BA A =

Nbdr = 0.38 1 359 mm2 275/1.1mpa

Nbdr = 34.105KN > 33.33KN, OK! Safe!

Check for tension

Nsd= 9.28KN

Using the same trial section we have the following Nurd.

Nurd= 0.9 Aeff = 0.9 359mm2 275/1.25

=71.08KN>9.28 KN, OK! Safe!

Load transfer from the roof to top ties beam

Load transfer is done using the loads from the critical combination that gives the maximum
reaction,( i.e1.3 D.L+1.6L.L ,combination ii and when live load is concentrated.

University of Gondar Page 34


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Load transfer from roof to purlin

Unfactored load from roof: the load transferred from the roof to the purlin is unfactored dead and
live load.

D.L of EGA=0.0512 KN/m

L.L concentrated=1KN* cos13.5°=0.97 KN

Length that roof coverage span freely =2m (purlin spacing)

Dead load transfer:

Live load transfer

R=WL/2=0.0512*1.5/2=0.0384KN

R= P/2=0.97/2= 0.485KN.

Now the load on the purlin is two time the reaction load, because it supports the roof in the two
sides.

Dead load on purlin = 2*R=2*0.0384=0.0.0768KN and live load =0.97KN.

𝑅 𝑡 𝑎𝑡 = 0.0768 KN/m 4.4 = 0.338 KN for dead load.

R on each node = = 0.338KN/12 = 0.028 KN

Dead load distribution on the lattice purlin joints.

University of Gondar Page 35


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

SAP result reaction

Reaction RDL=1.05KN for live load and RLL = 0.57KN

Total reaction on the truss from adjacent purlin

Due to Dead load including weight of purlin =2*(RD.L) =2*(1.05KN) =2.1KN (perpendicular to
purlin)

Due to Live load =2*RL.L =2*0.57 KN =1.14 KN (perpendicular to purlin)

Resolving the reaction into vertical & horizontal component on truss

Vertical component of the reaction

Due to Dead Load;

Fv =2.1*cos13.5°=2.041 KN, for right side of truss.

Fv=2.1*cos16.8°=2.0104KN, for left side of the truss.

Due to Live Load;

Fv=1.14*cos13.5°=1.11 KN, for right side of truss.

Fv =1.14*cos16.8°=1.09 KN, for left side of the truss

Horizontal component of the reaction

Due to Dead Load;

Fv =2.1*sin13.5°=0.49 KN, for right side of truss.

Fv=2.1*sin16.8°=0.606KN, for left side of the truss.

Due to Live Load;

Fv=1.14*sin13.5°=0.266 KN, for right side of truss.

Fv =1.14*sin16.8°=0.329 KN, for left side of the truss

SAP analysis of truss

The above maximum reaction and self-weight of the truss will be to the tie beam as reaction. The
analysis is done by SAP software.

Design of flat slab of roof

University of Gondar Page 36


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

1.2.2 Design of Mono pitchRoof


Since our roof is monopitch load is exerted in three wind directions,00,900,1800

Wind direction at =00 =tan-1(0.33)=18.440

e is lesser of,

e=6.03

Fig 1.4 Mono pitch Roof Zones

Zones of Monopitch roof at 00

Table1.7 Cpe,10and Cpe,1 values for =00 and =1800

Pitch Zone For Wind direction =00 Zone For Wind direction =1800
angle
F G H F G F
Cpe,10 Cpe,1 Cpe,10 Cpe,1 Cpe,10 Cpe,1 Cpe,10 Cpe,1 Cpe,10 Cpe,1 Cpe,10 Cpe1
150 -0.9 -2.0 -0.8 -1.5 -0.3 -0.3 -2.5 -2.8 -1.3 -2.0 0.9 -1.2
18.43 -0.81 -1.88 -0.73 -1.5 -0.27 -0.27 -2.18 -2.68 -1.18 -1.89 - -
0
0.877 0.877
300 -0.5 -1.5 -0.5 1.5 -0.2 -0.2 -1.1 -2.3 -0.8 -1.5 -0.8 -0.8

Reference mean wind pressure ( qref= q vref2) q can be interpolated from table 3.1from EBCS -
1/1995 depending on the altitude of site above sea level. Since our building located in Addis
Ababa ᵨ=air density of the site (Addis Ababa) having an altitude of 2000m above sea level=0.94
kg/m3

vref=Reference wind velocity

vref= CDir CTem CAltvRef

CDir =CTem =vRef=1

University of Gondar Page 37


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Vref=1*1*1*22m/sec=22m/sec

qref= *ᵨ*Vref2= *0.94 ⁄ 3


*222` ⁄ 2
=227.48 ⁄ 2

Internal wind pressure coefficient, Cpi

According to EBCS-1/1995 for closed building with internal partitions and opening windows the
extreme values are:

Cpi = +0.8 for positive pressure

Cpi = −0.5 for negative pressure

Internal wind pressure:- Wi=qref*ce(zi) *cpi=0.227*1.596*Cpi= 0.442Cpi

Net wind pressure:- Wnet=qref*ce(z)*( )

Case-1 if the internal pressure is positive (Cpi=+0.8)

Zone Area Cpe =00 Cpe =1800


F 0.91 -0.766 -2.16
G 1.82 -0.93 -1.365
H 17.7 -.27 -1.11

Since areas of zone F, & G are between 1m and 10m exposure coefficient can be

calculated as: Cpe = Cpe1 + (Cpe10 − Cpe1) log10A but for others take Cpe = Cpe10 since area
A>10m2. Each zone falls in different pitch angle, so we take the maximum exposure coefficient
to calculate net wind pressure.

Table 1.8 Net wind pressure Cpe =00

Zone F G H
Cpe -0.766 -0.93 -0.27
Cpi +0.8 +0.8 +0.8
Cpe-Cpi -1.566 -1.73 -1.07
Wnet=0.442(Cpe-Cpi) -0.692 -0.765 -
0.473

 Net wind pressure is critical at zone F Wnet = −0.692KN/m2

University of Gondar Page 38


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Cpe =1800

Zone F G H
Cpe -2.16 -1.365 -1.11
Cpi +0.8 +0.8 +0.8
Cpe-Cpi -2.96 -2.165 -1.91
Wnet=0.442(Cpe-Cpi) -1.308 -0.957 -
0.842

 Net wind pressure is critical at zone F Wnet = −1.308KN/m2

Case-2 if the internal pressure is negative (Cpi=-0.5)

Cpe =00

Zone Zone F G H
Cpe Cpe -0.766 -0.93 -0.27
Cpi Cpi -0.5 -0.5 -0.5
Cpe-Cpi Cpe-Cpi -0.266 -0.19 -0.23
Wnet=0.442(Cpe-Cpi) Wnet=0.442(Cpe- -0.118 -0.084 0.010
Cpi)

 Net wind pressure is critical at zone H Wnet = 0.010KN/m2

Cpe =1800

Zone Zone F G H
Cpe Cpe -2.16 -1.365 -1.11
Cpi Cpi -0.5 -0.5 -0.5
Cpe-Cpi Cpe-Cpi -1.66 -0.865 -.61
Wnet=0.442(Cpe-Cpi) Wnet=0.442(Cpe-Cpi) -0.733 -0.382 -0.27


Net wind pressure is critical at zone F Wnet = -0.733KN/m2
 Wnet (-)= -1.308KN/m at F
 Wnet (+)=+0.01KN/m at H

II ) Case2 Wind direction perpendicular to the ridge (ɵ=90°)

Wind direction at =00 =tan-1(0.33)=18.440

University of Gondar Page 39


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

e is lesser of, e=6.03

Fig 1.5 Mon pitch roof Zone at 900

Table 1.9Zones of Monopitch roof at 900

Pitch Zone For Wind direction =900


angle
F G H I
Cpe,10 Cpe,1 Cpe,10 Cpe,10 Cpe,10 Cpe,1 Cpe,10 Cpe,1
150 -1.3 -2 -1.9 -2.5 -0.8 -1.2 -0.7 -1.2
18.43 - -2 -1.81 - - -1.233 - -1.2
0
1.277 2.386 0846 0.723
300 -1.2 -2 -1.1 -2 -1 -1.3 -0.8 -1.2

Internal wind pressure coefficient, Cpi

According to EBCS-1/1995 for closed building with internal partitions and opening windows the
extreme values are:

Cpi = +0.8 for positive pressure

Cpi = −0.5 for negative pressure

Internal wind pressure:- Wi=qref*ce(zi) *cpi=0.227*1.596*Cpi= 0.442Cpi

University of Gondar Page 40


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Net wind pressure:- Wnet=qref*ce(z)*( )

Case-1 if the internal pressure is positive (Cpi=+0.8)

Zone Area Cpe


F 1.013 -1.281
G 0.162 -1.35
H 5.25 -1.12
I 14.28 -0.723

Since areas of zone F, G,& H are between 1m and 10m exposure coefficient can be calculated as:
Cpe = Cpe1 + (Cpe10 − Cpe1) log10A but for others take Cpe = Cpe10 since area A>10m2. Each
zone falls in different pitch angle, so we take the maximum exposure coefficient to calculate net
wind pressure

Table 1.10Net wind pressure Cpe =900

Zone F G H I
Cpe -1.281 -1.35 -1.12 -
0.723
Cpi +0.8 +0.8 +0.8 +0.8
Cpe-Cpi -2.081 -2.15 -1.92 -
1.523
Wnet=0.442(Cpe-Cpi) -0.919 -0.95 - -0.67
0.849

 Net wind pressure is critical at zone F Wnet = −0.919KN/m2

Case-2 if the internal pressure is negative (Cpi=-0.5)

Cpe =900

Zone F G H I
Cpe -1.281 -1.35 -1.12 -0.723
Cpi -0.5 -0.5 -0.5 -0.5
Cpe-Cpi -0.781 -0.85 -0.62 -0.223
Wnet=0.442(Cpe-Cpi) -0.345 -0.3757 -0.27 -0.099

University of Gondar Page 41


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

 Net wind pressure is critical at zone F Wnet = -0.345KN/m2

Critical net pressure on Mno pitch roof is the maximum wind pressure from above cases,Thus

 Wnet (-)= -1.308KN/m at F


 Wnet (+)=+0.01KN/m at H

1.2.2.1Analysis and Design of Lattice Purlin


Load on Lattice Purlin

Critical loads at roof

Wnet(−) = −1.308KN/m2

wnet(+) = +0.01KN/m2

Determination of purlin spacing:

By looking the wind pressure and referring “Manual of cold formed welded structural and

furniture steel tubing” from kaliti steel industry. We have selected EGA-500 with thickness of

0.5mm.

Load on the purline

a) Self-weight of EGA sheet

 From the previous manual self-weight of EGA-500 of thickness 0.5mm is 3.92 Kg/m or
0.0392 KN/m

To determine the dead load per area the weight should be divided by width of the sheet (i.e.
width=782mm).

D.L (KN/m) = (0.0392 KN/m)/0.782m=0.0512 KN/m

b) Live load, qk & Qk

 The characteristics value Qk & qk are given EBCS-1 1995, table 2.13 & 2.14.
 For a roof which is accessible for normal maintenance repairs, painting & minor repairs,
the category is H.
 For sloping category H,
 qk=0.25 KN/m2
 Qk=1 KN (point load).

c) Wind Load

University of Gondar Page 42


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Case I: positive pressure.

 WL=0.01 KN/m, perpendicular to the roof


 To make it a vertical load.

WL=0.01 KN/m*cos18.43°

=0.00949 KN/m.

Case II: negative pressure.

WL= -`1.308 KN/m, perpendicular to the roof to make it a vertical load.

WL= -1.308 KN/m* cos18.43°

=-1.2409 KN/m

 Load combinations

pd= 1.3D.L + 1.6L.L + W.L

Case I: positive pressure

pd = (1.3 (0.0512) + 1.6 (0.25) + (0.00949) KN/m2

Pd(+ve) = 0.476 KN/m2.

Using this load and thickness of EGA, the purlin spacing is found to 2.25m from the previous
kaliti manual depending on strength and deflection of EGA sheet 500.

Case II: negative pressure

Pd = (1.3 (0.0512) + 1.6 0.25 + (−1.2409) KN/m2

Pd(−ve) = -0.774 KN/m2

Using this load and thickness of EGA, the purlin spacing is found to be 2 m from the previous
kaliti manual depending on strength and deflection of EGA sheet 500.

Therefore the governing purlin spacing is = min (2m, 2.25m) =2 m

Total design load on the purlin

According to EBCS-2/1995 for ultimate limit state, we have the following possible combination.

 Comb1 =1.3DL+1.6LL
 Comb2 =1.2(DL+LL+WL)

University of Gondar Page 43


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

 Comb3 =DL+1.6WL

Combination 1: Dead load + Live load

Pd = 1.3 D.L + 1.6 L.L

a) Concentrated live load

Pd = 1.3 (0.0512) KN/m + 1.6 1 cos 18.430 KN

Pd = 0.06656 KN/m + 0.9487 KN

We have considered only the component of the EGA sheet dead load & the live load which is
perpendicular to the EGA sheet for the design and we neglect the parallel component of the EGA
sheet dead load since its effect is negligible.

b) Uniform live load

Pd = 1.3 (0.0512 cos18.43°) KN/m + 1.6 0.25 cos 18.43°) KN/m

Pd = 0.442 KN /m

Combination 2: dead load +live load+ wind load

Pd = 1.2( D.L + L.L + W.L)

a) Positive wind load

Distributed live load

Pd = 1.2 (0.0512 + 0.25 + 0.01) cos18.43° KN/m

Pd = 0.35 KN/m

Concentrated live load

Pd = 1.2 (0.0512 + 0.01)cos18.43° + 1.2 cos18.43° KN/m

Pd = 0.0696KN/m + 1.14KN

b) Negative wind load

Distributed live load

Pd = 1.2 (0.0512 + 0.25 – 1.308) cos18.43° KN/m

Pd = −1.146 KN/m

University of Gondar Page 44


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Concentrated live load

Pd = 1.2 (0.0512 – 1.308)cos18.43° + 1.2 cos18.43° KN/M

Pd = −1.43KN/m + 1.14KN

Combination 3: dead load + wind load

Pd = (D.L + 1.6 W.L)

i) Positive wind load

We(+ve) = (0.0512 + 1.6 0.01)cos18.43° KN/m

We(+ve) =0.064KN/m

ii) Negative wind load

Pd(−ve) = (0.0512 − 1.308)cos18.43° KN/m

Pd(−ve) = −1.19KN/m

 Determination of reaction for all of the combinations for selecting the critical
combination.

Applying the combined loads on the purlin with the length, L=2m b/n two purlins.

 Combination 1-a Pd = 0.066 KN/m + 0.9487 KN

Reaction R =(0.066 1.5 + 0.9487) = 1.0477KN. upward


 Combination 1-b
Pd = 0.442 KN/m

University of Gondar Page 45


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Reaction R= (0.422 1.5) = 0.663KN. Upward

 Combination 2-a Distributed live load

Pd = 0.35 KN/m

Reaction R =(0.35 1.5) = 0.525KN. Upward

Combination 2-a concentrated live load

Pd = 0.6969KN/m + 1.14L.L

Reaction R =(0.6969 1.5 + 1.14) = 2.184KN.upward

 Combination 2-b Distributed live load Pd = −1.146KN/m

Reaction R =(−1.146 1.5) = −1.719KN. Downward

 Combination 2-b concentrated live load Pd= −1.43KN/m + 1.14KN

University of Gondar Page 46


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Reaction R = (−1.43 1.5 + 1.14) = −1.005KN. Downward

 Combination 3-i

Pd(+ve) =0.064KN

Reaction R =(0.064 1.5) = 0.096KN. Upward

Combination 3-ii

Pd(−ve) = −1.19KN/m

Reaction R = (−1.19 1.5) = −1.785KN. Downward

Finally from the above combinations the critical load on purlin is the maximum reaction.

Governing (+ve) load =Max{0.066KN, 0.442KN, 0.35KN, 0.6969KN, 1.14KN}.

R(+ve) = 1.14KN

Therefore critical combination for positive reaction is combination 2-a,

1.3 D.L + 1.6 L.L (Concentrate) with R(+ve) = 1.14KN

Governing (-ve) load =Max{−-1.146KN, -1.43KN, -1.19KN}.

R(−ve) = −1.19KN

University of Gondar Page 47


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Therefore critical combination for negative reaction is Combination 2-b,

D.L + 1.6 L.L (Concentrate) with R(−ve) = −1.19KN

Analysis of Lattice purlin

In analysis of purlin the following procedures are performed.

 The analysis is done for both of the positive and negative reaction case.
 The critical reaction calculated above are applied as UDL on the purlin.
 Then, the UDL is turned to concentrated load at center by multiplying it by the length of
the purlin.
 The concentrated load on each node is then determined by dividing the concentrated load
at center by the no of nodes.
 The effect of self-weight of the purlin is included in the SAP analysis by defining the
section.
 We use a lattice purlin having a length, L=4.4m.

Since the purlin carries the load from adjacent EGA sheet section, the reaction from the critical
loading should be multiplied by two

A) Positive reaction, R(+ve)

R(+ve) = 1.14 KN/m

2R(+ve) = 2.28 KN/m

L = 4.84 m

R concentratd= 2.28 KN/m 4.4 = 10.032KN

University of Gondar Page 48


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

R on each side= = = 0.84 KN

Load distribution on the lattice purlin joints.

SAP analysis

 R on the node=0.84 KN
 Self-weight of purlin is included by defining the section
 RHS 25x25x2 (ST-25) with t=2mm for top & bottom chord
 RHS 12x12x1 (ST-14) with t=1mm, for diagonal members.

Maximum Outputs

Top chord = -12.16 KN

Bottom chord =+11.87KN

Diagonal members tension = +4.4KN

Vertical members compression =-7.58KN

Reaction=-9.22KN

University of Gondar Page 49


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

B) Positive reaction, R(-ve)

R(−ve) = −1.19KN ,2 R = −2.38KN

L = 4.4 m

R concentratd = −2.38KN/m 4.4 = -10.472KN

R on each side = = -0.87

Load distribution on the lattice purlin joints

Sap Analysis

Maximum Outputs

Top chord = 0.88 KN

Bottom chord =0.7KN

Diagonal members compression = -0.76KN

Vertical members tension = +0.7KN

University of Gondar Page 50


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Reaction=-1.04KN

Critical output from the above two cases

Top= -12.16 KN

Diagonal tension= +4.4KN

Diagonal compression= -7.58KN

Bottom= +11.87KN

Reaction= 6.31KN

Design of Members of Lattice Purlin

Top and Bottom Members

 For both we calculated (designed) same design and we used maximum tension and
compression load from top and bottom members.

Nsd= +12.16 KN, For Tension.

Nsd=-12.16 KN , for compression.

Design for compression;

Use Fe = 430 Mpa

Fy = 275 Mpa

E=200Gpa

 Determination of buckling length since we have pin connection at each ends of members
we have the following buckling length
 Buckling= Actual length of member =0.4m

Assume trial value of reduction factor x=0.5, to take atrial section for truss member first we need
to calculate the approximate area needed for the applied load.

Nbrd= x BA A for class 1, 2 and 3 Assuming class I up to 3 BA=1

13.19 KN = 0.5 1 𝑎

A=105.52 mm

University of Gondar Page 51


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

 Trial section use ST-25 with thickness t=1.2mm

Sectional Property;

A=1.11 cm2

I=1.02 cm4

r=0.96 cm

z=0.82cm3

t=1.2 mm

𝐹 = √275/fy = √275MPa/275MPa = 1

Since our section is web where all section is subjected to compression for rolled section.

d/tw≤39E2d=h-3tw, EBCS 3

d=25mm-3*1.2mm=21.4mm

d/tw=21.4mm/1.2mm=17.833 < 39*22=156

Our member is class-I compression member.Thus, no problem of local buckling therefore BA=1

Determination of 𝝀

= ( x/ 1)*(BA)0.5

1=93.9*(235/fy) 0.5, fy =275 MPa

=90.28

Since the section is square y= x= z= L/r

L/r =400mm/9.6mm=41.667

Thus = ( x/ 1)*(BA)0.5

= (41.667/90.28)*(1)0.5

University of Gondar Page 52


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

=0.462

Determination of buckling curve

For constant axial compression in members of constant cross-section. The value of x for the
appropriate non-dimensional slenderness , may be determined from;

x= butx ≤ 1
( )

Using table 4.9 EBCS-3, 1995 for cold formed RHS we use curve c and the value of reduction
factor X is interpolated and X=0.853

Design buckling resistance

Nbdr = X BA A

Nbdr= 0.853 1 111 2 𝑎

Nbdr = 23.66 KN > 16.74 KN, OK! Safe!

Design for tension;

Nsd=12.16 KN

Use the same trial section ST-25 with thickness t=1.2mm

Sectional property A=1.11 cm2, I=1.02 cm4, r=0.96 cm, t=1.2mm

Class I member from compression design

Nurd= 0.9 Aeff

=0.9*111mm2*275MPa/1.25

=21.7 KN>13.19KN, OK! Safe!

Design of diagonal members

Design for Diagonal compression

Nsd== -7.58KN

Use Fe=430 Loads,

Fy =275 MPa

University of Gondar Page 53


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Determination of buckling length

Buckling length=Actual length (for pin connected members)

=0.32m

Assume a reduction factor x=0.4, to take atrial section for truss member first we need to calculate
the approximate area needed for the applied load.

Nbdr = X BA A

7.58KN = 0.4 1 Mpa

A=75.8mm2

Use trial section ST-15with thickness t=1.2mm

A= 6.3mm2

I=0.19 cm4

r=0.55 cm

t=1.2mm

E=√2.75/fy=√2.75MPa/275MPa=1

Class of cross section

The section is web all section subjected to compression for rolled section

d/tw ≤39 E2, where d=h-3tw

=15mm-3*1.2mm

=11.4 mm

d/tw=11.4 mm/1.2mm≤39*12,9.5≤39 ok!

Our member is class-I compression member thus no problem

Therefore BA=1

Determination of

= ( x/ 1)*(BA)0.5

University of Gondar Page 54


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

1=93.9*(235/fy) 0.5, fy =275 MPa

=90.28

Since the section is square y= x= z= L/r

L/r =320mm/5.5mm=58.18

Thus = ( x/ 1)*(BA)0.5

= (58.18/90.28)*(1)0.5

=0.322

Determination of buckling curve

Using table 4.11 EBCS-3, 1995 for cold formed RHS we use curve c and the value of reduction
factor X is interpolated and X=0.937

Design buckling resistance

Nbdr = X BA A

Nbdr = 0.9377 1 63mm2 𝑎

Nbdr = 14.77 KN > 12.16 KN, OK! Safe!

Design for diagonal tension

Diagonal tension Nsd= +4.4KN

Use the same trial section ST-12 with thickness t=0.8 mm

Sectional property A=34 mm2, I=0.07 cm4, r= 0.45 cm, t=0.8

Class I member from compression design

Nurd= 0.9 Aeff

=0.9*41mm2*275MPa/1.25

=21.7 KN>4.4 KN, OK! Safe!

University of Gondar Page 55


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

1.2.2.2Analysis & Design of truss


Loads on truss

a) the reaction from purlin

 The reaction from the purlin should be multiplied by two since a single truss carries the
reaction from adjacent purlins.

R on the nodes of the truss=2*9.22KN

=18.44KN (perpendicular to purlin)

Resolving the reaction into X&Y component

 Ry1=R*cos = 18.44*cos 18.43° =17.49KN


 Rx1=R*sin = 18.44*sin 18.43° =5.83KN

The reactions are applied at each node. (I.e. intersection b/n purlin & truss.

b) Self -weight of truss

 Is included by defining a trial section


 ST-40 with thickness 2.5mm for all top, bottom, vertical & diagonal members.

Use comb=R+1.3(D.L truss)

Sap result

University of Gondar Page 56


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Maximum out puts

Top(ten)= 28.95 KN

 Vertical (comp)= -14.59 KN


 Diagonal (ten)= 8.1 KN
 Bottom (ten)=37.35KN
 Top (com)= 0 KN
 Vertical (tens)= 0KN
 Diagonal (com)= 0KN
 Bottom (tens)= 150.54 KN
 Reaction Rx= 69.96KN and Ry =11.72 KN.

Since the top, bottom, vertical, & diagonal members have the same section, the section will be
designed for the critical compression & tension from all the members.

 Critical axial force for design


 Compression= 14.59KN
 Tension=28.95KN

Design of the truss members

o Nsd=-14.59 KN, for compression.

o Nsd=28.95KN, for tension.

Design for compression

Using Fe-430

Fy =275Mpa

Determination of buckling length. (I.e. critical length): as the length of the member increases the
buckling effect on that member will high. So for design of the truss member we use greater
length that is the length of the diagonal member.

L=√ =1.86m

-Assuming trial value of reduction factor X=0.3, to take atrial section for truss member first

we need to calculate the approximate area needed for the applied load.

Nbdr = X BA A = 33.33 KN = 0.3 1 275mpa A/1.1

University of Gondar Page 57


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

A=444mm2

Use trial section ST-40 with thickness t=2.5mm

Sectional Property

A=359 mm2

I=8.22 cm4

r=1.51 cm

t=2.5mm

E=√275/fy=√275MPa/275MPa=1

Determination of class of cross section

≤ 39E2, where d = − 3tw = 40mm − 3 2.5mm = 32.5mm

32.5mm/2.5mm = 13.00 ≤ 39 1

Our member is class-1 compression member thus, no problem of local buckling, Therefore,
BA=1

Determination of 𝝀= ( ) (BA)0.5

𝜆1 = 93.9 ( )0.5, fy = 275 mpa = 90.28

Since the section is square 𝜆y= 𝜆x= 𝜆1z=L/r

L/r=1.86m/0.0151m=123.18

Thus

= (𝜆𝑦/𝜆1) (BA) 0.5 = (123.18/90.28) (1)0.5 = 1.364

University of Gondar Page 58


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Determination of buckling curve

Using table 4.11 EBCS-3, 1995 for cold formed RHS we use curve c and the value of reduction
factor X is interpolated and X=0.380

Design buckling resistance

Nbdr = X BA A =

Nbdr = 0.38 1 359 mm2 275/1.1mpa

Nbdr = 34.105𝐿𝑂> 33.33KN, OK! Safe!

Check for tension

Nsd= 28.95KN

Using the same trial section we have the following NURD.

Nurd= 0.9 Aeff

= 0.9 359mm2 275/1.25

=71.08KN>28.95 KN, OK! Safe!

Load transfer from the roof to top ties beam

Load transfer is done using the loads from the critical combination that gives the maximum
reaction,( I.e.1.3 D.L+1.6L.L ,combination ii and when live load is concentrated.

Load transfer from roof to purlin

Unfactored load from roof: the load transferred from the roof to the purlin is unfactored dead and
live load.

D.L of EGA=0.0512 KN/m

L.L concentrated=1KN* cos18.43°=0.97 KN

Length that roof coverage span freely =2m (purlin spacing)

Dead load transfer:

University of Gondar Page 59


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

R=WL/2=0.0512*1.5/2=0.0384KN

Live load transfer

R= P/2=0.97/2= 0.485KN.

Now the load on the purlin is two time the reaction load, because it supports the roof in the

two sides.

Dead load on purlin = 2*R=2*0.0384=0.0.0768KN and live load =0.97KN.

𝑅 𝑡 𝑎𝑡 = 0.0768 KN/m 4.4 = 0.338 KN for dead load.

R on each node = = 0.338KN/12 = 0.028 KN

Dead load distribution on the lattice purlin joints.

SAP result reaction

Reaction RDL=1.05KN for live load and RLL = 0.57KN

Total reaction on the truss from adjacent purlin

University of Gondar Page 60


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Due to Dead load including weight of purlin =2*(RD.L)=2*(1.05KN) =2.1KN

(Perpendicular to purlin)

Due to Live load =2*RL.L =2*0.57 KN =1.14 KN (perpendicular to purlin)

Resolving the reaction into vertical & horizontal component on truss

Vertical component of the reaction

Due to Dead Load;

Fv =2.1*cos18.43°=1.99 KN, for right side of truss.

Due to Live Load;

Fv=1.14*cos18.43°=1.08 KN, for right side of truss.

 Horizontal component of the reaction

Due to Dead Load;

Fv =2.1*sin18.43°=0.66 KN, for right side of truss.

Due to Live Load;

Fv=1.14*sin18.43°=0.36 KN, for right side of truss.

SAP analysis of truss

The above maximum reaction and self-weight of the truss will be to the tie beam as reaction. The
analysis is done by SAP software.

1.3 Design of Connection J-Bolt

University of Gondar Page 61


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Using 0.4 spacing b/n nodes, then are 12 nodes

Total length of the truss is=4.4m

Truss load is=0.028 then total truss load is=0.028*12=0.336

Per node=0.336/12=0.028

In each node design load is=3.7*0.4=1.48

Then total load on each node is=1.48+0.028=1.508

The length of the truss we have is 4.4mm but, KASI can manufacture only 6m

So we need to join trusses by welding

1 Design of welding;

The welding section is better to be at the mode section or span ,As the welding is on both sides
the load divides in to two=1.508/2=0.754

Checking this welding for the given force for tension and compression,Use geometry materials
and loadings

Plate t=2.5mm Fe-430,Fy=275N/mm2

Length of weld =tension part=40mm

Compression part=40mm

University of Gondar Page 62


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Truss thickness =2.5

A) Tension part
Minimum weld length=40mm or throat thickness
L=3*6=18<40mm ok (section 6.5.5.3 (3))
The design strength per unit length is (section 6.5.5.4)
=Fw,Rd=Fvw.da
𝑦 ⁄ ⁄
FVwd=63 =

=65*460*2.5*275*10-3/1.25
=16.445 KN>>0.754 ok
Though the member is safe in tension , no need to check for compression

b)Checking of tearing out


According to section4.6.1.2 & 4.4
NRD=2*Ac*fy*(√

=2*3*275*(√ )
=50.63>>0.754 ok!!
Then the welding assigned capacity is safe to resist the required load
Support condition
RA=RB
Using the same welding system an above at the bottoms on both left and right sides

Tearing is also the same as the above as the design principle takesfor the j & slotted volts simply
it can be told that use the is type of bolts as a recommendation but for practical reasons it should
be safe in bearing capacity & shear, for some environmental & shrinkage change
using bolt grade, 5.8fyb=400N/mm2

fub=500N/mm2for 20diameter of bar

Tensile area As=245mm2

Bearing capacity of the bolt

Fbb,Rd=dtfbb,d=dt(0.9(fub+fyb))/

= 20*3(0.9(400+500)*10-3)/

=38.88>28.95KN ok!!

University of Gondar Page 63


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Shear capacity of the bolt (in case due to temperature change and environmental condition ) and
as the truss is designed for two action compression (contracting ) and expanding process the truss
is supported at one end pin and at the other end roller support

Then FvRd=fvd,AS=6*fub*AS/ (section 6.2.4.2 &6.2.4.8)

Fv Rd=6*500*275*1/1.25*10-3

=66<68 ok!!

Then the design is safe

c) Recommendation

use T-section weld at the intermediate truss to hold the glass immovable and fill with fillet glue
to be protected from seepage of water and & for edge truss use inverted L-shape because the cost
of this materials is in Kg

use T-section of alumimium to reduce self wt. and to have a place for filling the openings at the
connection of two glasses, as far as overlapping of glass is impossible view of the recommended
truss

J bolt Slotted bolt

A section B section

1.4 Design of flat slab of roof


Roof Slab

Materials and specification

University of Gondar Page 64


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

The materials used are concrete grade of C-25(the compressive 150mm cube strength at 28 days
is 25MPa).The reinforcement to be used shall be deformed and the minimum yield strength shall
be 300MPa.

Design data and material properties(Concrete)

Class 1 workmanship and ordinary loading condition is used

Sub structure Concrete grade C-25 class1

Partial safety factor, c

c=1.5 (ordinary loading) [EBCS -2 1995 Table 3.1]

Characteristics strength [compression],fck

Fck=0.825=20Mpa

Fcd= =11.33Mpa[compression]

fck=1.5Mpa

Ecm=29Gpa

Fctd= = =1.302Mpa [EBCS -2 1995 Table 2.4&2.5]

Superstructure concrete grade C-25

c=1.5 (ordinary loading)

fck=0.8*25=20Mpa

Depth determination for deflection requirement;

Most of the time servility limit state governs for slab design and we take the depth from
serveseblity limit state and an interval depth & check for shear &flexure

I. Check the panels for one or two-way system EBCS-2, 1995,

University of Gondar Page 65


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

If the span ratio Ly/Lx of a given beam-floor system is greater than two, it is a one way slab and
If 1≤ Ly/Lx≤2 it is a two-way slab. Effective slab depth or deflection requirement can
be determined by:

Check depth for deflection

d * ( ) +. fyk = 300 mpa

Where fyk - is the characteristic strength of the reinforcement (MPa)

Le - is the effective span, for two-way slabs, the shorter span

βa - is the appropriate constant from table 5.1 EBCS -2, 1995

d ≥ (0.4 + 0.6 300/400) ()

d ≥ (0.4 + 0.45) ( ) Since, Lx=Le

d ≥ (0.85)

Depth
d * ( ) +

Where,

Le=Effective span length, for two way slabs the shorter span

βa=Constant, a function of restraint, [EBCS-2, 1995, Table 5.1]

d * ( ) +≥0.85

Slab No Span Ratio Span Type 𝛽𝑎 Effective


Depth
S1 3.05 1.5 End Span 35 74.1
C1 1.8 1.69 End Span 33.1 43.4

From the serviceability result from the above table, the effective depth in S1 govern the design.

University of Gondar Page 66


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

D=74.1mm, using ф8mm reinforcement bar, 15mm concrete cover,

Hence

D=74.1+15+1.5(4) =95mm

Load and moment for the roof slab

𝐿 𝑡

Span Material 𝑡 DL
S1,C1 RC Slab 25 0.095 2.375
Light weight 15 0.1 1.5
Concrete screed 23 0.03 0.69
Water proof 24 0.002 0.048
bitumen
Liner mortar 19 0.02 0.38
Ceiling plastering 23 0.02 0.46
Total 5.453KN/m

Calculate design load for both panel

Pd=1.3DL+1.6LL

S1=1.3*5.453+ 1.6*1.6

=9.65KN/m

Moment distribution for each panel

Thefollowing building moment coefficient for regular panel on the side with provision for torsion at
corner. [EBCS 2, 1995 table A-1]

Panel No Support Condition Moment Bending moment


Coefficient Mi=ᵅi pdl2x[KN-m⁄m
S1 1.5 XS=0.084 =0.084*9.65*3.052=7.54
YS=0 =0*9.65*3.052=0
XF=0.063 =0.063*9.65*3.052=5.65
YF=0.044 =0.044*9.65*3.052=3.95

University of Gondar Page 67


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

C1 1.69 XS=0 =0*9.65*1.82=0


YS=0.058 =0.058*9.65*1.82=1.81
XF=0.093 =0.093*9.65*1.82=2.91
YF=0.044 =0.044*9.65*1.82=1.376

Panel Support Condition Shear Shear for live load Shear for dead load
No coefficient
S1 βvxc=0.57 Vxc=0.57*1.6*1.8=1.64 Vxc=0.57*5.453*1.8=5.59
βvxd=0.37 Vxd=0.37*1.6*1.8=1.06 Vxd=0.37*5.453*1.8=3.61
βvyc=0 Vyc=0*1.6*1.8=0 Vyc=0*5.453*1.8=0
βvyd=0.3 Vyd=0.3*1.6*1.8=0.864 Vyd=0.3*5.453*1.8=2.94

C1 βvxc=0.59 Vxc=0.59*1.6*1.8=1.7 Vxc=0.59*5.453*1.8=5.79


βvxd=0.506 Vxd=0.506*1.6*1.8=1.45 Vxd=0.506*5.453*1.8=4.96
βvyc=0 Vyc=0*1.6*1.8=0 Vyc=0*5.453*1.8=0
βvyd=0.3 Vyd=0.3*1.6*1.8=0.864 Vyd=0.3*5.453*1.8=2.944

Unbalanced Moment

C1 2.91

1.376

1.81
S1 7.54

3.95

5.65

Balancing moment

K=4*( ⁄ )=4

Panel No Panel K DF Unbalanced Balanced


moment Moment

University of Gondar Page 68


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

S1 1.3 0.28 7.54 5.935


C1 2.2 0.72 1.81 5.935

Field moment

Slab number (S1)

Mxs=7.54-5.935=1.605

For = =1.5

Cx=0.421

Cy=0.31

=0.421*1.605=0.676

=0.31*1.605=0.497

Adjusted moment

Mxf=0.676+5.65=6.326
Myf=3.95+0.497=4.447

C1 2.91

1.376

5.935 5.935
S1

4.447

+6.326

University of Gondar Page 69


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Slab Design Moment Depth μsds Kx Kz AsCal Spacing Spacing pro


S1,Field 6.326 72 0.107705 0.142786 0.942886 357.2017 316.4599 use FØ8c/c300
4.447 68 0.084883 0.111035 0.955586 262.3399 430.8914 use FØ8 c/c300
S1,support 5.935 72 0.101048 0.133431 0.946628 333.7989 338.647 use FØ8 c/c300
c1,Field 2.91 72 0.049545 0.063546 0.974581 158.9711 711.0726 use FØ8 c/c300
1.376 68 0.026265 0.033274 0.986691 78.61482 1437.897 use FØ8 c/c300
S2,support 5.935 72 0.101048 0.133431 0.946628 333.7989 338.647 use FØ8 c/c300

University of Gondar Page 70


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

ChapterTwo:Solid Slab design

Slab Analysis and Design

A reinforced concrete slab is abroad, flat plate, usually horizontal, with top and bottom surface
parallel or nearly so. It is used to provide flat surface mainly for roofs and floors of building
parking lots, air fields, road ways, bridges etc. It may be supported by reinforced concrete beam,
by masonry or reinforced concrete walls, by structural steel members, directly by columns, or
continuously by the ground. But we are intend to design beam supported floor and roofs solid
slabs of the building accordingly EBCS-1995.

Beam support slab can be classified as one way slab and two way slab based on the longer to
shorter length ratio.

A. One way slabs:- main reinforcement in each element runs in one direction only. The slab is
one way if the slab panel longer length to shorter length ratio is greater than two (i.e. Ly/Lx > 2).

B. Two way slab:-main reinforcement runs in both directions where ratio of long to short span is
less than two (i.e.𝐿𝑦𝐿𝑥≤2).

The reinforcement bar, in one way slab, main steel is provided along with short span only and
the load is transferred to two opposite supports and in two-way slab, main steel is provided in
both directions
Panel selection
Before proceeding to the analysis and design of solid slab we should select type of panel. The
selection of panels is depending on:
o Boundary condition
o Shorter(Lx) and longer(Ly) length of the panel
o Function of panel.

University of Gondar Page 71


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Fig 2.1 Typical Floor Panel Selection

University of Gondar Page 72


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Fig 2.2First Floor Panel Selection

University of Gondar Page 73


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Fig 2.3 Ground Floor Panel Selection

University of Gondar Page 74


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Fig 2.4 Basement Floor panel Selection

Design data and material properties

i. Concrete

Class I workmanship and ordinary loading condition is used.


Concrete grade C-25 Class I
Partial safety factor,ɣc
ɣc= 1.5 (Ordinary loading) [EBCS – 2, 1995 table 3.1
Characteristic strength [compression], fck
fck 𝑎
fcd = 11.33 𝑃𝑎
fctk=1.5Mpa
fcd =20*0.85/1.5=11.33Mpa

University of Gondar Page 75


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

𝑡 = ( ) =1.03Mpa

 Reinforcement Steel

fyk=300Mpa
γs=1.15
fyd =fyk/ γs= 300/ 1.15=260Mpa
Es=200Gpa

ii. Design load

Fd= ɣfFk
Where: - Fk= Characteristic load
ɣf= Partial safety factor for loads
ɣf= 1.6 for live load [EBCS – 2, 1995 table 3.3]
ɣf= 1.3 for dead load

Where d = minimum depth for deflection in mm


βa= the appropriate constant which is a function of the boundary condition and span ratio.
[EBCS-2 1995 table 5.1]
fyk = the characteristic strength of the reinforcement bar (Mpa).
𝑦 𝐿
( )
Le = the effective span, for two way slab the shorter span (m)

Table 2.1 The value of 𝛽𝑎 depending on the Support Condition

Member simply End span Interior Span Cantilever


supported
Beam 20 24 28 10

Slab

a. span ratio 25 30 35 12
2:1
b. span ration 35 40 45 10
1:1

EBCS 2 -1995 Table 5.1

For Ly>Lx , effective span length Le=Lx


βa values will be interpolated using span ratio and boundary condition from table 5.1(EBCS2-
1995).
Over all depth, D

University of Gondar Page 76


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

D=d+cover+Ø1+ Ø1

2.1Depth Determination

Depth DeterminationTypical Floor Slab

Table 2.2 Depth for Typical Floor

Slab No Le[mm] Span ratio Span type βa Effective


depth
S1 4400 1.36 End span 36.37 102.83
S2 4400 1.36 Interior span 41.4 90.3
S3 1780 1.75 Interior span 36.26 41.72
S4 4400 1.36 End span 36.37 102.83
S5 4400 1.36 Interior span 41.4 90.3
S6 3150 1.4 Interior span 41 65.3
S7 2850 1.54 End span 34 71.25
C1 1800 3.33 Cantilever 10 153
C2 1800 3.33 Cantilever 10 153
C3 1650 2.02 Cantilever 10 140.25
C4 1800 3.33 Cantilever 10 153
C5 1650 1.91 Cantilever 31 45
C6 1950 2.17 Cantilever 10 165.75
C6‟ 1390 1.94 cantilever 30.89 38.25

From the tabulation result, the maximum depth required is, d=165mm.Hence,
d=165mm, using ф12mm reinforcement bar, 15mm concrete cover,
D= 165+15+1.5(12) =198mm Therefore, for construction workability and uniformity
Take D=200mm .Therefore for the slab depth we have taken D=200mm.

Depth Determination First Floor Slab

Table 2.3 Depth for First Floor

Slab No Le[mm] Span ratio Span type βa Effective


depth
S1 4400 1.36 End span 36.37 102.83
S2 4400 1.36 Interior span 41.4 90.3
S3 1780 1.75 Interior span 36.26 41.72
S4 4400 1.36 End span 36.37 102.83

University of Gondar Page 77


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

S5 4400 1.36 Interior span 41.4 90.3


S6 3150 1.4 Interior span 41 65.3
S7 2850 1.54 End span 34 71.25
C1 1800 3.33 Cantilever 10 153
C2 1800 3.33 Cantilever 10 153
C3 1650 1.89 Cantilever 10 38.89
C4 1950 2.67 Cantilever 10 165.75
C5 1470 2.99 Cantilever 10 124.95

From the tabulation result, the maximum depth required is, d=165mm.Hence,
d=165mm, using ф12mm reinforcement bar, 15mm concrete cover,
D= 165.75+15+1.5(12) =198.75mm Therefore, for construction workability and uniformity
Take D=200mm .Therefore for the slab depth we have taken D=200mm.

Table 2.4 Depth for Ground Floor

Slab No Le[mm] Span ratio Span type βa Effective


depth
S1 4400 1.36 End span 36.37 102.83
S2 4400 1.36 Interior span 41.4 90.3
S3 4400 1.36 End span 36.26 120.88
S4 4400 1.36 End span 36.4 120.88
S5 3150 1.39 end span 36.1 74.17
S6 2850 1.54 end span 34.6 70
S7 1700 1.85 Interior span 36.5 39.59
C1 1800 3.33 Cantilever 10 153
C2 1800 3.33 Cantilever 10 153
C3 1800 1.75 Cantilever 32.5 47.07

From the tabulation result, the maximum depth required is, d=153mm.Hence,
d=153mm, using ф12mm reinforcement bar, 15mm concrete cover,
D= 152+15+1.5(12) =186mm Therefore, for construction workability and uniformity
Take D=200mm .Therefore for the slab depth we have taken D=200mm.

Dead load computation based on function of rooms


Unit weight for reinforced concrete slabs ranges from 20-28 KN/m3 therefore we use γ=24kn/m3
for c-25 concrete.

University of Gondar Page 78


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Fig 2.5 Sectional view of Floor Slab


The Major type of loading are consider in design of slab.

Dead load: it includes:

o Slab/own weight/
o Floor finish
o Plastering
o Cement screed
o Partition

Note: there are four different types of floor finish materials in our case.
o PVC(plastic tile) floor finish
o Ceramic

Live Load: depending on the different functions based on EBCS 2 1995.

Table 2.5Live Load depending on the different functions

No Functions Finishing Thickness Unit wt. Category LL(KN/m2)


(mm) (KN/m3)
1 Kitchen Ceramic 2 23 A General 2
2 Cafeteria Ceramic 2 23 C C1 3
3 Shop Ceramic 2 23 C - 5
4 Corridor Ceramic 3 23 C C3 5
5 Balcony Ceramic 3 23 A - 4
6 Toilet Ceramic 2 23 A General 2
8 Bed Room PVC Tile 2 16 A General 2

University of Gondar Page 79


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Design load for each panel


In our slab individual panel might have different purpose (function) and finishing material, we
might encounter different live load and dead load in a single panel. In such cases we used the
maximum value as a governing dead load or live load for that panel.
Pd‟=1.3D.L+1. 6L.L
For Determination of the Design load , the Dead Load for each panel is computed as follow.

2.2 Dead Load Determination

Dead Load determination for Typical Floor Slab

D.L = A= area t=thickness of material ϒ=unit weight

Span Material ϒ T Area (m2) Span area D.L


(KN⁄m2)
S1,S2 Pvc 16 0.002 21.89 26.4 0.026
Ceramic 23 0.02 2.616 26.4 0.046
Cement screed for pvc 23 0.048 21.89 26.4 0.92
Cement screed for 23 0.03 2.616 26.4 0.07
ceramic
Ceiling plaster 23 0.02 26.4 26.4 0.46
RC slab 25 0.2 26.4 26.4 5
Total 6.52
C1,C2 Ceramic 23 0.02 10.8 10.8 0.46
Cement screed 23 0.03 10.8 10.8 0.69
Ceiling plaster 23 0.02 10.8 10.8 0.46
RC Slab 25 0.2 10.8 10.8 5
Total
6.61
S3 Ceramic 23 0.02 5.67 5.67 0.46
Cement screed 23 0.03 5.67 5.67 0.69
Ceiling plastering 23 0.02 5.67 5.67 0.46
RC Slab 25 0.2 5.67 5.67 5
Total 6.61

Total 6.61
S4 Pvc 16 0.002 11.3 26.4 0.14
Ceramic 23 0.02 12.6 26.4 0.219
Cement screed for pvc 23 0.048 11.3 26.4 0.47
Cement screed for 23 0.03 12.6 26.4 0.33

University of Gondar Page 80


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

ceramic
Ceiling plaster 23 0.02 26.4 26.4 0.46
RC slab 25 0.2 26.4 26.4 5
C3 Pvc 16 0.002 5.3 5.3 0.46
Cement screed for pvc 23 0.048 5.3 5.3 0.69
Ceiling plaster 23 0.02 5.3 5.3 0.46
RC slab 25 0.2 5.3 5.3 5
Total 6.61
S5 Pvc 16 0.002 14.31 26.4 0.17
Ceramic 23 0.02 9 26.4 0.59
Cement screed for pvc 23 0.048 14.31 26.4 0.598
Cement screed for 23 0.03 9 26.4 0.23
ceramic
Ceiling plaster 23 0.02 26.4 26.4 0.46
RC slab 25 0.2 26.4 26.4 5
Total 7.05
C4 Pvc 16 0.002 4.67 10.8 0.013
Ceramic 23 0.02 4.26 10.8 0.18
Cement screed for pvc 23 0.048 4.67 10.8 0.47
Cement screed for 23 0.03 4.26 10.8 0.27
ceramic
Ceiling plaster 23 0.02 10.8 10.8 0.46
RC slab 25 0.2 10.8 10.8 5
Total 6.4
S6 Pvc 16 0.002 8.22 13.86 0.02
Ceramic 23 0.02 5.4 13.86 0.2
Cement screed for pvc 23 0.048 8.22 13.86 0.65
Cement screed for 23 0.03 5.4 13.86 0.26
ceramic
Ceiling plaster 23 0.02 13.86 13.86 0.46
RC slab 25 0.2 13.86 13.86 5
Total 6.59
C5 Pvc 16 0.002 2.47 5.67 0.014
Ceramic 23 0.02 2.78 5.67 0.225
Cement screed for pvc 23 0.048 2.47 5.67 0.48
Cement screed for 23 0.03 2.78 5.67 0.34
ceramic
Ceiling plaster 23 0.02 5.67 5.67 0.46
RC slab 25 0.2 5.67 5.67 5
Total 1.895
S7 Pvc 16 0.002 6.25 12.54 0.02
Ceramic 23 0.02 4.8 12.54 0.17
Cement screed for pvc 23 0.048 6.25 12.54 0.6
Cement screed for 23 0.03 4.8 12.54 0.26

University of Gondar Page 81


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

ceramic
Ceiling plaster 23 0.02 12.54 12.54 0.46
RC slab 25 0.2 12.54 12.54 5
Total 6.51
C6 Pvc 16 0.002 5.56 5.56 0.46
Cement screed for pvc 23 0.048 5.56 5.56 0.69
Ceiling plaster 23 0.02 5.56 5.56 0.46
RC slab 25 0.2 5.56 5.56 5
Total 6.61
C6‟ Ceramic 23 0.02 3.75 3.75 0.46
Cement screed 23 0.03 3.75 3.75 0.69
Ceiling plastering 23 0.02 3.75 3.75 0.46
RC Slab 25 0.2 3.75 3.75 5
Total 6.61

Dead Load Determination for first Floor Slab

D.L = A= area t=thickness of material ϒ=unit weight


a. Slab S1,S2,S4,S5,S6,S7,C1,C2,C3,C5,C6

200mm RC slab =0.2*25=5 KN/m2


20 mm ceiling plaster =0.02*23=0.46KN/m2
30 mm Cement Screed =0 .03*23 =0.69KN/m2
20 mm Ceramic tile =0.02 *23= 0.46 KN/m2
= 6.61KN/m2
b. Slab S3
200 mm RC slab =0.2*25=5 KN/m2
20 mm ceiling plaster =0.02*23=0.46KN/m2
30 mm Cement Screed =0 .03*23 =0.69KN/m2
20 mm Ceramic tile = (0.02*23*1.78*3.15)/(3.15*4.4)
=0.186 KN/m2
= 6.336 KN/m2

Dead Load computations for Ground Floor Slab

D.L = A= area t=thickness of material ϒ=unit weight


a. For all the Panels in Ground Floor Slab

200mm RC slab =0.2*25=5 KN/m2


20 mm ceiling plaster =0.02*23=0.46KN/m2
30 mm Cement Screed =0 .03*23 =0.69KN/m2
20 mm Ceramic tile =0.02 *23= 0.46 KN/m2

University of Gondar Page 82


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

= 6.61KN/m2
Partition Wall Dead Load

Material data
o Thickness of HCB=150mm & 200mm
o Thickness of plastering on two sides = 30mm
o Unit weight of HCB=12KN/m3
o Unit weight of HCB for light weight aggregate range from 10-14 KN/m3 & lower values
are used for smaller size thickness (100mm-200mm),so we need to take the average
value.
o Unit weight of plastering = 20KN/m3
o Height of wall = 3m
►Dead Load for partition wall=dead load for plaster + dead load for HCB
DLPW=DLpl + DLhcb

Load due to partition wall and its plastering depends on the height, length, width of wall and the
unit weight of the walling material and plastering.

Materials for wall thickness(cm) Unit weight (KN/m2)


Plaster 2 23
HCB1 20 15
HCB2 15 12

Weight due to partition wall=(t*ϒhcb*h)+(t*ϒp*h)


t= thickness of HCB
ϒhcb =unit weight of HCB
h = height of the wall
ϒ =unit weight of Plastering
Height of the wall = 2.8m
Unit weight of HCB, is 20KN/m2
P= Weight of partition wall

 Weight due to partition for both side plastered wall


DLPW(KN) = (HPL*LPL*TPL* pL) +(HHCB*LHCB*THCB* HCB)
= (0.15*12*2.8) + (0.025*23*2.8*2) =8.26KN/m2
 Weight due to partition for half Ceramic and half plastered wall

University of Gondar Page 83


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

= (1.5*0.006*23) + (1.5*0.03*23)+(4.12*0.025*23)+(0.15*12*2.8) =8.651KN/m2


 Weight due to the partition with both ceramic covering
= (1.5*0.06*23*2)+ (1.5*0.03*23*2)+(2.62*0.025*23)+(0.15*12*2.8)=12.756KN/m2
 Weight due to Glazing Partition
=(0.006*27*2.8)=0.4536KN/m2
Table 2.6 Dead load due to Partition wall for Typical floor Slab

Slab Length of Length of P1 P2 P3 p Distributed


No HCB HCB wall load
wall(m) with half
ceramic(m) (KN) (KN) (KN) (KN) (KNM)
S1 4.4 3.48 36.4 30.36 - 66.67 2.53

S2 4.4 3.48 36.4 30.36 - 66.67 2.53


S3 No Partition - - - - - -
S4 3.3 3.53 11.9 30.7 - 42.6 1.6
S5 4.83 - 40 - - 40 1.5
S6 3.15 - 26.08 - - 26.08 1.9
S7 1.62 2.7 13.4 23.5 - 37 2.95
C1 1.8 6.7 15 58.3 - 73.3 6.8
C2 1.8 6.7 15 58.3 - 73.3 6.8
C3 - - - - 1.71 - 0.3
C4 - 3.7 - 32.2 1.71 34 3.15
C5 0.89 - 7.4 - - 7.4 1.31
C6 - - - - 3.4 - 0.44
C6‟ - 3.89 - 33.8 33.8 9

Table 2.7Dead Load of Partition Wall on First Floor Panels

Slab Length Length of Length Lengt P1 P2 P3 P4 P Area Distributed


of HCB HCB of HCB h of load
wall wall wall Glaze
both plastering both d wall
plasterin & half ceramic (m)
g ceramic (m) (KN) (KN) (KN) (KN) (KN) (KN/m)
(m) (m)
S1 2.72 10.29 6.51 22.52 89.5 83.04 0 195. 26.4 7.388
S2 0.15 6.69 1.242 58.2 0 0 59.4 26.4 2.25
S3 - - 0 0 0 0 0 26.4 0

University of Gondar Page 84


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

S4 - - 6 0 0 0 2.71 2.71 26.4 0.103


S5 - - 9.9 0 0 0 4.48 4.48 26.4 0.17
S6 - - 3.73 1.41 13.8
30.88 0 0 32.3 6 2.33
S7 4.4 - 0 12.5
36.43 0 0 36.4 4 2.905
C1 - - 4.13 0 0 52.68 0 52.6 10.8 4.87
C2 3.2 No - - - 0
Partition 26.49 26.4 10.8 2.453
C3 - No - - - - - -
Partition
C4 - No - - - - - -
Partition
C5 - No - - - - - -
Partition

Table 2.8Dead Load of Partition Wall on Ground Floor Panels

Slab Length Length of Length Length P1 P2 P3 P4 p Distributed


No of HCB HCB wall of of HCB load
wall(m) both side glazed wall
half ceramic(m) both (KN) (KN) (KN) (KN) (KNM)
ceramic sides
and half plastered
plastered
S1 2.75 6.2 9.36 77.31 23.79 79.11 180.2 6.83

S2 - - 9.1 3.75 30.98 - - 4.19 35.17 1.33


S3 - - 4.1 2.6 - - 1.89 23.37 0.89
21.48
S4 - - 7.26 - - - - 3.34 0.13
S5 - - 1.95 - - - - 0.89 0.064
S6 - - 1.95 - - - - 0.89 0.071
C1 - - - - - - 23.35 2.61

2.3 Design Load for each Panel

We know that there may be different function in a single panel , that mean there are also a
probability of having different finishing material and different live load magnitude then we have
to consider the worst condition so we have to choose the maximum dead load and live load
values as a governing condition to design safe and durable structure.

University of Gondar Page 85


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Pd=1.3DL+1.6LL

Table 2.9Design Dead Load for Typical Floor Slab

First Function DL(KN/m2) DL(KN/m2) LL(KN/m Pd


Floor Due to FS Due to PW 2) (KN/m2)
Panels
S1 Bedroom& 6.27 2.53 2 14.64
toilet
S2 Bedroom 6.61 2.53 2 14.96
S3 Bedroom & 6.336 2 2 11.88
Circulation
S4 Bedroom & 6.61 1.5 2 11.8
Circulation
S5 Bedroom & 6.61 1.5 2 14.3
Circulation
S6 Bedroom & 6.61 1.9 2 14.2
Circulation
S7 Bedroom & 6.61 2.95 2 15.5
Circulation
C1 Toilet 6.61 6.8 2 20.6
C2 Toilet 6.61 6.8 2 20.6
C3 Balcony & 6.61 0.3 2 12.2
Bedroom
C4 Balcony & 6.61 3.15 2 15.6
Toilet
C5 Balcony & 6.61 1.31 2 7.4
Bedroom
C6 Bedroom 0.44 6.61 2 12.4
C6‟ Toilet 9 6.61 2 23.5

Table 2.10Design Dead Load for First Floor Slab

First Function LL(KN/m Pd


2
Floor DL(KN/m DL(KN/m ) 2) (KN/m2)
2
Panels ) Due to PW
Due to FS
S1 Restaurant 6.61 7.338 2 21.386
&Toilet
S2 Kitchen& 6.61 2.25 2 11.435
Circulation
S3 Circulation 6.336 0 5 23.31
S4 Restaurant 6.61 0.103 3 13.53

University of Gondar Page 86


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

S6 Restaurant 6.61 2.33 5 19.622


&
Circulation
S7 Shop & 6.61 2.9 3 20.36
Circulation
C1 Toilet 6.61 4.87 3 19.72
C2 Toilet 6.61 2.45 5 16.57
C3 Circulation 6.61 - 5 16.59
C4 Circulation 6.61 - 5 16.59
C5 Shop 6.61 - 5 16.59

Table 2.11Design Dead Load for Ground Floor Slab

Ground Function DL(KN/m2) DL(KN/m2) LL(KN/m2) Pd


Floor Due to FS Due to PW (KN/m2)
Panels
S1 Shop& 6.61 6.81 5 20.15
Toilet
S2 Shop 6.61 1.33 5 18.32
S3 Shop 6.66 0.89 5 20.15

S4 Shop 6.61 0.13 5 16.76

S5 Shop 6.61 0.064 5 16.68

S6 Shop 6.61 0.071 5 17.56

S7 Shop 6.61 - 5 16.59

C1 Shop 6.61 2.16 5 19.4

C2 Shop 6.61 - 5 16.59

2.4 Moment analysis


Panel’s analysis using coefficient method
University of Gondar Page 87
STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

The span and support moments are calculated by:-


Mi= αipd(Lx)2 , EBCS 2, 1995
Where, Mi=Design moment per unite width of reference
Pd=Uniformly Distributed Design Load
αi =Coefficient given in EBCS 2,1995 table A-1

Support moment,Mxs= αxsPd(Lx)2


Mys=αysPd(Lx)2

Span moment, Mxs= αxfPd(Lx)2


Myf= αyfPd(Lx)2

The calculation is done by tabular form as shown below

Table 2.12computation of Bending Moment for Typical floor Slab

Pane Support 𝐿 Moment Bending moment


l condition 𝐿 Coefficients Mi= αipdi(Lx)2
No
S1 1.36 αxs = 0.0538 Mxs=0.0538*14.64*4.42=15.25
αys = 0.039 MYS= 0.039*14.64*4.42=11.1
αxf= 0.04 Myf=0.04*14.64*4.42=13.9
αyf = 0.029 Myf=0.029*14.64*4.42=8.2
S2 1.36 αxs =0.056 Mxs=0.056*14.64*4.42=15.9
αys=0.032 Mys=0.032*14.65*4.42=9.1
αxf=0.0388 Mxf=0.0388*14.64*4.42=11
αyf =0.024 Myf=0.024*14.64*4.42=7

S3 1.75 αXS=0.082 Mxs=0.082*11.8*1.782=3.1


αYS 0.062 Mys=0.062*11.8*1.782=2.3
αXF=0.039 Mxf=0.039*11.8*1.782=1.46
αYF= 0.03 Myf=0.03*11.8*1.782=1.12

University of Gondar Page 88


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

S4 1.36 Mxs=0.058*13.4*4.42=15
αXS=0.032 Mys=0.032*13.4*4.42=8.3
αYS=0.032 Mxf=0.04*13.4*4.42=10.4
αXF=0.0388 Myf=0.024*13.4*4.42=6.2
αYF=0.024

S5 1.36 Mxs=0.056*14.3*1.362=1.48
αXS=0.0538 Myf=0.032*14.3*1.362=0.84
αYS=0.039 Mxf=0.0388*14.3*1.362=1
αXF=0.04 Myf=0.024*14.3*1.362=0.63
αYF=0.029

S6 1.4 αXS=0.05 Mxs=0.05*14.2*3.52=8.7


αYS=0.032 Mys=0.032*14.2*3.52=5.6
αXF=0.0388 Mxf=0.037*14.2*3.52=6.4
αYF=0.024 Myf=0.024*14.2*3.52=4.2

S7 1.54 αXS=0.054 Mxs=0.054*15.5*2.852=6.8


αYS=0.032 Mys=0.032*15.5*2.852=4
αXF=0.041 Mxf=0.041*15.5*2.852=5.2
αYF=0.024 Myf=0.024*15.5*2.852=3

C1,C 3.33 Mys= =


2

C3 2.02 Mys=

C4 3.33 Mys=

C5 1.91 αXS=0.088 Mxs=0.088*7.4*1.652=1.77


αYS=0.039 Mys=0.039*7.4*1.652=0.8
αXF=0.065 Mxf=0.065*7.4*1.652=1.3
αYF=0.03 Myf=0.03*7.4*1.652=0.6

University of Gondar Page 89


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

C6 2.17 Mys=

C6‟ 1.94 Mxs=0.092*23.5*1.392=4.2


αXS=0.092 Mys=0.047*23.5*1.392=2.1
αYS=0.047 Mxf=0.069*23.5*1.392=3.13
αXF=0.069 Myf=0.036*23.5*1.392=1.6
αYF=0.036

University of Gondar Page 90


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Fig 2.6 Unadjusted Moment for Typical Floor Slab

Table 2.13computation of Bending Moment for First floor Slab

Panel Support 𝐿 Moment Bending moment


No condition 𝐿 Coefficients Mi= αipdi(Lx)2
S1 1.36 αxs=0.0538 =0.0538*21.38*4.42=22.26
αxf=0.039 =0.039*21.388*4.42 =16.14
αys=0.04 =0.04*21.38*4.42 =16.55
αyf=0.029 =0.029*21.38*4.42=12.00

S2 1.36 αxs=0.056 =0.056*23.31*4.42= 25.27


αys=0.032 =0.032*23.31*4.42=17.41
αxf=0.0388 =0.0388*23.31*4.42=17.5
αyf=0.024 =0.024*23.31*4.42=10.83

S3 1.75 αxs=0.082 =0.082*11.43*1.782=2.96


αys=0.062 =0.062*11.43*1.782=2.24
αxf=0.039 =0.039*11.43*1.782=1.412
αyf=0.03 =0.03*16.236*1.782=1.08

S4 1.36 =0.072*13.53*4.42=18.85
αxs=0.072 =0.047*13.53*4.42=12.31
αys=0.047 =0.0534*13.53*4.42=13.9
αxf=0.0534 =0.036*13.53*4.42=9.42
αyf=0.036

S5 1.36 =0.0656*13.61*4.42=17.28
αxs=0.0656 =0.039*13.61*4.42=10.27
αys=0.039 =0.0494*13.61*4.42=16.08
αxf=0.0494 =0.03*16.814*4.42=7.9
αyf=0.03

S6 1.4 αxs=0.05 =0.05*19.622*3.152=9.73


αys=0.032 =0.032*19.622*3.152=6.23
αxf=0.037 =0.037*19.622*3.152=7.203
αyf=0.024 =0.024*19.622*3.152=4.67

S7 1.54 αxs=0.054 =0.054*20.36*2.852=8.93


αys=0.032 =0.032*20.36*2.852=5.29
αxf=0.041 =0.041*20.36*2.852=6.78

University of Gondar Page 91


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

αyf=0.024 =0.024*20.36*2.852=3.96

C1 3.33 (1.8m)2
M ys=19.724KN * 2
=31.9KN.m

C2 3.33 (1.8m)2
M xs=16.578KN * 2
=26.85KN.m

C3 1.89 =0.0856*16.593*1.662=3.91
αxs=0.0856 =0.047*16.593*1.662=2.15
αys=0.047 =0.0325*16.593*1.662=1.48
αxf=0.0325 =0.036*16.593*1.662=1.646
αyf=0.036

C4 (1.88m)2
M ys=16.593KN *
2.67 2
=29.32KN.m

(1.47m)2
M ys=16.593KN *
2.99 2
C5 =17.92KN.m

University of Gondar Page 92


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Fig 2.7Unadjusted Moment for First Floor

University of Gondar Page 93


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Table 2.14 Computation of Bending Moment ForGround Floor

Panel Support 𝐿 Moment Bending moment


No condition 𝐿 Coefficient Mi= αipdi(Lx)2
s
S1 1.36 αxf= 0.0538 Mxs=0.054*25.5*4.42=20.6
αys= 0.039 Mys= 0.039*25.5*4.42=19.25
αxf= 0.04 Mxf=0.04*25.5*4.42=19.75
αyf= 0.029 Myf=0.029*25.5*4.42=14.32

S2 1.36 αxs=0.056 Mxs=0.056*18.32*4.42=17.38


αys=0.032 Mys=0.032*18.32*4.42=11.35
αxf=0.036 Mxf=0.036*18.32*4.42=12.77
αyf=0.024 Myf=0.024*18.32*4.42=8.51

S3 1.36 αxs=0.073 Mxs=0.073*20.15*4.42=28.48


αys=0.047 Mys=0.047*20.15*4.42=18.34
αxf=0.054 Mxf=0.054*20.15*4.42=21.07
αyf= 0.036 Myf=0.036*20.15*4.42=14.04

S4 1.36 Mxs=0.066*16.76*4.42=21.42
αxs=0.066 Mys=0.039*16.76*4.42=12.65
αys=0.039 Mxf=0.05*16.76*4.42=16.22
αxf=0.05 Myf=0.03*16.76*4.42=9.73
αyf=0.03

S5 1.39 Mxs=0.054*16.68*3.152=8.94
αxs=0.054 Mys=0.039*16.68*3.152=6.45
αys=0.039 Mxf=0.04*16.68*3.152=6.62
αxf=0.04 Myf=0.029*16.68*3.152=4.8
αyf=0.029

University of Gondar Page 94


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

S6 1.54 αxs=0.079 Mxs=0.079*16.68*2.852=10.7


αys=0.047 Mys=0.047*16.68*2.852=6.37
αxf=0.06 Mxf=0.06*16.68*2.852=8.13
αyf=0.036 Myf=0.036*16.68*2.852=4.88

S7 1.85 αxs=0.054 Mxs=0.054*16.59*1.72=2.59


αys=0.039 Mys=0.39*16.59*1.72=1.87
αxf=0.04 Mxf=0.04*16.59*1.72=1.92
αyf=0.03 Myf=0.03*16.59*1.72=1.44

C1 3.33 Mys= =

C2 3.3 Mys=

University of Gondar Page 95


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Fig 2.8 Unadjusted Moments for Ground Floor Slab

University of Gondar Page 96


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

2.5Load Transfer

For analysis we transfer unfactored dead load and live load.


i) Dead Load Transfer ii) Live Load Transfer
Vi=βviqkLxiVi=βiqkLxi

Table 2.15Computation of Load Transfer for Typical Floor Slab

Panel Support Shear Shear for live load Shear for dead load
No condition coefficient vi=βviqkLxi vi=βviqkLxi
βi
S1
βVXC=0.45 VXC=0.45*2*4.4=3.96 VXC=0.45*9.05*4.4=18
βVXD=0 VXD=0 VXD=0
βVYC=0.36 VYC=0.36*2*4.4=3.2 VYC=0.36*9.05*4.4=14.3
βVYD=0.24 VYD=0.24*2*4.4=2.1 VYD=0.24*9.05*4.4=9.6

S2 βVXC=0.42
βVXD=0 VXC=0.42*2*4.4=3.7 VXC=0.42*9.05*4.4=16.7
βVYC=0.33 VXD=0 VXD=0
βVYD=0 VYC=0.33*2*4.4=2.9 VYC=0.33*9.05*4.4=13.14
VYD=0 VYD=0
S3 βVXC=0.55
βVXD=0.36 VXC=0.55*2*1.78=1.96 VXC=0.55*6.61*1.78=6.5
βVYC=0.36 VXD=0.36*2*1.78=1.28 VXD=0.36*6.61*1.78=4.2
βVYD=0 VYC=0.36*2*1.78=1.28 VYC=0.36*6.61*1.78=4.2
VYD=0 VYD=0

University of Gondar Page 97


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

S4
βVXC=0.45 VXC=0.45*2*4.4=3.96 VXC=0.45*8.21*4.4=16.3
βVXD=0 VXD=0 VXD=0
βVYC=0.36 VYC=0.36*2*4.4=3.2 VYC=0.45*8.21*4.4=16.26
βVYD=0.24 VYD=0.24*2*4.4=2.1 VYD=0.24*8.21*4.4=8.7

S5 βVXC=0.422
βVXD=0 VXC=0.422*2*4.4=3.7 VXC=0.422*8.55*4.4=15.9
βVYC=0.33 VXD=0 VXD=0
βVYD=0 VYC=0.33*2*4.4=2.9 VYC=0.33*8.55*4.4=12.4
VYD=0= VYD=0
S6 βVXC=0.43
βVXD=0 VXC=0.43*2*3.5=3 VXC=0.43*8.49*3.5=12.8
βVYC=0.33 VXD=0 VXD=0
βVYD=0 VYC=0.33*2*3.5=2.3 VYC=0.33*8.49*3.5=9.8
VYD=0 VYD=0
S7 βVXC=0.457
4 VXC=0.454*2*2.82=2.56 VXC=0.4547*9.46*2.85=12
βVXD=0 VXD=0 .3
βVYC=0.33 VYC=0.33*2*2.82=1.86 VXD=0
βVYD=0 VYD=0 VYC=0.4547*9.46*2.81=12
.1
VYD=0
C1,C2
VXC=2*1.8=3.6 VXC=13.41*1.8=24

C3
VXC=2*1.65=3.3 VXC=6.91*1.65=11.4

C4
VXC=2*1.8=3.6 VXC=9.55*1.8=17.19

University of Gondar Page 98


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

C5 βVXC=0.575
βVXD=0.37 VXC=0.575*2*1.65=1.89 VXC=0.575*3.2*1.65=3.04
βVYC=0.36 VXD=0.37*2*1.65=1.22 VXD=0.575*3.2*1.65=3.04
βVYD=0 VYC=0.36*2*1.65=1.2 VYC=0.36*3.2*1.65=1.9
VYD=0 VYD=0
C6
VXC=2*1.95=3.9 VXC=7.05*1.95=13.7

C6‟ βVXC=0.59
βVXD=0.395 VXC=0.59*2*1.39=1.64 VXC=0.59*15.6*1.39=12.8
βVYC=0.40 VXD=0.395*2*1.39=1.1 VXD=0.395*15.6*1.39=8.6
βVYD=0.26 VYC=0.40*2*1.39=1.11 VYC=0.4*15.6*1.39=8.67
VYD=0.26*2*1.39=0.7 VYD=0.26*15.6*1.39=5.64

University of Gondar Page 99


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Fig 2.9Load Transfer for Typical Floor Slab Floor

University of Gondar Page 100


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Table 2.16 Computation of Load Transfer to First Floor

Panel Support Shear shear for Live Load Shear for Dead Load
No condition Coefficient vi=βiqkLxi vi=βviqkLxi
S1 βvxc=0.45 Vxc=0.45*2*4.4=3.6 Vxc=0.45*13.99*4.4=27.
βvxd=0 Vxd=0*2*4.4=0 Vxd=0*13.99*4.4=0
βvyc=0.36 Vyc=0.36*2*4.4=3.6 Vyc=0.36*13.99*4.4=22.16
βvyd=0.24 Vyd=0.24*2*4.4=2.1 Vyd=0.24*13.99*4.4=14.77
S2 βvxc=0.42 Vxc=0.42*2*4.4=3.69 Vxc=0.42*15.47*4.4=28.5
βvxd=0 Vxd=0.*2*4.4=0 Vxd=0.*15.47*4.4=0
βvyc=0.33 Vyc=0.33*2*4.4=2.90 Vyc=0.33*15.47*4.4=21.34
βvyd=0 Vyd=0*2*4.4=0 Vyd=0*15.47*4.4=0

S3 βvxc=0.57 Vxc=0.57*2*1.8=2.05 Vxc=0.57*6.336*1.8=6.5


βvxd=0.38 Vxd=0.38*2*1.8=1.36 Vxd=0.38*6.336*1.8=4.33
βvyc=0.4 Vyc=0.4*2*1.8=1.44 Vyc=0.4*6.336*1.8=4.56
βvyd=0.26 Vyd=0.26*2*1.8=0.93 Vyd=0.26*6.336*1.8=2.34

S4 βvxc=0.512 Vxc=0.512*3*4.4=6.7 Vxc=0.51*6.713*4.4=15.12


βvxd=0.336 Vxd=0.336*3*4.4=4.4 Vxd=0.336*6.713*4.4=9.92
βvyc=0.4 Vyc=0.4*3*4.4=5.28 Vyc=0.4*6.713*4.4=11.81
βvyd=0.26 Vyd=0.26*3*4.4=3.43 Vyd=0.26*6.713*4.4=7.68

S5 βvxc=0.482 Vxc=0.482*3*4.4=6.3 Vxc=0.482*6.78*4.4=14.37


βvxd=0.316 Vxd=0.316*3*4.4=4.6 Vxd=6.78*0.316*4.4=9.42
βvyc=0.36 Vyc=0.36*3*4.4=04.7 Vyc=0.36*6.78*4.4=10.73
βvyd=0 Vyd=0*3*4.4=0 Vyd=0*6.78*4.4=0

S6 βvxc=0.428 Vxc=0.428*5*3.15=6.7 Vxc=0.42*8.94*3.15=11.82


βvxd=0 Vxd=0*5*3.15=0 Vxd=0*8.94*3.15=0
βvyc=0.33 Vyc=0.33*5*3.15=5.19 Vyc=0.33*8.94*3.15=9.29
βvyd=0 Vyd=0*5*3.15=0 Vyd=0*8.94*4.4=0
S7 βvxc=0.516 Vxc=0.516*5*2.85=7.3 Vxc=0.516*9.51*2.85=13.9
βvxd=0.343 Vxd=0.34*5*2.85=4.84 Vxd=0.34*9.26*2.85=8.97
βvyc=0.36 Vyc=0.36*5*2.85=5.13 Vyc=0.36*9.51*2.85=9.75
βvyd=0 Vyd=0*5*2.85=0 Vyd=0*9.51*2.85=0

University of Gondar Page 101


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

C1 Vxc=3*1.8=5.4 Vxc=11.48*1.8=20.66

C2 Vxc=3*1.8=5.4 Vxc=9.06*1.8=16.31

C3 βvxc=0.586 Vxc=0.586*5*1.8=5.27 Vxc=0.586*6.61*1.8=6.66


βvxd=0.393 Vxd=0.393*5*1.8=3.53 Vxd=0.393*6.61*1.8=4.67
βvyc=0.34 Vyc=0.34*5*1.8=3.06 Vyc=0.34*6.61*1.8=4.04
βvyd=0.26 Vyd=0.26*5*1.8=2.34 Vyd=0.26*6.61*1.8=3.09

C4
- Vxc=5*1.88=9.4 Vxc=6.61*1.8=12.42

C5
Vxc=5*1.47=9.4 Vxc=6.61*1.47=9.71

University of Gondar Page 102


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Fig 2.10 Load Transfer to first floor slab

University of Gondar Page 103


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Table 2.17 Computation of Load Transfer for Ground Floor slab

Pane Support Shear coefficient Shear for live load Shear for dead load
l condition βIJ VI=βVI qk Lxi
No
S1
βvxc=0.45 Vxc=0.45*5*4.4=9.9 Vxc=0.45*13.44*4.4=18
βvxd=0 Vxd=0 Vxd=0
βvyc=0.36 Vyc=0.36*5*4.4=7.92 Vyc=0.36*13.44*4.4=21.29
βvyd=0.24 Vyd=0.24*5*4.4=5.28 Vyd=0.24*13.44*4.4=14.19

S2 βvxc=0.42
βvxd=0 Vxc=0.42*5*4.4=9.24 Vxc=0.42*7.94*4.4=14.95
βvyc=0.33 Vxd=0 Vxd=0
βvyd=0 Vyc=0.33*5*4.4=7.26 Vyc=0.33*7.94*4.4=11.53
Vyd=0 Vyd=0
S3 βvxc=0.52
βvxd=0.34 Vxc=0.52*5*4.4=11.4 Vxc=0.52*7.5*4.4=17.09
βvyc=0.4 Vxd=0.34*5*4.4=7.39 Vxd=0.34*7.5*4.4=11.09
βvyd=0.26 Vyc=0.4*5*4.4=8.8 Vyc=0.4*7.5*4.4=13.2
Vyd=0.26*5*4.4=5.72 Vyd=0.26*7.5*4.4=8.58
S4
βvxc=0.49 Vxc=0.49*5*3.15=10.7 Vxc=0.49*6.67*3.15=14.41
βvxd=0.32 Vxd=0.32*5*3.15=6.95 Vxd=0.32*6.67*3.15=9.37
βvyc=0.36 Vyc=0.36*5*4.4=7.92 Vyc=0.36*6.67*4.4=10.68
βvyd=0 Vyd=0 Vyd=0

S5 βvxc=0.45
βvxd=0 Vxc=0.45*5*3.15=7.07 Vxc=0.45*6.67*3.15=9.43
βvyc=0.36 Vxd=0 Vxd=0
βvyd=0.24 Vyc=0.36*5*3.15=5.67 Vyc=0.33*6.67*3.15=7.56
Vyd=0.24*5*3.15=3.78 Vyd=0.24*6.67*3.15=5.04
S6 βvxc=0.544
βvxd=0.359 Vxc=0.544*5*2.85=7.7 Vxc=0.544*6.67*2.85=10.36
βvyc=0.4 Vxd=0.359*5*2.85=5.1 Vxd=0.359*6.67*2.85=6.84
βvyd=0.26 Vyc=0.4*5*2.85=5.7 Vyc=0.4*6.67*2.85=7.62
Vyd=0.26*5*2.85=3.71 Vyd=0.26*6.67*2.85=4.95

University of Gondar Page 104


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

S7 βvxc=0.581
βvxd=0.369 Vxc=0.582*5*1.7=4.94 Vxc=0.582*6.68*1.7=6.53
βvyc=0.36 Vxd=0.369*5*1.7=3.14 Vxd=0.369*6.68*1.7=4.15
βvyd=0 Vyc=0.36*5*1.7=3.06 Vyc=0.36*6.68*1.7=4.05
Vyd=0 Vyd=0
C1
Vxc=5*1.8=9 Vxc=8.77*1.8=11.24

C2
Vxc=5*1.8=9 Vxc=6.61*1.8=11.9

Fig 2.11 Load Transfer to ground Floor Slab

University of Gondar Page 105


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

2.6Moment adjustment between panels

1. Support moment adjustment

For each support over which the slab is continuous there will thus generally be two different
support moments. The difference may be distributed between the panels on either side of the
support to equalize their moments, as in the moment distribution method for frames.
Two methods of differing accuracy are given here for treating the effects of this redistribution on
moments away from the support.
EBCS 2, 1995 article A.3.3.1 No.3 and 4
∆M = (MR – ML)/MR * 100
Case 1:- If∆ M≤2 use averaging on Adjacent moment then Md=(MR+ML)/2 ,MR> ML
Case 2:- If ∆M>20% use moment distribution or distribute based on relative stiffness.
Md = MR - KR/ (KR+KL) *∆M……… considering the right moment
Md = ML + KL/ (KR+KL) *∆M……… considering the left moment
Where k= 1/Lx
Note–The procedure for balancing the support Moment of the slabs is written below in
tabulated format.

2. Span moment Adjustment

The procedure for adjusting span moment involves,


a) Support and span moments are first calculated for individual panels by assuming each
panel to be fully loaded. This is done by using the coefficients given.
b) The unbalanced moment is distributed using the moment distribution method. The
relative stiffness of each panel shall be taken proportional to its gross moment of inertia
divided by the smaller span.
c) If the support moment is decreased, the span moments Mxf and Myf are then increased to
allow for the changes of support moments. This increase is calculated as being equal to
the change of the support moment multiplied
The change in the respective moments will be described as follows:
∆Mxf = Cx∆M
∆Myf = Cy∆M
Adjusted field moment: Mxf = Mxf+ (Cx*∆M)
Myf = Myf+ (Cy*∆M)According to EBCS 2, 1995 article A.3.3.3

Typical Floor Slab Field Moment Adjustment

i. For Panel (S1)

Mxs=15.25-15=0.25
For CX=0.389 CY=0.3389
∆Mxf=Cx*∆M=0.389*0.25=0.097

University of Gondar Page 106


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

∆ Myf=Cx*∆M=0.3389*0.25=0.085
Mxf=13.9+0.097=14
Myf=8.2+0.085=8.3

ii. For Panel S2


Mxs=12.3-11.7=0.6
MXS=12.3-8.97=3.33
MYs=12.3-8.69=3.61
For CX=0.317 Cx‟=0.388 CY=0.12 Cy‟=0.3386
Mxf1=CX* ∆ M=0.6*0.317=0.19
Myf1=CY* ∆ M=0.6*0.12=0.072
Mxf1=3.33*0.317=1.1
Myf2=3.33*0.12=0.4
Myf3=3.61*0.388=1.4
Mxf3=3.61*0.3386=1.222
Myf=7+0.072+0.4+1.4=8.872
Mxf=11+1.22+1.1=13.22

iii. For panel S4

Mys=8.3-0.84=7.46
For CX=0.317 CY=0.12
Myf1=Cx*∆M=7.4*0.317=2.34
Mx1=CX*∆M=7.4*0.12=0.888
MXF=14.7+1.61=16.31
MYF=8.5+0.61=9.11

iv. For Panel S6

Mys1=8.7-3.5=5.2 Mxs2=5.6-4.9=0.7
Mys2=8.7-7.8=0.9 Mxs2=8.7-7.8=0.9
Mxs1=5.6-4.2=1.4
For CX=0.315 C‟X=0.398 CY=0.11 C‟Y=0.331
Mxf1=5.2*0.315=1.638 Myf1=5.2*0.11=0.572
Mxf2=0.9*0.315=0.2835 Myf2=0.9*0.11=0.099
Mxf3=0.7*0.398=0.2786 Myf2=0.7*0.331=0.2317
Mxf3=0.9*0.398=0.358 Myf3=0.9*0.331=0.2979
MXF=6.4+0.2835+0.2786+0.358=7.318
MYF=4.2+0.099+0.572+0.2317+0.297=5.4

v. For Panel S7

Mys=8.9-7.8=0.9

University of Gondar Page 107


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

For CX=0.3 CY=0.09


Mxf=0.9*0.3=0.27
Myf=0.9*0.09=0.081
MXF=5.2+0.27=5.47
MYf=3+0.081=3.081

vi. For Panel S3 & S5

For adjusting span Moments for Panel 3&5the adjusted support moment exceeds the calculated
moment hence no adjustment in the field moments is needed.

First Floor Field Moment Adjustment

i. For Pannel S1

Mys=22.26-20.55=1.71
Mxs=16.14-15.27=0.87
Ly/Lx =1.36 Cx=0.319 Cy=0.12 Cxᶦ=0.388 Cyᶦ=0.3386
∆Mxf1=Cx1∆m=0.319(0.87) = 0.277
∆Myf1=Cy1∆m=0.12(0.87) = 0.104
∆Mxf2=Cx2∆m=0.388(1.71) = 0.663
∆Myf2=Cy2∆m=0.3386(1.71) = 0.57
Therefore, the adjusted field moment will be
Mxf=12+0.277+0.663=12.94
Myf=16.55+0.104+0.57=17.224
ii. For Panel S2

Mys=25.27-21.7=3.57
Mxs=14.41-10.21=4.2
Ly/Lx =1.36 Cx=0.388 Cy=0.3386 Cxᶦ=0.319 Cyᶦ=0.12
∆Mxf=Cx∆m=0.388(4.2) =1.63
∆Myf=Cy∆m=0.3386(4.2) =1.42
∆Mxf=Cx ∆m=3.57(0.319) =0.67
Therefore, the adjusted field moment will be ∆Myf=Cy∆m=3.57(0.12) =0.428
Mxf=10.83+1.63+0.67=13.13
Myf=17.5+1.42+0.428=19.34
iii. For Panel S4

Mys=12.31-11.29=1.02
Ly/Lx =1.36 Cx=0.388 Cy=0.3386
∆Mxf= Cx ∆m=0.388(1.02) =0.395
∆Myf= Cy∆m=0.3386(1.02) =0.345

University of Gondar Page 108


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Therefore, the adjusted field moment will be


Mxf=9.42+0.395=9.815
Myf=13.9+0.345=14.24
iv. For Panel (S5)

Mys=10.27-10=0.27
Ly/Lx =1.36 Cx=0.388 Cy=0.3386
∆Mxf=Cx∆m=0.388(0.27) =0.104
∆Myf=Cy∆m=0.3386(0.27) =0.0914
Therefore, the adjusted field moment will be
Mxf=7.9+0.104=8
Myf=13.01+0.0914=13.10

v. For Panel S6

Mxs=9.73-9.33=0.4
Mys=6.23-5.28=0.95
Mys=6.23-5.6=0.63
Ly/Lx =1.4 Cx=0.315 Cy=0.11 Cxᶦ=0.398 Cyᶦ=0.331
∆Mxf=Cx∆m=0.315(0.4) =0.126
∆Myf=Cy∆m=0.11(0.4) =0.044
∆Mxf=Cx∆m=0.95(0.398) =0.37
∆Myf=Cy∆m=095(0.331) =0.314
∆Mxf=Cx∆m=0.63(0.398) =0.214
∆Mxf=Cx∆m=0.63(0.331) =0.208
Therefore, the adjusted field moment will be
Mxf=7.203+0.126+0.37+0.214=7.91
Myf=4.67+0.044+0.314+0.208=5.236

vi. For Panel 3, 7 and Cant 3, 4

For adjusting span Moments for Panel 3,7 and cantilever 3,4 the adjusted support moment
exceeds the calculated moment hence no adjustment in the field moments is needed.

Ground Floor Field Moment adjustement

i. For Panel S1

Mxs=19.25-15.3=3.95
For CX=0.386 CY=0.342
∆Mxf=Cx* ∆ M=0.386*3.95=1.52

University of Gondar Page 109


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

∆Myf=Cx* ∆ M=0.336*3.95=1.35
Therefore, the adjusted field moment will be
Myf =19.75+1.35=21.1
Mxf=14.38+1.52=15.9

ii. For Panel S2

Mxs=11.37-8.14=3.23
For CX=0.386 CY=0.342
∆MXF=CX* ∆ M=0.386*3.23=1.26
∆ MYF=CX* ∆M=0.336*3.95=1.35
Therefore, the adjusted field moment will be

MYf=12.77+1.11=13.88
Mxf=8.15+1.26=9.41

iii. For Panel S3

Mxs=28.48-26.66=1.88
MYs=18.34-12.65=5.69
For CX=0.389 CY=0.342
∆Mxf1=CX* ∆ M=1.88*0.389=0.73
∆ Myf=CX* ∆ M=0.342*1.88=0.62
∆Myf2=0.389*5.69=2.21
∆Myf2=0.342*5.69=1.95
Therefore, the adjusted field moment will be
Myf=21.07+0.62+1.95=23.64
Mxf=14.04+0.73+2.21=16.98

iv. For Panel S5

Mxs=6.45-5.47=0.98
For CX=0.397 CY=0.33
∆MXF=CX* ∆M=0.397*0.98=0.39
∆ MYF=CX*∆M=0.33*0.98=0.32
Therefore, the adjusted field moment will be
Mxf1=6.62+0.39=7.01
Myf=4.8+0.32=5.12

University of Gondar Page 110


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

v. For Panel S4,S6 & S7

For adjusting span Moments for Panel 4,6& 7the adjusted support moment exceeds the
calculated moment hence no adjustment in the field moments is needed.

Table 2.18 Moment Adjustment for Typical Floor Slab

Panel Balanced support moment by moment distribution Adjusted span


No. method moment
S1 S2 Mxf Myf
K=4*( )=0.9 K=4*4*( )=0.9
S1&S2
DF=0.5 DF=0.5
Unbalanced moment Unbalanced moment
14.95KN-m/m 12.3KN-m/m
0.5*(14.95-12.3)+14.95=13.6 0.5(14.95- `
12.3)+12.3=13.6

If the difference between moments below20% take


average of the two
Panel K DF Unbalanced Balanced
No. moment moment
S4,S5 S4 0.9 0.5 8.3 4.57 16.31 9.11
S5 0.9 0.5 0.84 4.57 1 0.63
S5,S6 S5 0.9 0.34 0.84 3.5 1 0.63
S6 1.27 0.66 8.7 3.5 7.318 5.4
S6,S7 S6 1.27 0.47 8.7 7.8 7.318 5.4
S7 1.4 0.53 6.8 7.8 5.47 3.081
S2,S3 S2 0.9 0.34 12.3 8.97 13.22 8.87
S3 2.25 0.66 2.5 8.97 1.46 1.12
C1,S1 C1 1.4 0.7 33.4 20.7 - -
S1 0.9 0.3 15.25 20.7 14 8.3
C2,S2 C2 0.9 0.7 33.4 21.2 - -
S2 0.9 0.3 15.9 21.2 13.22 8.87
S4,C3 S4 0.9 0.23 15 13.79 16.31 9.11
C3 2.25 0.77 9.74 13.79 - -
S5,C4 S5 0.9 0.3 1.48 8.6 1 0.63
C4 2.25 0.7 25.3 8.6 - -
S1,S4 S1 0.9 0.3 15.25 15.125 14 8.3
S4 0.9 0.5 15 15.125 16.31 9.11
S2,S5 S2 0.9 0.5 15.9 8.69 13.22 8.87
S5 0.9 0.5 1.48 8.69 1 0.63
S3,S6 S3 2.25 0.71 3.2 4.9 1.46 1.12
S6 1.27 0.29 5.6 4.9 5.47 3.08

University of Gondar Page 111


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Table 2.19 MomentAdjustment for First Floor Slab

Panel Balanced support moment by moment Adjusted span


No. distribution method moment
S1 S2
K=4*(I/4)=1 K=4*(I/4.4)=1.33
S1&S2 DF=0.344 DF=0.655

Unbalanced moment Unbalanced


14.14KN/m2 moment
2.24KN/m2
=-0.344(14.41-2.24)+14.41 =0.655(14.41- `
=10.21KN/m2 2.24)+31.89
=10.21KN/m2

If the difference between moments below20% take


average of the two
Panel K DF Unbalanced Balanced
No. moment moment
S4,S5 S4 - - 12.3 11.29 17.732 12.04
S5 - - 10.2 11.29 16.475 10.105
S5,S6 S5 - - 10.27 10 16.475 10.105
S6 - - 9.73 10 8.13 5.224
S6,S7 S6 - - 9.73 9.3
9.33 9.33
S7 - - 8.33 9.3 6.78 3.96
C3,C4 C3 2.4 0.47 2.15 15.05 1.48 1.646
5
C4 2.4 0.52 23.92 15.05 - -
5
C1,S1 C1 1.4 0.7 22.16 25.39 26.116 15.87
S1 0.9 0.3 31.9 25.39 - -
S2,C2 S2 0.9 - 25.27 26.06 28.36 15.32
C2 - - 26.85 26.06 17.732 12.04
S1 - - 22.6 20.55 26.116 15.87
S1,S4 S4 - - 18.85 20.55 16.475 10.105
S2,S5 S2 0.9 0.5 25.27 21.27 2.006 1.543
S5 0.9 0.5 17.28 21.27 8.13 5.224

University of Gondar Page 112


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

C3,S6 C3 2.25 0.71 3.91 5.6 8.13 5.224


S6 0.9 0.27 6.23 5.6 1.48 1.646
3
S2,C2 S2 - - 25.27 26.06 28.36 15.32
C2 - - 26.85 26.06 17.732 12.04

Table 2.20 MomentAdjustment for Ground Floor Slab

Panel Balanced support moment by moment Adjusted span


No. distribution method moment
S1 S3 Mxf Myf
K=4*( )=0.9 K=4*4*( )=0.9
S1&s2
DF=0.5 DF=0.5
Unbalanced moment Unbalanced
26.66KN-m/m moment
28.48KN-m/m
0.5*(28.48- 0.5(28.48- `
26.66)+26.66=27.57 26.66)+28.48=27.5

If the difference between moments below20% take


average of the two
Panel K DF Unbalanced Balanced
No. moment moment
S2,S4 S2 0.9 0.5 17.38 19.4 12.76 18.87
S4 0.9 0.5 21.42 19.4 16.12 9.73
S1,S2 S1 0.67 0.5 19.25 15.33 15.9 21.1
S2 0.67 0.5 11.35 15.33 13.8 9.4
S3,S4 S3 0.67 0.5 18.34 15.5 16.98 23.64
S4 0.67 0.5 12.65 15.5 16.22 9.73
S4,S5 S4 0.67 0.34 12.65 11.38 12.76 18.87
S5 1.27 0.66 8.94 11.38 7.01 5.12
S5,s7 S5 0.9 0.28 6.45 5.47 7.01 5.12
S7 0.9 0.72 2.95 5.47 1.92 1.44
S5,s6 S5 1.27 0.48 8.94 9.84 7.01 5.12
S6 1.4 0.52 10.74 9.84 8.13 4.88
S2,S7 S2 0.67 0.34 11.37 8.14 9.41 13.88
S7 0.67 0.66 1.87 8.14 1.92 1.44
S1,C1 S1 1.4 0.23 26.66 29.05 15.9 21.1
C1 3.23 0.77 31.43 29.05 - -
S2,C2 S2 2.22 0.5 17.38 22.13 13.8 9.41
C2 2.22 0.5 26.88 22.13 - -

University of Gondar Page 113


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Fig2.12 Adjusted Moment for typical floor slab

University of Gondar Page 114


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Fig 2.13First Floor Adjusted Moment

University of Gondar Page 115


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Fig 2.14Adjusted Moment for Ground Floor Slab

University of Gondar Page 116


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

2.7Reinforcement calculations

- For the given


Material Data, S-300
fyk=300Mpa
γs=1.15
fyd =fyk/ γs= 300/ 1.15=260Mpa

Smax = 2D=2*200=400 whichever is smaller.


300
Scal

Effective depth:X - direction: dx = 200–12 /2 - 15 = 179mm


y -direction: dy = 150 – 12/2 - 12-15 = 167mm

ρmin =0.00167

As min = ρminbd

Panel 1-Longer Direction

Sample for Reinforcement Calculation from First Floor Slab Panel 1


Mus=17.724KNm/m
fcd=11.33Mpa
fyd = 260.87Mpa
ρmin=0.5/fyk, 0.5/300=0.017
Asmin=ρminbds=0.017*1000*173=294.1
In the Longer direction (ds)

dl 𝑡 ( )

( )=167mm

In the Shorter direction


( )=179mm

Relative moment Coefficent

μsds = = s=0.0562

University of Gondar Page 117


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

kx= ( ( ) )= ( ( ) )=0.072

kz= = =0.972

Ascal= = =418.93mm2

S= == =269.6mm Spacing provided 265mm

Use Ø 14bars c/c 265mm

Reinforcement Calculations for the rest of the Slab is done in the spread sheet. The spread sheets below
represent the reinforcement calculation.

Development length for longitudinal reinforcement


All reinforcement shall be properly anchored for each end with due consideration for the effect
of arch action and shear cracks. To prevent bond failure the tension or compression in any bar at
any section due to ultimate loads shall be developed on each side of the section by an
appropriateembedment length or end anchorage or a combination. Therefore hooks may be used
in developing bars in tension.
The basic anchorage lengthIb for a bar of diameter Ø

Ib=( ) ( )

= 𝑡 =2*1Mpa=2Mpa

Ib=( ) ( )=391.30mm

Required anchorage length


Ibnet=𝑎 ( ) Ibmin

Where:-Ascal = theoretical area of reinforcement required by the design


Aefff = the area of reinforcement actually provided
a =1 for straight bar anchorage in tension or compression
Ibmin = the min. anchorage length

For bars in tension


For Ø12

Ibmin= ( ) ……or

Ibmin= ( ) ……or
Therefore Ib min = 200mm

University of Gondar Page 118


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Ibnet= ( ) Ibmin
=1450.36 200mm
Therefore provide effective anchorage length of at least 200 mm,distance of zero moment from
support is assumed to be (l/4)
For 7.5 meter length (7500/4) = 1875 mm total length = 2075 mm
For 5 meter length (5000/4) = 1250 mm total length = 1450 mm
For 8.4 meter length (8400/4) = 2100 mm total length =2300 mm

University of Gondar Page 119


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Table 2.21Reinforcement Calculation for Typical floor Slab

Check depth for typical floor slab for flexure

Considering maximum moment:

Mmax=21.2KNm

=28.78

University of Gondar Page 120


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

ρb =

ρb = =0.025

ρmax=0.758 ρb=0.025*0.758
ρmax=0.019

ρmin =0.00167

d=√ =√
( ) ( )

d=61.17mm
d=167mm>73.9mm

Check for Shear Resistance for Concret of First Floor slab


According of EBCS-2, 1995, Art 4.5.3.1.The shear force Vc carried by concrete in members without
significant axial force shall be taken as:-

Vc=0.25fctd k1k2, where K1 =(1+50ƿ)<2.0

K2=1.6-d> 1.0

Ƿ=As/bwd

= 468.72*10-6/(0.179)(1)

=2.618*10-3

K1= (1+50ƿ)=(1+50(2.031*10-3))

K1=1.13<2.0

K2=1.6-d=1.6-0.179

K2=1.421>1.0

Vc=0.25(106) (1.13)(1.421)(0.179)

=71.85KN/m

fctd= [EBCS -2,1995 Art 3.5.3.1]

fctk= 𝑡

fctm [EBCS-2 ,1995 Art 2.4]

University of Gondar Page 121


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

fctd =1.03Mpa

Vn==1.3(6.61+6.8) +1.6*2=20.6

Vc>>Vn The Slab resist Shear with out reinforcement.

Table 2.22 Reinforcement Calculation for First Floor

Slab Design Moment Depth μsds Kxx Kx Kz As Cal Spacing Spacing pro
S1,Field 17.724 167 0.056092 0.94224 0.0722 0.97112 418.9365 269.8261 use FØ12 c/c265
12.94 179 0.035645 0.963696 0.04538 0.981848 282.2363 400.5155 use FØ12 c/c300
S1,support 20.55 179 0.056608 0.941692 0.072885 0.970846 453.2984 249.3721 use FØ12 c/c245
15.27 179 0.042063 0.957013 0.053734 0.978506 334.1937 338.247 use FØ12 c/c300
S2,Field 13.13 179 0.036168 0.963153 0.046059 0.981576 286.4596 394.6106 use FØ12 c/c300
19.34 167 0.061206 0.936797 0.079004 0.968398 458.4182 246.5871 use FØ12c/c245
S2,support 10.21 179 0.028125 0.971468 0.035665 0.985734 221.8139 509.6163 use FØ12c/c300
21.27 179 0.058591 0.939584 0.07552 0.969792 469.6905 240.6691 use FØ12 c/c235
S3,Field 1.543 167 0.004883 0.995105 0.006119 0.997552 35.50501 3183.776 use FØ12 c/c300
2.006 179 0.005526 0.994459 0.006926 0.997229 43.07831 2624.058 use FØ12 c/c300
S3,support 5.28 179 0.014544 0.985348 0.018315 0.992674 113.9069 992.3893 use FØ12 c/c300
0 179 - - - - - - -
S4,Field 14.24 179 0.039226 0.959973 0.050034 0.979986 311.1808 363.2615 use FØ12 c/c300
9.815 167 0.031062 0.96844 0.03945 0.98422 228.9062 493.8268 use FØ12 c/c300
S4,support 11.29 179 0.0311 0.968401 0.039499 0.9842 245.6593 460.1495 use FØ12 c/c300
0 179 - - - - - - -
S5,Field 8 167 0.025318 0.974353 0.032058 0.987177 186.0178 607.6838 use FØ12 c/c300
13.1 179 0.036086 0.963239 0.045952 0.981619 285.7926 395.5315 use FØ12 c/c300
S5,support 10 179 0.027546 0.972063 0.034921 0.986032 217.1861 520.4754 use FØ12 c/c300
0 179 - - - - - - -
S6,Field 5.286 167 0.016729 0.983129 0.021089 0.991564 122.3674 923.7757 use FØ12 c/c300
7.91 179 0.021789 0.977968 0.02754 0.988984 171.2813 659.9669 use FØ12c/c300
S6,support 9.33 179 0.025701 0.97396 0.03255 0.98698 202.4399 558.388 use FØ12 c/c300
5.6 179 0.015426 0.984453 0.019434 0.992227 120.8648 935.2596 use FØ12 c/c300
S7,Field 3.96 167 0.012532 0.987388 0.015765 0.993694 91.47489 1235.749 use FØ12 c/c300
6.78 179 0.018676 0.981146 0.023568 0.990573 146.5771 771.1983 use FØ12 c/c300
S7,support 0 179 - - - - - - -
0 179 - - - - - - -
C1,support34.58
25.39 179 0.06994 0.927426 0.090717 0.963713 564.206 200.3523 use FØ12 c/c195
C2,support 26.06 179 0.071786 0.925434 0.093207 0.962717 579.6937 194.9995 use FØ12 c/c190
C3,Field 1.646 167 0.005209 0.994777 0.006528 0.997389 37.8813 2984.058 use FØ12 c/c300
1.48 179 0.004077 0.995915 0.005107 0.997957 31.75942 3559.259 use FØ12 c/c300
C3,support34.58
15.05 179 0.041457 0.957646 0.052943 0.978823 329.2723 343.3025 use FØ12 c/c300
C5,support 17.92 179 0.049363 0.949354 0.063307 0.974677 393.7314 287.0993 use FØ12 c/c285

University of Gondar Page 122


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Check depth for first floor slab for flexure

Considering maximum moment:

Mmax=17.24KNm

=28.78

ρb =

ρb = =0.025

ρmax=0.758 ρb=0.025*0.758
ρmax=0.019

ρmin =0.00167

d=√ =√
( ) ( )

d=61.17mm
d=167mm>66.72mm

Check for shear resistance for Concert for first floor slab
According of EBCS-2, 1995, Art 4.5.3.1.The shear force Vc carried by concrete in members without
significant axial force shall be taken as:-

Vc=0.25fctd k1k2, where K1 =(1+50ƿ)<2.0

K2=1.6-d> 1.0

Ƿ=As/bwd

= 597.6*10-6/(0.179)(1)

=3.3381*10-3

K1= (1+50ƿ)=(1+50(2.031*10-3))

K1=1.161<2.0

K2=1.6-d=1.6-0.179

K2=1.421>1.0

Vc=0.25(106) (1.161)(1.421)(0.179)

University of Gondar Page 123


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

=74.2KN/m

fctd= [EBCS -2,1995 Art 3.5.3.1]

fctk= 𝑡

fctm [EBCS-2 ,1995 Art 2.4]

fctd =1.03Mpa

Vn=1.3(6.61+2.45) +1.6(3) =16.578KN/m2

Vc>>Vn The Slab resist Shear with out reinforcement.

Table 2.23.Reinforcement Calculation for Ground floor Slab


Slab Design Moment Depth μsds Kxx Kx Kz As Cal Spacing Spacing pro
S1,Field 21.1 179 0.058123 0.940082 0.074897 0.970041 465.8168 242.6705 use FØ10 c/c245
15.9 167 0.050319 0.948347 0.064567 0.974173 374.6453 301.7254 use FØ10 c/c300
S1,support 26.66 179 0.073439 0.923647 0.095442 0.961823 593.5915 190.434 use FØ10 c/c195
15.3 179 0.042146 0.956926 0.053842 0.978463 334.865 337.5689 use FØ10 c/c300
S2,Field 13.88 179 0.038234 0.961005 0.048743 0.980503 303.1541 372.8796 use FØ10 c/c300
9.41 167 0.02978 0.969763 0.037797 0.984881 219.3134 515.4269 use FØ10 c/c300
S2,support 22.13 179 0.06096 0.937059 0.078676 0.96853 489.3182 231.0153 use FØ10 c/c235
8.14 179 0.022423 0.97732 0.02835 0.98866 176.3195 641.109 use FØ10 c/c300
S3,Field 23.64 179 0.06512 0.93261 0.084238 0.966305 523.9093 215.7625 use FØ10 c/c220
16.98 167 0.053737 0.944736 0.06908 0.972368 400.8358 282.0108 use FØ10 c/c285
S3,support 26.66 179 0.073439 0.923647 0.095442 0.961823 593.5915 190.434 use FØ10 c/c195
15.5 179 - - - - - - -
S4,Field 18.87 179 0.05198 0.946594 0.066758 0.973297 415.1924 272.2593 use FØ10 c/c275
12.76 167 0.040382 0.958768 0.05154 0.979384 299.0591 377.9854 use FØ10 c/c300
S4,support 19.4 179 0.05344 0.94505 0.068687 0.972525 427.1926 264.6113 use FØ10 c/c265
11.38 179 - - - - - - -
S5,Field 5.12 167 0.016203 0.983663 0.020421 0.991832 118.4927 953.9832 use FØ10 c/c300
7.01 179 0.01931 0.9805 0.024375 0.99025 151.5989 745.6519 use FØ10 c/c300
S5,support 5.47 179 0.015068 0.984817 0.018979 0.992408 118.0374 957.6624 use FØ10 c/c300
9.84 179 - - - - - - -
S6,Field 5.41 167 0.017121 0.98273 0.021588 0.991365 125.2631 902.4206 use FØ10 c/c300
8.86 179 0.024406 0.975289 0.030889 0.987644 192.1127 588.4047 use FØ10 c/c300
S6,support 9.84 179 0.027106 0.972517 0.034354 0.986258 213.662 529.06 use FØ10 c/c300
179 0 1 0 0 #DIV/0! 0 use FØ10 c/c300
S7,Field 1.925 179 0.005303 0.994683 0.006646 0.997342 41.33421 2734.781 use FØ10 c/c300
1.44 167 0.004557 0.995432 0.00571 0.997716 33.1295 3412.065 use FØ10 c/c300
S7,support 8.14 179 - - - - - - -
5.47 179 - - - - - - -
C1,support34.58
26.66 179 0.073439 0.923647 0.095442 0.961823 593.5915 190.434 use FØ10 c/c195
C1,Field
173 0 1 0 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0! use FØ10 c/c300
C2,support34.58
22.13 179 0.06096 0.937059 0.078676 0.96853 489.3182 231.0153 use FØ10 c/c235

University of Gondar Page 124


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Check depth for Ground floor slab for Flexure

Considering maximum moment:

Mmax=22.3KNm

=28.78

ρb =

ρb = =0.025

ρmax=0.758 ρb=0.025*0.758
ρmax=0.019

ρmin =0.00167

d=√ =√
( ) ( )

d=61.17mm
d=167mm>75.8m

Check for shear resistance of Concretefor Ground Floor Slab


According of EBCS-2, 1995, Art 4.5.3.1.The shear force Vc carried by concrete in members without
significant axial force shall be taken as:-

Vc=0.25fctd k1k2, where K1 =(1+50ƿ)<2.0

K2=1.6-d> 1.0

Ƿ=As/bwd

= 593.5*10-6/(0.179)(1)

=3.31*10-3

K1= (1+50ƿ)=(1+50(2.031*10-3))

K1=1.16<2.0

K2=1.6-d=1.6-0.179

K2=1.421>1.0

Vc=0.25(106) (1.161)(1.421)(0.179)

University of Gondar Page 125


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

=73.8KN/m

fctd= [EBCS -2,1995 Art 3.5.3.1]

fctk= 𝑡

fctm [EBCS-2 ,1995 Art 2.4]

fctd =1.03Mpa
Vn=1.3(6.61+6.83) +1.6*5=20.15KN⁄m2

Vc>>Vn The Slab resist Shear with out reinforcement.

Development length for longitudinal reinforcement


All reinforcement shall be properly anchored for each end with due consideration for the effect
of arch action and shear cracks. To prevent bond failure the tension or compression in any bar at
any section due to ultimate loads shall be developed on each side of the section by an appropriate
embedment length or end anchorage or a combination. Therefore hooks may be used in
developing bars in tension.
The basic anchorage lengthIb for a bar of diameter Ø

Ib=( ) ( )

= 𝑡 =2*1Mpa=2Mpa

Ib=( ) ( )=391.30mm

Required anchorage length


Ibnet=𝑎 ( ) Ibmin

Where:-Ascal = theoretical area of reinforcement required by the design


Aefff = the area of reinforcement actually provided
a =1 for straight bar anchorage in tension or compression
Ibmin = the min. anchorage length

For bars in tension


For Ø12

Ibmin= ( ) ……or

Ibmin= ( ) ……or
Therefore Ib min = 200mm

University of Gondar Page 126


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Ibnet= ( ) Ibmin
=1450.36 200mm
Therefore provide effective anchorage length of at least 200 mm,distance of zero moment from
support is assumed to be (l/4)
For 7.5 meter length (7500/4) = 1875 mm total length = 2075 mm
For 5 meter length (5000/4) = 1250 mm total length = 1450 mm
For 8.4 meter length (8400/4) = 2100 mm total length =2300 mm

2.8 Basement floor slab design

Since the Basement floor slab rests on the ground directly, no bending moment is created and
therefore, no structural design is required.
But minimum reinforcement in both directions is provided to prevent shrinkage of the slab, stress due
to temperature variation and crushing of slab due to concentrated loads.
Depth Determination:
Use D = 190mm
Reinforcement provision
ρmin=0.5/fyk, 0.5/300=0.0167 [EBCS-2, 1995]

use Ø12 diameter reinforcement and 15 mm clear cover

d = 200-15-12/2 = 179mm
A smin=ρmin bd=179 *1000*00167
Asmin=298.93mm2

S= == =379.35mm

Smax= 2D=2*200=400mm Whichever Smaller.


Scal =379.35mm
300mm
Smax=379.35mm

Use Ø12 c/c 300mmin both directions

University of Gondar Page 127


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Chapter Three: Stair case and Ramp Design


3.1 Ramp design

Fig 3.1 Ramp

Material used

Concrete C-25
Steel S-300
Partial safety factor for class-I work c 𝑡 =1.5
𝑅 𝑡 𝑎 =1.15

Design constant

Concrete =25 𝑎

fck= = = 𝑎

= =11.33 𝑎

⁄ ( ) ⁄
𝑡 𝑎

University of Gondar Page 128


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

𝑡
𝑡 𝑎

Reinforcement Bar

𝑦 𝑎

𝑦
𝑦 𝑎

Minimum depth determination

Ramp is designed as two way slab, since its ratio is less than two.

Therefore ( ) le =effective length and βa is constant based on support


condition EBCS 2 1995

Therefore ( ) 𝛽𝑎 [ simply supported slab ]

( )
( )

⁄ Let‟s assume reinforcement

=147.10mm

=180mm

=180-20-8

= 152mm

Load determination

o Live load: - let‟s take live load for ramp=5KN/m2


o Dead load:- Plaster/ ramp is plastered on the bottom side of soffit.
Let‟s us take floor finish of ramp as plaster

 Wt. of plaster=t* ϒ =0.02*23KN/m2=0.46KN/m2

University of Gondar Page 129


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

 Wt. of inclined slab=d* ϒ =0.160*24KN/m2=3.84KN/m2


 Wt. of cement screed=t* ϒ sc=0.02*24KN/m2=0.48KN/m2
Total dead load[DL]=0.46+3.84+0.48=4.78KN/m2

Pd=1.3DL+1.6LL

Pd=1.3(4.78) +1.6(5)=14.214KN/m2

Analysis

6m

𝑎𝑥= = =63.67
𝑎𝑥

 Check for flexure


Since 𝑎𝑥 63.67

√ √ 138.14

 Check depth for shear capacity (Vc> Vmax )


𝑡 bd

( )

Ok

(42.44)

Therefore the depth provided is adequate for both flexure and shear

 Reinforcement
Design of span moment =63.67KN/m

University of Gondar Page 130


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

=1869.03

𝑎
( )
Use 𝑎

𝑎
𝑆

Take Smax=105mm

For main reinforcement spacing { According to EBCS-2/1995.


𝑆 𝑎
Therefore 𝑆 𝑎𝑥

Provide ⁄ Aspro= 1913.9mm2

3.2 Stair Case Design


General
-are structures which provide access to different floor levels
- one of the structural elements constructed with steps rising without a break from floor to floor or
with steps rising to landing between floors with a serious of steps rising further from the landing to
floor above.
-are sloping one way spanning slab
Stairs are different in their mode of planning. It can be straight flight with or without landing, quarter
turn, half turn (also called doglegged or scissor type), open well (if well type opening exists), or it
can be geometric stair (free standing stairs).

Types of Stair in the building

The type of stair and its layout is governed essentially by the available size of staircase room and
positions beams and columns along the boundary of stair case.
Following are some useful guide lines in deciding the layout and type of stair:
1. The stair slab, in general are heavy compared to floor slab because of
i. Heavy dead load due to inclined length of slab acting over horizontal span and due to
additional weight of steps,

University of Gondar Page 131


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

ii. Greater live load in stair than on floors. Therefore, longer span for flight should be
avoided as far as possible.
2. Stair flight shall be preferably being supported on beam or wall. Supporting on landing slab
should be avoided as possible essentially when the span of the landing exceed twice the width of
stair, because this Cause stress concentration in the supporting landing slab at their junction.

We have two kinds of stair in the Building based on their support condition
1. Pinned –pinned support
2. Fixed -pinned support

3.2.1Stair Case from Ground toFourth Floor: The two flights are typical.

Case 1: Stair Case 1 (Typical Flight)

Fig 3.2 Plan View(Layout)Stair Case 1

University of Gondar Page 132


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Fig 3.3 Stair Case 1 Modeling

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN

 Step 1-Material properties

Concrete C-25 Partial safety factor for class one work Concrete c =1.5

Concrete =25 𝑎

fck= = = 𝑎

= =11.33 𝑎


𝑡

( ) ⁄ 𝑎

𝑡
𝑡 𝑎

Reinforcement Bar

Steel S-300 Reinforcement bar =1.15

𝑦 𝑎

University of Gondar Page 133


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

𝑦
𝑦 𝑎

Geometrical data
Stair geometric values

o Floor height = 3.0m


o Stair height =half of the floor height =3.0m/2=1.5m
o Number of going =8 with 30cm width
o Number of riser = number of going plus one =9
o Height of riser =height of stair number of riser =1500 /9=16.67 𝑡𝑎 17 .

Step 2: Determination of depth for deflection

From serviceability limit state the minimum depth requirement is


( ) [EBCS-2, 1995 Art 5.2.3]

Where, Le= the effective span and for two way slab, the shorter span.
fyk=characteristics strength of reinforcement.
𝛽𝑎 =appropriate constant depending on the support condition.

( )
𝛽𝑎

𝛽𝑎
The value 𝛽𝑎 of is depend on the support condition of the model. We take the values by
considering the stair model as unit width beam.
Projected length le=4.2m for End span and 1.8m for exterior overhang.
Therefore for end span 𝛽𝑎=28 and for cantilever 𝛽𝑎 =12 [EBCS-2, 1995 Table 5.1]

= for end span

= =127.5 for cantilever

Take the maximum depth =127.5

Over all depth (D) = effective depth+ cover+ Ф/2 Assume cover=20

D=d+20mm+12/2 Ф=12mm bar


Take Concrete cover 20mm and φ12 diameter reinforcement bar.

University of Gondar Page 134


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Total depth= =d+ concrete cover + /2


=127.5+20+12/2=153.5 take D=190
d=D- concrete cover + /2
Effective depth (d)=190-20-12/2=164

Step 3-Loading condition on stair

Material data

material Thickness(m) Unit weight(kN/m3)


Concrete 0.175 24
Marble 0.03 27
Cement screed 0.03 23
plastering 0.02 23

 Live load

The live loads for design of stair case are to be taken from table 2.10 EBCS1 on loading standards.
The value used is category A
qk=3kN/m2 Total live load on stair case =3kN/m2*1m=3kN/m2
The live load given in codes assumes that it is acting along the horizontal span and this is directly
used in calculation.

Dead load

1. DL for landing
Taking 1m width strip

University of Gondar Page 135


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Fig 3.4Detail Elevation of Landing Slab

 DL of finishing =𝑡 =0.03 27 KN/m3 =0.81 KN/m


 DL of cement screed=𝑡 =0.02 23 KN/m3 =0.46 KN/m
 DL of concrete= =0.2m 25 KN/m3=5.0 KN/m
 DL of plastering = 𝑡pl pl =0.02*23KN/m3=0.46KN/m

Therefore total DL for landing


DL of step =0.46KN/m+ 0.81KN/m+ 5.0KN/m +0.46=6.73 KN/m

3. Dead Load for Flight (Inclined slab)

The live load for stair case given in codes is the loading on horizontal projection area. Hence the
dead load due to waist is calculated along the slope of the stair case and it is then converted to along
the horizontal plane.

 Dead load on each step

University of Gondar Page 136


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

 DL of finishing =𝑡 =0.03 27 KN/m3=0.81 KN/m


 DL of cement screed=𝑡 =0.02 23 KN/m3=0.46 KN/m
 DL of concrete = ⁄ = ⁄ 0.17 24KN/m3=2.125 KN/m
Therefore total dead load of step is
DL of step =0.46KN/m+ 0.81KN/m+ 2.125KN/m=3.39KN/m

 Dead Load on the riser

(
 DL of cement screed = ( )
=0.293 KN/m
(
 DL of finishing = (
=
)
=0.516KN/m

Therefore DL of riser (17cm)

DL = 0.293KN/m + 0.516 KN/m = 0.81 KN/m

 Dead Load of waist

University of Gondar Page 137


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

( )
=
𝐿 = =
DL of concrete = = =5.6 KN/m
DLof Plastering = = =0.542 KN/m
Therefore DL of waist= 0.542 / + 5.6 / =6.142 KN/m

For inclined slab

=3.39+0.81+6.14
=10.34KN/m
Design load (Pd)

Pd=1.3DL+1.6LL

 For Flight Pd1=1.3(10.34) +1.6(3)


=28.24KN/m

 For Landing Pd2=1.3(6.73)+1.6(3)


=13.549KN/m

University of Gondar Page 138


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Step 4-Analysis
Loading of Design Load

1.8

Bending Moment Diagram

Shear Force Diagram

Step-5-check depth for flexure

Mmax=36.48KNm

√ =104.4mm safe!

Hence the depth provided is satisfactory!

University of Gondar Page 139


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Step 6-Check for shear


Vsd=50.18kN

Concrete Shear Capacity (Vc)=0.25fctdK1k2bd

def=190-20-6=164

K 1= =1+50(0.00167) =1.0835

K2=1.6 =1.436

Vc=0.25*1.436*1.03*1.08*1000*0.164

=65.7 50.18KN Safe!

Step 7-Reinforcement Design

a. Longitudinal(Main) reinforcement
𝑎𝑥 = 36.48KN/m

0.119712

= = 910.9309

Using 𝑎 Spacing= 124.092

Spacing provided =120mm

Use 𝑎 ⁄

University of Gondar Page 140


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

=942.5mm2

b. Transverse(Secondary) reinforcement
According to EBCS 2, 1995 the ratio of secondary to the main reinforcement shall be at least equal to
20%
𝑡 𝑎 % 𝑎

=942.5*0.2=188.5mm2
Using F10 bars

𝑆 𝑎

{ {

Use ⁄ 350mm

=323.7mm2

c. Design of Landing

2.85

𝑎𝑥= = =13.75
𝑎𝑥

=353.98mm2

University of Gondar Page 141


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

𝑆 𝑎

Use ⁄ 315 Aspro= 359.04mm2

3.2.2 Stair Case2: From Basement to Ground Floor(Two Flights)

Stair Case Layout (Flight one)

Fig 3.5 Plan View (Layout)of Stair Case 2 (Flight one)

University of Gondar Page 142


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Fig 3.6 Modeling of Stair Case 2 (Flight one)

ANALYSIS AND DESIGN

 Step 1-Material properties


Concrete C-25 Partial safety factor for class one work Concrete c =1.5

Concrete =25 𝑎

fck= = = 𝑎

= =11.33 𝑎


𝑡

( ) ⁄ 𝑎

𝑡
𝑡 𝑎

Reinforcement Bar
Steel S-300 Reinforcement bar =1.15

University of Gondar Page 143


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

𝑦 𝑎
𝑦
𝑦 𝑎

Step Geometrical data

Stair geometric values

o Floor height = 3.0m


o Stair height =half of the floor height =3.0m/2=1.5m
o Number of going =8 with 30cm width
o Number of riser = number of going plus one =9
o Height of riser =height of stair number of riser =1500 /9=16.67 𝑡𝑎 17 .

Step 2: Determination of depth for deflection

From serviceability limit state the minimum depth requirement is


( ) [EBCS-2, 1995 Art 5.2.3]

Where, Le= the effective span and for two way slab, the shorter span.
fyk=characteristics strength of reinforcement.
𝛽𝑎 =appropriate constant depending on the support condition.

( )
𝛽𝑎

𝛽𝑎
The value 𝛽𝑎 of is depend on the support condition of the model. We take the values by
considering the stair model as unit width beam.
Projected length le=3.62m for End span and 1.22m for exterior overhang.
Therefore for span beam 𝛽𝑎=24 and for cantilever 𝛽𝑎 =12 [EBCS-2, 1995 Table 5.1]

= for end span

= =86.4 for cantilever

Take the maximum depth =128.2

Over all depth (D) = effective depth+ cover+ Ф/2 Assume cover=20

University of Gondar Page 144


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

D=d+20mm+12/2 Ф=12mm bar


Take Concrete cover 20mm and φ12 diameter reinforcement bar.
Total depth= =d+ concrete cover + /2
=128.2+20+12/2=154.2 take D=190
d=D- concrete cover + /2
Effective depth (d)=190-20-12/2=164
Step 3-Loading condition on stair

 Material data

material Thickness(m) Unit weight(kN/m3)


Concrete 0.175 24
Marble 0.03 27
Cement screed 0.03 23
plastering 0.02 23

 Live load

The live loads for design of stair case are to be taken from table 2.10 EBCS1 on loading standards.
The value used is category A
qk=3kN/m2 Total live load on stair case =3kN/m2*1m=3kN/m2
The live load given in codes assumes that it is acting along the horizontal span and this is directly
used in calculation.

Dead load

1. DL for landing
Taking 1m width strip

University of Gondar Page 145


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

 DL of finishing =𝑡 =0.03 27 KN/m3 =0.81 KN/m


 DL of cement screed=𝑡 =0.02 23 KN/m3 =0.46 KN/m
 DL of concrete= =0.2m 25 KN/m3=5.0 KN/m
 DL of plastering = 𝑡pl pl =0.02*23KN/m3=0.46KN/m

Therefore total DL for landing


DL of step =0.46KN/m+ 0.81KN/m+ 5.0KN/m +0.46=6.73 KN/m

2. Dead Load for Flight (Inclined slab)

The live load for stair case given in codes is the loading on horizontal projection area. Hence the
dead load due to waist is calculated along the slope of the stair case and it is then converted to along
the horizontal plane.

 Dead load on each step

University of Gondar Page 146


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

 DL of finishing =𝑡 =0.03 27 KN/m3=0.81 KN/m


 DL of cement screed=𝑡 =0.02 23 KN/m3=0.46 KN/m
 DL of concrete = ⁄ = ⁄ 0.17 24KN/m3=2.125 KN/m
Therefore total dead load of step is
DL of step =0.46KN/m+ 0.81KN/m+ 2.125KN/m=3.39KN/m

 Dead Load on the riser

(
 DL of cement screed = ( )
=0.293 KN/m
(
 DL of finishing = (
=
)
=0.516KN/m

Therefore DL of riser (17cm)

DL = 0.293KN/m + 0.516 KN/m = 0.81 KN/m

 Dead Load of waist

University of Gondar Page 147


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

( )
=
𝐿 = =
DL of concrete = = =5.6 KN/m
DLof Plastering = = =0.542 KN/m
Therefore DL of waist= 0.542 / + 5.6 / =6.142 KN/m

For inclined slab

=3.39+0.81+6.14
=10.34KN/m
Design load (Pd)

Pd=1.3DL+1.6LL

 For Flight Pd1=1.3(10.34) +1.6(3)


=28.24KN/m

 For Landing Pd2=1.3(6.73)+1.6(3)


=13.549KN/m

Loading of Dead Load

University of Gondar Page 148


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Bending Moment Diagram

Shear Force Diagram

Step -Check depth for flexure

Mmax=36.48KNm

√ =98.92mm safe!

Hence the depth provided is satisfactory!

Check for shear


Vsd=49.21kN
Concrete Shear Capacity (Vc)=0.25fctdK1k2bd
𝑎

University of Gondar Page 149


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

def=190-20-6=164

K 1= =1+50(0.00167) =1.0835

K2=1.6 =1.436

Vc=0.25*1.436*1.03*1.08*1000*0.164

=65.7 49.21KN Safe!

Reinforcement Design
a. Longitudinal(Main) reinforcement
𝑎𝑥 = 32.71KN/m

0.1073

= = 810.6975mm2

Using 𝑎 Spacing= 139.47

Spacing provided =130mm

Use 𝑎 ⁄

=870mm2

b.
Transverse(Secondary) reinforcement
According to EBCS 2, 1995 the ratio of secondary to the main reinforcement shall be at least equal to
20%
𝑡 𝑎 % 𝑎

=942.5*0.2=174mm2
Using F10 bars

University of Gondar Page 150


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

𝑆 𝑎

{ {

Use ⁄ 350mm

=323.7mm2

Stair Case 2: Case 3(Flight Two)


Stair Layout

Fig 3.7Plan View(Layout) of Stair Case 2 (Flight 2)

University of Gondar Page 151


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Fig 3.8 Modeling of Stair Case 2(Flight two)

All the loading is the same for that of flight one, but the only change is the support condition become
fixed since it is continuous with the ground floor. All procedures are the same as before.

University of Gondar Page 152


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Loading of Design Load

Bending Moment Diagram

Shear Force Diagram

Check depth for flexure

Mmax=36.27KNm

√ =104.17mm safe!

Hence the depth provided is satisfactory!

University of Gondar Page 153


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Check for shear


Vsd=45.09kN
Concrete Shear Capacity (Vc)=0.25fctdK1k2bd
𝑎

def=190-20-6=164

K 1= =1+50(0.00167) =1.0835

K2=1.6 =1.436

Vc=0.25*1.436*1.03*1.08*1000*0.164

=65.7 45.09KN Safe!

Reinforcement Design
a. Longitudinal(Main) reinforcement
𝑎𝑥 = 36.27KN/m

0.1119

= = 905.37 mm2

Using 𝑎 Spacing= 124.92

Spacing provided =120mm

Use 𝑎 ⁄

=944.16mm2

University of Gondar Page 154


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

b. Transverse(Secondary) reinforcement

According to EBCS 2, 1995 the ratio of secondary to the main reinforcement shall be at least equal to
20%
𝑡 𝑎 % 𝑎

=944.16*0.2=188.83mm2
Using F10 bars

𝑆 𝑎

{ {

Use ⁄ 350mm

=323.7mm2

C.Design of Landing

𝑎𝑥= = =13.75

𝑎𝑥

=353.98mm2

𝑆 𝑎

Use ⁄ 315 Aspro= 359.04mm2

University of Gondar Page 155


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Chapter Four: Frame Analysis


The building is going in Addis Ababa town. Addis Ababa is located at 8002‟ and longitude of
38043‟. The average elevation of the town is 2000a.m.s. the analysis is computed both for earth
quick and wind load and governing condition will be taken further calculating and design.
Lateral Load Analysis
Building structure is exposed to lateral loads of the earth quake and wind loads. The occurrence
of these loads simultaneously on the structure is very rare and therefore, we will design the
structure for the governing load among the two. Thus, the design process involves the
determination of the two loads separately and designing for the maximum effect.

4.1 Design for earthquake

Earth quake force is inertia force resulting from distortion of foundation with respect to super
Structure. The inertia force is a function of mass of building rather than area exposed surface
Building should be resist:-

 Minor earth quick- without damage


 Moderate earth quick- without structural damage but possibly
With some none structural damage
 Major earth quick- without collapse but possibly with some
Structural damage as well as none structural damage
.
Earthquake Load according to EBCS 8
Depending on the structural characteristics of the building, one of the following two types of
analysis may be used:
-Static analysis
-Dynamic analysis

Dynamic (response spectrum) method

This type of analysis conducted for all types of building and for those which doesn‟t satisfied
The condition given in static analysis

Hence for our case we have to check the two criteria stated in simple static method.
a/. Building is regular in elevation
b/. Fundamental period of vibration (T1)
T1=C1H3/4
WhereC1=0.075
Reinforced concrete moment resisting frame and eccentrically
Braced steel frame
H=height of building above base= 16.8
Total height= 20.1
T1=C1*H3/4

University of Gondar Page 156


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

=0.075*(16.8)3/4

=0.622sec<2sec
Therefore the simple static method satisfies both criteria and we have to analyzed using simple
Static method

Static Analysis

This type of analysis can be applied to buildings whose response is not significantly affected by
contributions from higher modes of vibration.
It is a simple form and doesn‟t take into consideration of various factors
Such as:-
 Natural frequency of building
 Damping of structure
 Importance of building
 Ductility of building
 Regularity in plan or elevation
 Fundamental periods of vibration T1<2 sec

These requirements are deemed to be satisfied by buildings which:


a) Meet the criteria for regularity in:
- Plan given in article 2.2.2.2 of EBCS 8.
-elevation given in article 2.2.2.3 of EBCS 8 and
b) Have fundamental periods of vibration T1 in the two main directions less than 2 sec.

4.1.1Determination of base Shear Force

The seismic base shear force Fbfor each main direction is determined from:
𝐹 = (𝑇1) 𝑊
Where: Sd (T1) ordinate of the design spectrum at period T1
T1:- fundamental period of vibration of the structure for translational motion in the direction
considered,
W: - seismic dead load which is permanent load plus 25% of live load for storage and
warehouse, only permanent load for other occupancies.
1) (𝐓) =𝛂𝛃𝛄
Where: α is the ratio of the design bedrock acceleration to the acceleration of gravity g and is
given by:
=

Zone 4 3 2 1
Αo 0.1 0.07 0.05 0.03

University of Gondar Page 157


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

EBCS 8 table 1.3

Where: αo = the bedrock acceleration ratio for the site and depends on the seismic zone
α0= 0.05, for Addis Ababa, Zone 2, EBCS-8, table 1.3
i= importance factor
i= 1, for ordinary building, EBCS-8, table 2.4
Therefore =0.05 1=0.05Where: αo = the bedrock acceleration ratio for the site and depends on
the seismic zone

β is the design response factor for the site and is given by:
≤2.5
Where: S is the site coefficient for soil characteristics

S = 1.2, for soil class B-medium dense sand, gravel or medium stiff clay deposits
EBCS-8, table 1.2
T1 is fundamental period of vibration of the structure for translational motion in the direction
considered
T1=C1H3/4; for buildings with height up to 80m
Where,
-C1=depends on nature of building
-H=height of building above the base in meter.
-C1=0.075, for RC-moment resisting frames, EBCS-8, page 21
- H=16.8m

Therefore T1=0.075*(16.8)3/4=0.622 sec


Therefore 𝛽= =1.97≤2.5 … OK!
is the behavior factor to account for energy dissipation and is given by:
= oKDKRKW≤0.7
Where, o=basic value of behavior factor depends on the structure type.
KD=factor reflecting the ductility Clara
KR=factor reflecting the structural regularity in elevation.
KW=factor reflecting the prevailing failure mode in structural system with walls.
o=0.2, for frame system, EBCS-8, table 3.2, page 37
KD=1.5, for Medium ductility,
KR=1, for regular structure, EBCS-8 Page 38
KW=1, for frame system
=0.2*1*1.5*1=0.3≤0.7
So, Sd (T1) = 𝛽
Sd (T1) = 0.05*1.97*0.3
Sd (T1) =0.0295
Sd (T1) = 0.0295, which indicates base shear is 2.95% of the weight of the structure.

University of Gondar Page 158


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

4.1.2 W=seismic dead load

W=Total permanent load + 25% of floor live load, for storage & ware house.

EBCS-8, 1995

4.1.3Computation of weight of structure along with center of mass


Foundation Column
Item No l[m] w[m] h[m] w[KN] unit x[m] y[m] Mx[KN/m] My[KN/m]
weight[KN]
C1 0.13 1 2 6.5 25 0 0 0 0
B1 0.4 0.4 2 8 25 0 4.4 35.2 0
A1 0.4 0.4 2 8 25 0 8.8 70.4 0
C2 0.13 1 2 6.5 25 6 0 0 39
B2 0.4 0.4 2 8 25 6 4.4 35.2 48
A2 0.4 0.4 2 8 25 6 8.8 70.4 48
C3 0.13 1 2 6.5 25 12 0 0 78
B3 0.4 0.4 2 8 25 12 4.4 35.2 96
A3 0.4 0.4 2 8 25 12 8.8 70.4 96
C3' 0.13 1 2 6.5 25 15.15 0 0 98.475
B3' 0.4 0.4 2 8 25 15.15 4.4 35.2 121.2
A3' 0.4 0.4 2 8 25 15.15 8.8 70.4 121.2
C4 0.13 1 2 6.5 25 18 0 0 117
B4 0.4 0.4 2 8 25 18 4.4 35.2 144
A4 0.4 0.4 2 8 25 18 8.8 70.4 144
SUM 112.5KN 153.45m 66m 528KN/m 1150.8
KN/m

Weight and center of mass for basement floor beam

Item No l[m] w[m] t[m] w[m] unit x[m] y[m] Mx[KN/m My[KN/m
weight[KN]
ABC1 0.4 0.5 10.6 53 25 0 5.3 280.9 0
ABC2 0.4 0.45 10.6 47.7 25 6 5.3 252.81 286.2
ABC3 0.4 0.45 10.6 47.7 25 12 5.3 252.81 572.4
BC3' 0.4 0.45 4.4 19.8 25 15.15 2.2 43.56 299.97
ABC4 0.4 0.45 10.6 47.7 25 18 5.3 252.81 858.6
A123 0.4 0.45 12 54 25 6 8.8 475.2 324

University of Gondar Page 159


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

B1233'4 0.4 0.45 10.6 47.7 25 9.2 4.4 209.88 438.84


C12 0.4 0.45 6 29.8125 25 3 0 0 89.4375
C33'4 0.4 0.45 5.95 29.8125 25 15.15 0 0 451.6594
A3'4 0.4 0.45 2.85 29.8125 25 16.58 0 0 494.2913
SUM 407.0375 101.08 36.6 1767.97 3815.398

Weight and center of mass for basement floor column

Item No l[m] w[m] h[m] w[KN] unit x[m] y[m] Mx[KN/m] My[KN/m]
weight[KN]
C1 0.13 1 3.3 10.725 25 0 0 0 0
B1 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 0 4.4 58.08 0
A1 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 0 8.8 116.16 0
C2 0.13 1 3.3 10.725 25 6 0 0 64.35
B2 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 6 4.4 58.08 79.2
A2 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 6 8.8 116.16 79.2
C3 0.13 1 3.3 10.725 25 12 0 0 128.7
B3 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 12 4.4 58.08 158.4
A3 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 12 8.8 116.16 158.4
C3' 0.13 1 3.3 10.725 25 15.15 0 0 162.4838
B3' 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 15.15 4.4 58.08 199.98
A3' 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 15.15 8.8 116.16 199.98
C4 0.13 1 3.3 10.725 25 18 0 0 193.05
B4 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 18 4.4 58.08 237.6
A4 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 18 8.8 116.16 237.6
SUM 148.5 153.45 66 871.2 1898.944

Weight and center of mass for ground floor beam

Item No l[m] w[m] h[m] w[m] unit x[m] y[m] Mx[KN/m] My[KN/m]
weight[KN]
ABC1 0.25 0.45 10.6 29.8125 25 0 5.3 158.0063 0
ABC2 0.25 0.45 10.6 29.8125 25 6 5.3 158.0063 178.875
ABC3 0.25 0.45 10.6 29.8125 25 12 5.3 158.0063 357.75
BC3' 0.25 0.45 4.4 12.375 25 15.15 2.2 27.225 187.4813
ABC4 0.25 0.45 10.6 29.8125 25 18 5.3 158.0063 536.625
A123 0.25 0.45 12 33.75 25 6 8.8 297 202.5

University of Gondar Page 160


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

B1233'4 0.25 0.45 10.6 29.8125 25 9.2 4.4 131.175 274.275


C1233'4 0.25 0.45 10.6 29.8125 25 9.2 0 0 274.275
A3'4 0.25 0.45 2.85 29.8125 25 16.58 0 0 494.2913
SUM 254.8 92.13 36.6 1087.425 2506.073

Weight and center of mass for ground floor slab

Item l[m] w[m] h[m] w[m] unit x[m] y[m] Mx[KN/m My[KN/m
No weight[KN]
S1 4.4 6 0.2 132 25 3 6.6 871.2 396
S2 4.4 6 0.2 132 25 9 6.6 871.2 1188
S3 4.4 6 0.2 132 25 3 2.2 290.4 396
S4 4.4 6 0.2 132 25 9 2.2 290.4 1188
S5 4.4 6 0.2 132 25 13.58 2.2 290.4 1792.56
S6 4.4 3.15 0.2 69.3 25 16.58 2.2 152.46 1148.994
S7 1.7 2.85 0.2 24.225 25 13.58 5.25 127.1813 328.9755
C1 1.8 6 0.2 54 25 3 9.7 523.8 162
C2 1.8 6 0.2 0 25 9 9.7 0 0
SUM 807.525 79.74 46.65 3417.041 6600.53

Moment arm Moment


Stair DL Lengt Width Weight( X(m) Y(m Mx(KNm My(KNm)
(KN/m h KN) ) )
) L(m)
Inclined-1 10.23 2.7 1.5 41.4315 1.7 13.9 575.897 70.4335
Inclined-2 10.23 2.7 1.5 41.4315 1.7 12.3 509.607 70.4335
Landing-1 6.53 3.1 1.45 29.3523 3.775 13.1 384.515 110.805
5
Landing-2 6.53 3.1 1.35 27.3280 -0.67 13.1 357.997 18.4464
5
6.53 3.6 0.35 0.175 13.1 92.81415 1.239883
7.0850 5

Sum 146.62845 1920.832


234.4656

University of Gondar Page 161


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Weight and center of mass for ground floor wall

Item l[m] w[m] t[m] w[m] unit x[m] y[m] Mx[KN/m My[KN/m
No weight
BC1 2.6 2.8 0.2 29.12 20 0 3.1 90.272 0
AB1 1.7 2.8 0.2 19.04 20 0 5.45 103.768 0
AB12 0.5 2.8 0.2 5.6 20 0 7.12 39.872 0
AB13 0.6 2.8 0.2 6.72 20 0 8.3 55.776 0
AB14 0.3 2.8 0.2 3.36 20 0 9.45 31.752 0
AB15 0.4 2.8 0.2 4.48 20 0 10.4 46.592 0
AB123 8.56 2.8 0.2 95.872 20 4.28 10.5 1006.656 410.3322
A23 2.1 2.8 0.2 23.52 20 10.61 10.5 246.96 249.5472
AB4 4 2.8 0.15 20.16 12 18.1 6.4 129.024 364.896
OAB12 0.6 0.2 0 20 0 6.57 0 0
AB12P 0.6 0.2 0 20 0 7.7 0 0
AB12Q 0.3 0.2 0 20 0 9.15 0 0
AB12R 0.6 0.2 0 20 0 9.9 0 0
A3 0.4 2.8 0.2 4.48 20 12 10.4 46.592 53.76
BC2 2.6 2.8 0.15 13.104 12 6.15 3.1 40.6224 80.5896
BC3 2.6 2.8 0.15 13.104 12 12.15 3.1 40.6224 159.2136
BC3' 2.6 2.8 0.15 13.104 12 15.3 3.1 40.6224 200.4912
BC4 2.6 2.8 0.15 13.104 12 18.15 3.1 40.6224 237.8376
BC12 4.35 2.8 0.15 21.924 12 3 3.78 82.87272 65.772
AB12 6.23 2.8 0.15 31.3992 12 3.12 6.53 205.0368 97.9655
A12 2.97 2.8 0.15 14.9688 12 6.31 7.94 118.8523 94.45313
AB3 4 2.8 0.2 44.8 20 12.1 6.6 295.68 542.08
A'23 1 2.8 0.15 5.04 12 11.5 6.13 30.8952 57.96
232' 1.9 2.8 0.15 9.576 12 11.05 4.4 42.1344 105.8148
AB1' 2.04 2.8 0.15 10.2816 12 7.02 5 51.408 72.17683
AB'2 0.3 2.8 0.15 1.512 12 1.51 6.6 9.9792 2.28312
AB'1 1.43 2.8 0.15 7.2072 12 0.72 7.02 50.59454 5.189184
AB'2 4.14 2.8 0.15 20.8656 12 4.12 8.18 170.6806 85.96627
AB'3 1.43 2.8 0.15 7.2072 12 0.72 9.3 67.02696 5.189184
ON A 1.2 2.8 0.15 6.048 12 0.6 8.8 53.2224 3.6288
AB 0.78 2.8 0.15 3.9312 12 5 8.85 34.79112 19.656
A-12 0.4 2.8 0.15 2.016 12 1.51 9.6 19.3536 3.04416
A-12' 0.3 2.8 0.15 1.512 12 1.51 8.43 12.74616 2.28312
A-12''' 0.4 2.8 0.15 2.016 12 1.51 7.32 14.75712 3.04416
B2 1.33 2.8 0.15 6.7032 12 6.08 5.27 35.32586 40.75546
ON3 0.46 2.8 0.2 5.152 20 11.7 10.4 53.5808 60.2784
SUM 466.928 185.82 257.49 3308.691 3024.207

University of Gondar Page 162


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Weight and center of mass for ground floor column

Item l[m] w[m] h[m] w[KN] unit x[m] y[m] Mx[KN/m] My[KN/m]
No weight[KN]
C1 0.13 1 3.3 10.725 25 0 0 0 0
B1 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 0 4.4 58.08 0
A1 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 0 8.8 116.16 0
C2 0.13 1 3.3 10.725 25 6 0 0 64.35
B2 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 6 4.4 58.08 79.2
A2 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 6 8.8 116.16 79.2
C3 0.13 1 3.3 10.725 25 12 0 0 128.7
B3 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 12 4.4 58.08 158.4
A3 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 12 8.8 116.16 158.4
C3' 0.13 1 3.3 10.725 25 15.15 0 0 162.4838
B3' 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 15.15 4.4 58.08 199.98
A3' 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 15.15 8.8 116.16 199.98
C4 0.13 1 3.3 10.725 25 18 0 0 193.05
B4 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 18 4.4 58.08 237.6
A4 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 18 8.8 116.16 237.6
SUM 185.625 153.45 66 871.2 1898.944

Weight and center of mass for first floor beam

Item No l[m] w[m] t[m] w[m] unit x[m] y[m] Mx[KN/m My[KN/m]
weight
ABC1 0.25 0.45 10.99 30.90938 25 0 5.87 181.438 0
ABC2 0.25 0.45 10.99 30.90938 25 6 5.87 181.438 185.4563
ABC3 0.25 0.45 10.99 30.90938 25 12 5.87 181.438 370.9125
BC3' 0.25 0.45 4.4 12.375 25 2.2 5.87 72.64125 27.225
ABC4 0.25 0.45 10.99 30.90938 25 18 5.87 181.438 556.3688
A123 0.25 0.45 12 33.75 25 6 8.8 297 202.5
B1233'4 0.25 0.45 18.88 53.1 25 9.2 4.4 233.64 488.52
C1233'4 0.25 0.45 19.87 29.8125 25 9.2 0 0 274.275
3C' 0.25 0.45 0.84 2.3625 25 12 -0.84 -1.9845 28.35
3'C' 0.25 0.45 1.58 4.44375 25 15.15 -1.58 -7.02113 67.32281
4C' 0.25 0.45 1.79 5.034375 25 18 -1.79 -9.01153 90.61875
A3'4 0.25 0.45 2.85 29.8125 25 16.58 0 0 494.2913
SUM 294.3281 124.33 38.34 1311.016 2785.84

University of Gondar Page 163


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Weight and center of mass for first floor column

Item l[m] w[m] t[m] w[KN] unit x[m] y[m] Mx[KN/m] My[KN/m]
No weight[KN]
C1 0.13 1 3.3 10.725 25 0 0 0 0
B1 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 0 4.4 58.08 0
A1 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 0 8.8 116.16 0
C2 0.13 1 3.3 10.725 25 6 0 0 64.35
B2 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 6 4.4 58.08 79.2
A2 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 6 8.8 116.16 79.2
C3 0.13 1 3.3 10.725 25 12 0 0 128.7
B3 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 12 4.4 58.08 158.4
A3 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 12 8.8 116.16 158.4
C3' 0.13 1 3.3 10.725 25 15.15 0 0 162.4838
B3' 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 15.15 4.4 58.08 199.98
A3' 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 15.15 8.8 116.16 199.98
C4 0.13 1 3.3 10.725 25 18 0 0 193.05
B4 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 18 4.4 58.08 237.6
A4 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 18 8.8 116.16 237.6
SUM 185.625 153.45 66 871.2 1898.944

Weight and center of mass for first floor Wall

Item l[m] w[m] t[m] unit w[KN] x[m] y[m] Mx[KN/m My[KN/m
No weight
BC1 2.59 2.8 0.2 20 29.008 0 3 87.024 0
B 1.7 2.8 0.2 20 19.04 0 5.45 103.768 0
AB1 1.43 2.8 0.15 12 7.2072 7.02 7.02 50.59454 50.59454
AB2 4.14 2.8 0.15 12 20.8656 4.12 8.18 170.6806 85.96627
AB3 0.4 2.8 0.15 12 2.016 0.72 9.3 18.7488 1.45152
A12 0.3 2.8 0.15 12 1.512 1.51 9.6 14.5152 2.28312
A12' 0.4 2.8 0.15 12 2.016 1.51 8.43 16.99488 3.04416
A12'' 0.3 2.8 0.15 12 1.512 1.51 7.32 11.06784 2.28312
ABS 0.5 2.8 0.15 12 2.52 1.51 6.6 16.632 3.8052
AB12 0.6 2.8 0.2 20 6.72 0 7.12 47.8464 0
AB13 0.3 2.8 0.2 20 3.36 0 8.3 27.888 0
AB14 0.4 2.8 0.2 20 4.48 0 9.45 42.336 0
AB15 0.6 2.8 0.2 20 6.72 0 10.4 69.888 0
AB1O 0.6 2.8 0.2 20 6.72 0 6.57 44.1504 0

University of Gondar Page 164


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

ABQ 0.3 2.8 0.2 20 3.36 0 7.7 25.872 0


ABR 0.6 2.8 0.2 20 6.72 0 9.15 61.488 0
A12 4.95 2.8 0.2 20 55.44 0 9.9 548.856 0
23 2.24 2.8 0.2 20 25.088 2.5 10.2 255.8976 62.72
233 1.23 2.8 0.2 20 13.776 7.12 10.2 140.5152 98.08512
234 0.78 2.8 0.2 20 8.736 9.86 10.2 89.1072 86.13696
3'4 0.78 2.8 0.2 20 8.736 11.61 10.2 89.1072 101.425
AB 1.2 2.8 0 17.61 10.2 0 0
AB 0.94 2.8 0.2 20 10.528 15.62 10.2 107.3856 164.4474
AB 1 2.8 0 5.45 10.2 0 0
AB 1 2.8 0 6.74 10.2 0 0
AB 1 2.8 0 10.97 10.2 0 0
AB4 4 2.8 0.15 12 20.16 18.08 6.8 137.088 364.4928
34C 1.27 2.8 0.2 20 14.224 18.64 0 0 265.1354
B 0.48 2.8 0.2 20 5.376 18.24 4.5 24.192 98.05824
34BC 4.76 2.8 0.15 12 23.9904 16.13 2.38 57.09715 386.9652
23AB 3.58 2.8 0.15 12 18.0432 10.21 6.025 108.7103 184.2211
AB12 5.94 2.8 0.15 12 29.9376 2.97 6.025 180.374 88.91467
A12A 1.2 2.8 0.15 12 6.048 3.09 8.8 53.2224 18.68832
12B 3.02 2.8 0.15 12 15.2208 4.36 8.93 135.9217 66.36269
12C 2 2.8 0.15 12 10.08 5.36 7.5 75.6 54.0288
12D 1.05 2.8 0.15 12 5.292 6.08 7.9 41.8068 32.17536
12E 0.99 2.8 0.15 12 4.9896 5.09 9.15 45.65484 25.39706
12F 0.69 2.8 0.15 12 3.4776 6.03 9.35 32.51556 20.96993
23AG 1.85 2.8 0.15 12 9.324 7.35 9.47 88.29828 68.5314
23AH 1.45 2.8 0.15 12 7.308 8.93 8.62 62.99496 65.26044
23AI 1.72 2.8 0.15 12 8.6688 9.65 9.4 81.48672 83.65392
23J 1.43 2.8 0.15 12 7.2072 7.61 7.38 53.18914 54.84679
23K 0.29 2.8 0.15 12 1.4616 8.318 7.31 10.6843 12.15759
B2 0.15 2.8 0.15 12 0.756 5.93 4.67 3.53052 4.48308
AB3 4 2.8 0.2 20 44.8 12 8.6 385.28 537.6
A3' 1.4 2.8 0.2 20 15.68 12 9.5 148.96 188.16
BC4 4.86 2.8 0.2 20 54.432 19.27 2.43 132.2698 1048.905
SUM 552.5576 310.718 370.03 3899.24 4331.25

University of Gondar Page 165


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Weight and center of mass for First Floor Slab

Item l[m] w[m] t[m] w[m] unit x[m] y[m] Mx[KN/m My[KN/m
No weight[KN]
S1 4.4 6 0.2 132 25 3 6.6 871.2 396
S2 4.4 6 0.2 132 25 9 6.6 871.2 1188
S3 4.4 6 0.2 132 25 3 2.2 290.4 396
S4 4.4 6 0.2 132 25 9 2.2 290.4 1188
S5 4.4 3.15 0.2 69.3 25 13.58 2.2 152.46 941.094
S6 4.4 2.85 0.2 62.7 25 16.58 2.2 137.94 1039.566
S7 1.7 3.15 0.2 26.775 25 13.58 5.25 140.5688 363.6045
C1 1.8 6 0.2 54 25 3 9.7 523.8 162
C2 1.8 6 0.2 0 25 9 9.7 0 0
SUM 740.775 79.74 46.65 3277.969 5674.265

Weight and center of mass for typical floor beam

Item No l[m] w[m] t[m] w[m] unit x[m] y[m] Mx[KN/m My[KN/m]
weight[KN]
ABC1 0.25 0.45 11.73 32.99063 25 0 5.87 193.655 0
ABC2 0.25 0.45 11.73 32.99063 25 6 5.87 193.655 197.9438
ABC3 0.25 0.45 11.73 32.99063 25 12 5.87 193.655 395.8875
BC3' 0.25 0.45 4.4 12.375 25 15.15 2.2 27.225 187.4813
ABC4 0.25 0.45 11.73 32.99063 25 18 5.87 193.655 593.8313
A123 0.25 0.45 12 33.75 25 6 8.8 297 202.5
B1233'4 0.25 0.45 9.4 26.4375 25 9.2 4.4 116.325 243.225
C1233'4 0.25 0.45 9.4 26.4375 25 9.9 0 0 261.7313
2C' 0.25 0.45 2.02 5.68125 25 6 -2.02 -11.4761 34.0875
3C' 0.25 0.45 1.7 4.78125 25 12 -1.7 -8.12813 57.375
3'C' 0.25 0.45 1.53 4.303125 25 15.15 -1.53 -6.58378 65.19234
4C' 0.25 0.45 1.74 4.89375 25 18 -1.74 -8.51513 88.0875
A3'4 0.25 0.45 2.85 29.8125 25 16.58 0 0 494.2913
SUM 280.4344 143.98 31.89 1180.467 2821.634

University of Gondar Page 166


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Weight and center of Mass for Typical floor slab

Item l[m] w[m] t[m] unit w[KN] x[m] y[m] Mx[KN/m My[KN/m
No weight
S1 4.4 6 0.2 25 132 3 2.2 290.4 396
S2 4.4 6 0.2 25 132 3 6.6 871.2 396
S3 1.58 3.15 0.2 25 24.885 9 6.6 164.241 223.965
S4 4.4 6 0.2 25 132 13.575 5.29 698.28 1791.9
S5 4.4 6 0.2 25 132 9 2.2 290.4 1188
S6 4.4 3.15 0.2 25 69.3 13.575 2.2 152.46 940.7475
S7 4.4 2.85 0.2 25 62.7 16.575 2.2 137.94 1039.253
C1 1.8 6 0.2 25 54 3 9.7 523.8 162
C2 1.8 6 0.2 25 54 9 9.7 523.8 486
C3 1.3 6 0.2 25 39 -3 -0.65 -25.35 -117
C4 1.8 6 0.2 25 54 -9 -0.9 -48.6 -486
C5 1.65 3.15 0.2 25 25.9875 -13.575 -0.825 -21.4397 -352.78
C6 1.95 4.23 0.2 25 41.2425 -17.265 -0.975 -40.2114 -712.052
C6' 1.39 2.75 0.2 25 19.1125 18.71 1.375 26.27969 357.5949

Sum 972.2275 55.595 44.715 3543.2 5313.628

Weight and center of mass for Typical floor Wall

Item No l[m] w[m] t[m] unit w[KN] x[m] y[m] Mx[KN/m My[KN/m
weight
CB 1 0.73 2.8 0.15 12 3.6792 0 0.565 2.078748 0
CB 0.6 0.15 12 0 0 1.23 0 0
1TOILET
CB 1 1.18 2.8 0.15 12 5.9472 0 2.12 12.60806 0
CB 1 1.5 2.8 0.15 12 7.56 0 3.46 26.1576 0
BA 1 4 2.8 0.15 12 20.16 0 6.61 133.2576 0
BA 1 1.6 2.8 0.2 20 17.92 0 9.81 175.7952 0
C 12 1.16 2.8 0.2 20 12.992 0.78 0 0 10.13376
C 12 0.7 0.15 12 0 1.71 0 0 0
C 12 0.58 2.8 0.15 12 2.9232 2.35 0 0 6.86952
C 23 0.7 0.15 12 0 10.6 0 0 0
C 23 0.86 2.8 0.15 12 4.3344 11.38 0 0 49.32547
BC 12 1.8 2.8 0.2 20 20.16 0.85 2.81 56.6496 17.136
BC 12 0.9 0.2 20 0 2.25 2.81 0 0
BC 13 8.15 2.8 0.2 20 91.28 6.725 2.81 256.4968 613.858

University of Gondar Page 167


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

BC 13 0.9 0.2 20 0 11.25 2.81 0 0


BC 34 4.84 2.8 0.2 20 54.208 14.12 2.81 152.3245 765.417
BC 3'4 0.9 0.2 20 0 16.99 2.81 0 0
BC 3'4 0.76 2.8 0.2 20 8.512 17.82 2.81 23.91872 151.6838
BC 4 0.6 0.2 20 0 18.5 2.81 0 0
B 12 1.58 2.8 0.2 20 17.696 0.99 4.31 76.26976 17.51904
B 12 0.9 0.2 20 0 2.23 4.31 0 0
B 12 0.55 2.8 0.2 20 6.16 2.955 4.31 26.5496 18.2028
B 12 0.9 0.2 20 0 3.68 4.31 0 0
B 12 1.68 2.8 0.2 20 18.816 4.95 4.31 81.09696 93.1392
B 23 1.58 2.8 0.15 12 7.9632 7 4.31 34.32139 55.7424
B 23 0.9 0.15 12 0 8.24 4.31 0 0
B 23 0.55 2.8 0.15 12 2.772 8.97 4.31 11.94732 24.86484
B 23 0.9 0.15 12 0 9.6 4.31 0 0
B 23 1.68 2.8 0.15 12 8.4672 10.98 4.31 36.49363 92.96986
BA12 1.35 2.8 0.15 12 6.804 0.675 7.645 52.01658 4.5927
BA12 1.36 2.8 0.15 12 6.8544 5.22 7.645 52.40189 35.77997
BA23 1.36 2.8 0.15 12 6.8544 6.78 7.645 52.40189 46.47283
BA23 1.47 2.8 0.15 12 7.4088 11.265 7.645 56.64028 83.46013
CB12 0.7 0.15 12 0 1.435 0.4 0 0
CB12 1.75 2.8 0.15 12 8.82 1.435 1.625 14.3325 12.6567
A12 1.08 2.8 0.15 12 5.4432 1.425 8.96 48.77107 7.75656
A12 0.6 0.15 12 0 1.425 9.8 0 0
A12 0.51 2.8 0.15 12 2.5704 1.425 10.355 26.61649 3.66282
A12 6.16 2.8 0.15 12 31.0464 2.955 7.49 232.5375 91.74211
A12 0.7 0.15 12 0 1.425 8.07 0 0
A12 0.7 0.15 12 0 4.615 8.07 0 0
A12 1.08 2.8 0.15 12 5.4432 4.615 8.96 48.77107 25.12037
A12 0.6 0.15 12 0 4.615 9.8 0 0
A12 0.51 2.8 0.15 12 2.5704 4.615 10.355 26.61649 11.8624
A2 1.4 2.8 0.2 20 15.68 6 9.71 152.2528 94.08
A2 0.89 2.8 0.2 20 9.968 6 8.165 81.38872 59.808
A2 3.16 2.8 0.2 20 35.392 6 5.99 211.9981 212.352
A23 0.7 0.15 12 0 7.335 8.07 0 0
A23 1.08 2.8 0.15 12 5.4432 7.335 8.96 48.77107 39.92587
A23 0.6 2.8 0.15 12 3.024 7.335 9.8 29.6352 22.18104
A23 0.51 2.8 0.15 12 2.5704 7.335 10.355 26.61649 18.85388
CB2 2.3 2.8 0.15 12 11.592 6 1.35 15.6492 69.552
A23 6.2 2.8 0.15 12 31.248 8.955 7.51 234.6725 279.8258
A23 0.7 0.15 12 0 10.605 8.07 0 0

University of Gondar Page 168


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

A23 1.08 2.8 0.15 12 5.4432 10.605 8.96 48.77107 57.72514


A23 0.6 0.15 12 0 10.605 9.8 0 0
A23 0.51 2.8 0.15 12 2.5704 10.605 10.355 26.61649 27.25909
AB 5.8 2.8 0.2 20 64.96 12 5.99 389.1104 779.52
CB 2.3 2.8 0.15 12 11.592 12 1.35 15.6492 139.104
A4 1.4 2.8 0.2 20 15.68 18.1 9.8 153.664 283.808
AB4 4 2.8 0.2 20 44.8 18.1 6.4 286.72 810.88
CB3'4 2.5 2.8 0.15 12 12.6 17.525 1.25 15.75 220.815
C12 1.45 2.8 0.15 12 7.308 6 -0.925 -6.7599 43.848
C 23 1.8 2.8 0.15 12 9.072 10.175 -0.9 -8.1648 92.3076
C23 0.2 2.8 0.15 12 1.008 10.175 -0.1 -0.1008 10.2564
C3 1.6 2.8 0.15 12 8.064 12.005 -0.1 -0.8064 96.80832
C 33' 0.49 2.8 0.15 12 2.4696 13.825 -0.355 -0.87671 34.14222
C 33' 0.7 0.15 12 0 13.825 -0.95 0 0
C 33' 0.4 2.8 0.15 12 2.016 13.825 -1.5 -3.024 27.8712
C 12 0.1 2.8 0.15 12 0.504 1.435 0.05 0.0252 0.72324
C 12 1.75 2.8 0.15 12 8.82 1.435 1.675 14.7735 12.6567
C12 0.7 0.15 12 0 1.435 0.45 0 0
C 23 1.68 2.8 0.15 12 8.4672 10.94 -1.725 -14.6059 92.63117
SUM 715.6576 506.36 331.345 3434.797 5766.903

Weight and center of mass for Typical floor Coolum

Item No l[m] w[m] t[m] w[KN] unit x[m] y[m] Mx[KN/m] My[KN/m]
weight[KN]
C1 0.13 1 3.3 10.725 25 0 0 0 0
B1 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 0 4.4 58.08 0
A1 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 0 8.8 116.16 0
C2 0.13 1 3.3 10.725 25 6 0 0 64.35
B2 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 6 4.4 58.08 79.2
A2 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 6 8.8 116.16 79.2
C3 0.13 1 3.3 10.725 25 12 0 0 128.7
B3 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 12 4.4 58.08 158.4
A3 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 12 8.8 116.16 158.4
C3' 0.13 1 3.3 10.725 25 15.15 0 0 162.4838
B3' 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 15.15 4.4 58.08 199.98
A3' 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 15.15 8.8 116.16 199.98
C4 0.13 1 3.3 10.725 25 18 0 0 193.05
B4 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 18 4.4 58.08 237.6
A4 0.4 0.4 3.3 13.2 25 18 8.8 116.16 237.6

University of Gondar Page 169


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

SUM 185.625 153.45 66 871.2 1898.944

Weight and center of mass for top tie beam

Item No l[m] w[m] t[m] w[m] unit x[m] y[m] Mx[KN/m My[KN/m]
weight[KN]
ABC1 0.25 0.45 11.73 32.99063 25 0 5.87 193.655 0
ABC2 0.25 0.45 11.73 32.99063 25 6 5.87 193.655 197.9438
ABC3 0.25 0.45 11.73 32.99063 25 12 5.87 193.655 395.8875
BC3' 0.25 0.45 4.4 12.375 25 15.15 2.2 27.225 187.4813
ABC4 0.25 0.45 11.73 32.99063 25 18 5.87 193.655 593.8313
A123 0.25 0.45 12 33.75 25 6 8.8 297 202.5
B1233'4 0.25 0.45 9.4 26.4375 25 9.2 4.4 116.325 243.225
C1233'4 0.25 0.45 9.4 26.4375 25 9.9 0 0 261.7313
2C' 0.25 0.45 2.02 5.68125 25 6 -2.02 -11.4761 34.0875
3C' 0.25 0.45 1.7 4.78125 25 12 -1.7 -8.12813 57.375
3'C' 0.25 0.45 1.53 4.303125 25 15.15 -1.53 -6.58378 65.19234
4C' 0.25 0.45 1.74 4.89375 25 18 -1.74 -8.51513 88.0875
A3'4 0.25 0.45 2.85 29.8125 25 16.58 0 0 494.2913

Weight and Center of Mass for Shear Wall

Shear wall
Item l[m] w[m] h[m] unit w[KN] x[m] y[m] Mx[KN/m] My[KN/m]
No weight[KN/m]
SW1 0.715 0.2 3.3 25 11.7975 12.4575 6.28 74.0883 146.9674
SW2 0.615 0.2 3.3 25 10.1475 14.1425 6.28 63.7263 143.511
SW3 2.42 0.2 3.3 25 39.93 12 8.6 343.398 479.16
SW4 2.42 0.2 3.3 25 39.93 13.935 8.6 343.398 556.4246
SW5 2.35 0.2 3.3 25 38.775 13.275 8.833 342.4996 514.7381

Sum 140.58 65.81 38.593 1167.11 1840.801

University of Gondar Page 170


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Weight and center of mass for Stair-Case

Ground -First Floor


Item No DL[KN/m l[m] w[m] w[KN] x[m] y[m] Mx[KNm My[KNm
] ] ]
Inclined 1 9.458 2.4 1.22 27.6930 15.96 7.4 204.928 441.9807
2 4
Inclined 2 9.458 2.4 1.22 27.6930 17.31 7.4 204.928 479.366
2 4 2
Landing 1 6.73 1.8 2.85 34.5249 16.57 5.3 182.982 572.2502
5
Landing 2 6.73 1.8 2.85 34.5249 16.57 9.5 327.986 572.2502
5 6
Sum 124.435 66.42 29.6 920.825 2065.84
8 3 7

Basement to Ground Floor


Item No DL[KN/m] l[m] w[m] w[KN] x[m] y[m] Mx[KNm] My[KNm]
Inclined 1 10.34 2.4 1.22 30.27552 15.96 6.82 206.479 483.1973
Inclined 2 10.34 2.4 1.22 30.27552 17.31 6.82 206.479 524.0693
Landing 1 6.73 0.78 2.85 14.96079 16.575 8.41 125.8202 247.9751
Landing 2 6.73 1.22 2.85 23.40021 16.575 5.01 117.2351 387.8585
Sum 98.91204 66.42 27.06 656.0134 1643.1

4.1.4 Summary of weight


Foundation
- Weight of footing column=112.5KN
- Weight of footing pad=10% weight of footing column=11.25 KN
- Total weight =123.75 KN

Basement Floor
- Weight of Basement beam=407.035KN
-½(Weight of Basement floor column) =74.25KN
-Weight of Shear wall=140.58 KN
- 1/2(Wt. of Staircase Basement – Ground floor) =49.455KN

University of Gondar Page 171


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

- Total weight=671.32KN

Ground Floor
- Weight of grade beam=254.8KN
-½(Weight of Basement floor column=74.25KN
-½(Weight of Ground floor column=92.81KN
-1/2(Wt. of Staircase Basement – Ground floor) =49.45KN
1/2(Wt. of Staircase Ground – First Floor) =62.21KN
- Weight of wall=466.928KN
-Weight of slab=807.525 KN
-Weight of Shear wall=140.58 KN
- Total weight=1141.038KN

First Floor
- Weight of slab=740.775 KN
- Weight of beam=294.328KN
- ½ (weight of ground floor column) =92.81KN
- ½(weight of first floor column) =92.81KN
1/2(Wt. of Staircase Ground – First Floor) =62.21KN
1/2(Wt. of Staircase First – Second Floor) =62.21KN
- Weight of wall=552.5576 KN
-Weight of Shear wall=140.58 KN
- Total weight=2038.28KN

Second Floor
- Weight of slab=972.23KN
- Weight of beam=280.43KN
- ½ (weight of First floor column) =92.81 KN
- ½(weight of Second floor column) =92.81KN
-1/2(Wt. of Staircase First – Second Floor) =62.21KN
-1/2(Wt. of Staircase Second – Third Floor) =62.21KN
-Weight of Shear wall=140.58 KN
- Weight of wall=715.65KN

University of Gondar Page 172


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

- Total weight=2418.83KN

Third Floor
- Weight of slab=972.23KN
- Weight of beam=280.43KN
- ½ (weight of ground floor column) =92.81 KN
- ½(weight of first floor column) =92.81KN
-1/2(Wt. of Staircase Second – Third Floor) =62.21KN
-1/2(Wt. of Staircase Third – Fourth Floor) =62.21KN
- Weight of wall=715.65KN
-Weight of Shear wall=140.58 KN
- Total weight=2418.83KN

Fourth Floor
- Weight of slab=972.23KN
- Weight of beam=280.43KN
- ½ (weight of ground floor column) =92.81KN
- ½(weight of Third floor column) =92.81KN
-1/2(Wt. of Staircase Third – Floor Floor) =62.21KN
-1/2(Wt. of Staircase Fourth – Fifth Floor) =62.21KN
- Weight of wall=715.65KN
-Weight of Shear wall=140.58 KN
- Total weight=2418.83KN

Roof Level
- Weight of top tie beam=280.43 KN
- 1/2(weight of 4th floor column) = 92.81KN
-Weight of Shear wall=140.58 KN
- Total weight=513.82KN
Total Weight of the Building=11744.698 KN

University of Gondar Page 173


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Distribution of the base shear over the height of the building

Fb=Sd (T1) W
Fb=0.0295*11744.968 KN
Fb=346.468 KN

Story Shear Determination

The Base Shear Force is distributed over the Height of a Structure Concentrated at each Floor
level as:
𝐹 = (Fb-Ft) Wi*hIΣWi*hini=1
Where, n= Number of stories
Fi =the concentrated lateral force acting at floor z
Ft=the concentrated force at the top, which is in addition to Fn
Wi=portion of total weight located at level z.
hi=height above the base to level i.

Ft= {0 T<0.7sec
0.007T1Fb≤0.25 Fb, T>0.7sec
T1=0.622sec for our building which is T<0.7sec
Ft=0
Computation of ‘Fi’ for each floor

Story Remark Floors Weight(KN)


1st W1 Foundation Wt. + 795.07
Basement Floor Wt.
2nd W2 Wt. of Ground Floor 1141.038
3rd W3 Wt. of First Floor 2038.28
4th W4 Wt. of Second Floor 2418.83
5th W5 Wt. of Third Floor 2418.83
6th W6 Wt. of Fourth Floor 2418.83
7th W7 Wt. of Roof Level 513.82

Wi Wi(KN) hi(m) Wi*hi Fb(KN) Fi(KN)=


(KN.m)

W1 795.07 2 1590.14 346.468 3.03


W2 1141.038 5.3 6047.5 346.468 1.145
W3 2038.28 8.6 17529.21 346.468 3.5
W4 2418.83 11.9 28784.07 346.468 68
W5 2418.83 15.2 36766.21 346.468 86.85
W6 2418.83 18.5 44748.35 346.468 105.7
W7 513.82 21.8 11201.27 346.468 21.62
Sum 146666. 774294.68

University of Gondar Page 174


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Determination of center of stiffness

(Xs, Ys) of the floor. It is a point where the stiffness or strength of the floor is concentrated.
Xs=ΣDiy*Xi/ΣDiy

Ys=ΣD X*Yi/ΣDix Where, Xs=center of stiffness of the floor. Ys=center of stiffness of ith
element (beam, column).

- Dix=aKiXc
- Kxc=iyc/L=X3Y/12L
- Diy=aKiyc
- Kyc=ixc/L=XY3/12L
Where, a=factor depending on boundary condition Kc=column stiffness

4.1.6 Column Stiffness (Kxc&Kyc)

a) Rectangular columns

Foundation column
- L=2m
Kxc= iyc/L=bh3/12L= (40 cm)*(40 cm) 3/ (12*2000 cm) =1066.6cm3
Kyc=ixc/L=bh3/12L= (40 cm) *(40 cm) 3/ (12*200cm) =1066.6cm3

Basement Floor Column


L=3.3m
Kxc= iyc/L=bh3/12L= (40 cm)*(40 cm) 3/ (12*330 cm) =646.46 cm3
Kyc=ixc/L=bh3/12L= (40 cm) *(40 cm) 3/ (12*330cm) =646.46cm3

University of Gondar Page 175


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

2nd, 3rd, 4thFloorand Roof Columns


- L=3.3m
Kxc= iyc/L=bh3/12L= (40 cm)*(40 cm)3/ (12*330 cm)=646.46 cm3
Kyc=ixc/L=bh3/12L= (40 cm) *(40 cm)3/ (12*330cm)=646.46cm3

b) Circular columns

D=40 cm
- Kxc=Kyc=πD4/64L
Foundation Columns
- L=2m
- Kxc= πD4/64L= π*(40 cm) 4/64*200 cm=628.32 cm3
- Kyc=Kxc= 628.32 cm3

Basement Floor Column


- L=3.3m
-Kxc= πD4/64L= π*(40 cm) 4/64*330cm=380.8 cm3
- Kyc=Kxc= 380.8cm3

2nd, 3rd, 4th Floor and Roof Columns


-Kxc= πD4/64L= π*(40 cm)4/64*330cm=380.8 cm3
- Kyc=Kxc= 380.8cm3

University of Gondar Page 176


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Beam Stiffness

Grade Beam Intermediate beam Top tie beam

In the fig above beams are named using letters & numbers the letter represents their type & the
number represents beams with identical length.
-G-Grade Beam
-Intermediate beam
-T-top the beam

-Beam stiffness is;

Beam stiffness is;


K bi=I/L
K bi= K bi=

Grade Beams
-b=50cm
-d=40 cm
K Gi= =266,666.6/Li (cm) 3

Beam G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 G7
Li (cm) 600 600 315 285 440 440 180
444.44 444.44 846.56 935.67 606.06 606.0 1481.48

Intermediate Beams
-b=25cm
-d=45 cm

University of Gondar Page 177


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

K Ii= =189843.75/Li (cm) 3

Beam I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9
Li (cm) 600 600 315 285 440 440 180 147 165
316.4 316.4 602.6 666.12 431.5 431.5 1054.6 1291.45 1150.56

Top tie Beams


-b=25cm
-d=45 cm
K Ii= =1898453/Li (cm) 3

Beam T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 T8 T9
Li (cm) 600 600 315 285 440 440 180 147 165
316.4 316.4 602.6 666.12 431.5 431.5 1054.6 1291.45 1150.56

For frame with fixed column base for frame with general column base

( 𝑎

( 𝑎

𝑎
𝑎

University of Gondar Page 178


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

AXIS-1

KT5 431.5 KT6 431.5 KT7 `1054.6


Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 1.13 K' 1.33 K' 2.29
a 0.361 a 0.4 a 0.53
D 137.72 D 258.79 D 345.73 ∑D=742.24
KI5 431.5 KI6 431.5 KI7 `1054.6
Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 1.13 K' 1.33 K' 2.29
a 0.361 a 0.4 a 0.534
D 137.72 D 258.79 D 345.73 ∑D=742.24
KI5 431.5 KI6 431.5 KI7 `1054.6
Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 1.13 K' 1.33 K' 2.29
a 0.361 a 0.4 a 0.534
D 137.72 D 258.79 D 345.73 ∑D=742.24
KI5 431.5 KI5 431.5 KI7 `1054.6
Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 1.13 K' 1.33 K' 2.29
a 0.361 a 0.4 a 0.534
D 137.72 D 258.79 D 345.73 ∑D=742.24
KI5 431.5 KI6 431.5 KI7 `1054.6
Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 1.13 K' 1.33 K' 2.29
a 0.361 a 0.4 a 0.534
D 137.72 D 258.79 D 345.73 ∑D=742.24
KI5 431.5 KI6 431.5 KI7 `1054.6
Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 1.36 K' 1.6 K' 2.76
a 0.405 a 0.445 a 0.58
D 154.29 D 287.84 D 375.11 ∑D=817.24
KG5 606.06 KG6 606.06 KG7 1481.48
Kc 628.32 Kc 1066.66 Kc 1066.66
K' 0.964 K' 1.136 K' 1.957
a 0.494 a 0.521 a 0.621
D 310.4 D 556.52 D 662.32 ∑D=1529.24

Diagram of Determination of K',a and D Along y-axis on Axis 1-1

University of Gondar Page 179


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

AXIS-2

KT9 1150.56 KT5 431.5 KT6 431.5 KT7 `1054.6


Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 4.15 K' 1.33 K' 2.29
a 0.675 a 0.4 a 0.53
D 257.05 D 258.79 D 345.73 ∑D=861.57
KI9 1150.56 KI5 431.5 KI6 431.5 KI7 `1054.6
Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 4.15 K' 1.33 K' 2.29
a 0.675 a 0.4 a 0.534
D 257.05 D 258.79 D 345.73 ∑D=861.57
KI9 1150.56 KI5 431.5 KI6 431.5 KI7 `1054.6
Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 4.15 K' 1.33 K' 2.29
a 0.675 a 0.4 a 0.534
D 257.05 D 258.79 D 345.73 ∑D=861.57
KI9 1150.56 KI5 431.5 KI5 431.5 KI7 `1054.6
Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 4.15 K' 1.33 K' 2.29
a 0.675 a 0.4 a 0.534
D 257.05 D 258.79 D 345.73 ∑D=861.57
KI9 1150.56 KI5 431.5 KI6 431.5 KI7 `1054.6
Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 2.64 K' 1.33 K' 2.29
a 0.57 a 0.4 a 0.534
D 216.79 D 258.79 D 345.73 ∑D=821.3
KI5 431.5 KI6 431.5 KI7 `1054.6
Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 1.36 K' 1.6 K' 2.76
a 0.405 a 0.445 a 0.58
D 154.29 D 287.84 D 375.11 ∑D=817.24
KG5 606.06 KG6 606.06 KG7 1481.48
Kc 628.32 Kc 1066.66 Kc 1066.66
K' 0.964 K' 1.136 K' 1.957
a 0.494 a 0.521 a 0.621
D 310.4 D 556.52 D 662.32 ∑D=1529.24

Diagram of Determination of K',a and D Along y-axis on Axis 2-2

University of Gondar Page 180


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

AXIS-3

KT9 1054.6 KT5 431.5 KT6 431.5 KT9 1054.6


Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 3.9 K' 1.335 K' 2.29
a 0.661 a 0.4 a 0.535
D 251.77 D 258.79 D 345.74
KI9 1054.6 KI5 431.5 KI6 431.5 KI9 1054.6 ∑D=856.3
Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 3.9 K' 1.335 K' 2.29
a 0.661 a 0.4 a 0.535
D 251.77 D 258.79 D 345.74 ∑D=856.3
KI9 1054.6 KI5 431.5 KI6 431.5 KI9
Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6 1054.6
K' 3.9 K' 1.335 K' 2.29
a 0.661 a 0.4 a 0.535
D 251.77 D 258.79 D 345.74 ∑D=856.3
KI9 1054.6 KI5 431.5 KI5 431.5 KI9
Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6 1054.6
K' 3.9 K' 1.335 K' 2.29
a 0.661 a 0.4 a 0.535
D 251.77 D 258.79 D 345.74 ∑D=856.3
KI9 1054.6 KI5 431.5 KI6 431.5 KI9 1054.6
Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 2.552 K' 1.335 K' 2.29
a 0.557 a 0.4 a 0.535
D 212.22 D 258.79 D 345.74 ∑D=816.75
KI5 431.5 KI6 431.5 1054.6
Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 1.36 K' 1.6 K' 1.618
a 0.405 a 0.445 a 0.447
D 154.29 D 287.8 D 289.15 ∑D=731.24
KG5 606.06 KG6 606.06
Kc 628.32 Kc 1066.66 Kc 1066.66
K' 0.96 K' 1.136 K' 0.568
a 0.49 a 0.52 a 0.416
D 310.4 D 556.5 D 443.66 ∑D=1310.56

Diagram of Determination of K', a and D Along y-axis on Axis 3-3

University of Gondar Page 181


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

AXIS 3’

KT6 1054.6 KT5 431.5 KT6 1054.6


Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6
K' 1.95 K' 2.298
a 0.49 a 0.53
D 188 D 345.74 ∑D=533.74
KI6 1054.6 KI5 431.5 KI6 1054.6
Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6
K' 1.95 K' 2.298
a 0.49 a 0.53
D 188 D 345.74 ∑D=533.74
KI6 1054.6 KI5 431.5 KI6 1054.6
Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6
K' 1.95 K' 2.298
a 0.49 a 0.53
D 188 D 345.74 ∑D=533.74
KI6 1054.6 KI5 431.5 KI5 1054.6
Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6
K' 1.95 K' 2.298
a 0.49 a 0.53
D 188 D 345.74 ∑D=533.74
KI6 1054.6 KI5 431.5 KI6 1054.6
Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6
K' 2.518 K' 2.298
a 0.557 a 0.53
D 212.22 D 345.74 ∑D=557.96
KI5 431.5 KI6 1054.6
Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6
K' 1.362 K' 2.763
a 0.405 a 0.58
D 154.29 D 375.1 ∑D=529.39
KG5 606.06 KG6 1481.48
Kc 628.32 Kc 1066.66
K' 0.96 K' 1.957
a 0.494 a 0.62
D 310.4 D 662.3 ∑D=972.7

Diagram of Determination of K',a and D Along y-axis on Axis 3-3

University of Gondar Page 182


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Axis 4

KT5 431.5 KT6 431.5 KT7 `1054.6


Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 1.13 K' 1.33 K' 2.29
a 0.361 a 0.4 a 0.53
D 137.72 D 258.79 D 345.73 ∑D=742.24
KI5 431.5 KI6 431.5 KI7 `1054.6
Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 1.13 K' 1.33 K' 2.29
a 0.361 a 0.4 a 0.534
D 137.72 D 258.79 D 345.73 ∑D=742.24
KI5 431.5 KI6 431.5 KI7 `1054.6
Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 1.13 K' 1.33 K' 2.29
a 0.361 a 0.4 a 0.534
D 137.72 D 258.79 D 345.73 ∑D=742.24
KI5 431.5 KI5 431.5 KI7 `1054.6
Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 1.13 K' 1.33 K' 2.29
a 0.361 a 0.4 a 0.534
D 137.72 D 258.79 D 345.73 ∑D=742.24
KI5 431.5 KI6 431.5 KI7 `1054.6
Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 1.13 K' 1.33 K' 2.29
a 0.361 a 0.4 a 0.534
D 137.72 D 258.79 D 345.73 ∑D=742.24
KI5 431.5 KI6 431.5 KI7 `1054.6
Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 1.36 K' 1.6 K' 2.76
a 0.405 a 0.445 a 0.58
D 154.29 D 287.84 D 375.11 ∑D=817.24
KG5 606.06 KG6 606.06 KG7 1481.48
Kc 628.32 Kc 1066.66 Kc 1066.66
K' 0.964 K' 1.136 K' 1.957
a 0.494 a 0.521 a 0.621
D 310.4 D 556.52 D 662.32 ∑D=1529.24

Diagram of Determination of K',a and D Along y-axis on Axis 4-4

University of Gondar Page 183


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

AXIS A
KT2 316.4 KT2 316.4 KT3
Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 0.48 K' 0.978 K' 0.48
a 0.196 a 0.328 a 0.196
D 126.7336 D 212.0848 D 126.7336 ∑D=465.552
KI1 316.4 KI2 316.4
Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 0.48 K' 0.978 K' 0.48
a 0.196 a 0.328 a 0.196
D 126.7336 D 212.0848 D 126.7336 ∑D=465.552
KI1 316.4 KI2 316.4
Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 0.48 K' 0.978 K' 0.48
a 0.196 a 0.328 a 0.196
D 126.7336 D 212.0848 D 126.7336 ∑D=465.552
KI1 316.4 KI2 316.4
Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 0.48 K' 0.978 K' 0.48
a 0.196 a 0.328 a 0.196
D 126.7336 D 212.0848 D 126.7336 ∑D=465.552
KI1 316.4 KI2 316.4
Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 0.48 K' 0.978 K' 0.48
a 0.196 a 0.328 a 0.196
D 126.7336 D 212.0848 D 126.7336 ∑D=465.552
KI1 316.4 KI2 316.4
Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 0.588 K' 1.176 K' 0.588
a 0.227 a 0.37 a 0.227
D 146.7782 D 239.242 D 146.7782 ∑D=532.79
KG1 444.44 KG2 444.44
Kc 1066.66 Kc 1066.66 Kc 1066.66
K' 0.416 K' 0.833 K' 0.416
a 0.379 a 0.47 a 0.379
D 404.2641 D 501.3302 D 404.2641 ∑D=1309.85

Diagram of Determination of K',a and D Along x-axis on Axis A-A

University of Gondar Page 184


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Axis B

KT2 316.4 KT2 316.4 KT3 602.12 KT4 666.12


Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 0.489 K' 0.978 K' 1.42 K' 1.961 K' 1.03
a 0.196 a 0.328 a 0.41 a 0.495 a 0.5
D 126.7336 D 212.0848 D 265.106 D 320.067 D 323.3 ∑D=1247.29
KI1 316.4 KI2 316.4 KI3 602.12 KI4 666.12
Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 0.489 K' 0.978 K' 1.42 K' 1.961 K' 1.03
a 0.196 a 0.328 a 0.41 a 0.495 a 0.5
D 126.7336 D 212.0848 D 265.106 D 320.067 D 323.3 ∑D=1247.29
KI1 316.4 KI2 316.4 KI3 602.12 KI4 666.12
Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 0.489 K' 0.978 K' 1.42 K' 1.961 K' 1.03
a 0.196 a 0.328 a 0.41 a 0.495 a 0.5
D 126.7336 D 212.0848 D 265.106 D 320.067 D 323.3 ∑D=1247.29
KI1 316.4 KI2 316.4 KI3 602.12 KI4 666.12
Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 0.489 K' 0.978 K' 1.42 K' 1.961 K' 1.03
a 0.196 a 0.328 a 0.41 a 0.495 a 0.5
D 126.7336 D 212.0848 D 265.106 D 320.067 D 323.3 ∑D=1247.29
KI1 316.4 KI2 316.4 KI3 602.12 KI4 666.12
Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 0.489 K' 0.978 K' 1.42 K' 1.961 K' 1.03
a 0.196 a 0.328 a 0.41 a 0.495 a 0.5
D 126.7336 D 212.0848 D 265.106 D 320.067 D 323.3 ∑D=1247.29
KI1 316.4 KI2 316.4 KI3 602.12 KI4 666.12
Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 0.588 K' 1.176 K' 1.708 K' 2.358 K' 1.238
a 0.227 a 0.37 a 0.46 a 0.54 a 0.382
D 146.7782 D 239.242 D 297.436 D 349.164 D 247.0012 ∑D=1279.62
KG1 444.44 KG2 444.44 KG3 846.56 KG4 935.67
Kc 1066.66 Kc 1066.66 Kc 1066.66 Kc 1066.66 Kc 1066.66
K' 0.416 K' 0.833 K' 1.21 K' 1.67 K' 0.877
a 0.379 a 0.47 a 0.532 a 0.591 a 0.478
D 404.2641 D 501.3302 D 567.4631 D 630.3961 D 509.8635 ∑D=2613.31

Diagram of Determination of K',a and D Along x-axis on Axis B-B

University of Gondar Page 185


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

AXIS C

KT2 316.4 KT2 316.4 KT3 602.12 KT4 666.12 KT8 1291.45
Kc 380.8 Kc 380.8 Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 0.831 K' 1.66 K' 2.41 K' 1.96 K' 3.03
a 0.293 a 0.453 a 0.547 a 0.495 a 0.602
D 111.57 D 172.81 D 208.18 D 320.15 D 389.37 ∑D=1202.08
KI1 316.4 KI2 316.4 KI3 602.12 KI4 666.12 KI8 1291.45
Kc 380.8 Kc 380.8 Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 0.831 K' 1.66 K' 2.41 K' 1.96 K' 3.03
a 0.293 a 0.453 a 0.547 a 0.495 a 0.602
D 111.57 D 172.81 D 208.18 D 320.15 D 389.37 ∑D=1202.08
KI1 316.4 KI2 316.4 KI3 602.12 KI4 666.12 KI8 1291.45
Kc 380.8 Kc 380.8 Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 0.831 K' 1.66 K' 2.41 K' 1.96 K' 3.03
a 0.293 a 0.453 a 0.547 a 0.495 a 0.602
D 111.57 D 172.81 D 208.18 D 320.15 D 389.37 ∑D=1202.08
KI1 316.4 KI2 316.4 KI3 602.12 KI4 666.12 KI8 1291.45
Kc 380.8 Kc 380.8 Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 0.831 K' 1.66 K' 2.41 K' 1.96 K' 3.03
a 0.293 a 0.453 a 0.547 a 0.495 a 0.602
D 111.57 D 172.81 D 208.18 D 320.15 D 389.37 ∑D=1202.08
KI1 316.4 KI2 316.4 KI3 602.12 KI4 666.12 KI8 1291.45
Kc 380.8 Kc 380.8 Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 0.831 K' 1.66 K' 2.41 K' 1.96 K' 2.03
a 0.293 a 0.453 a 0.547 a 0.495 a 0.5
D 111.57 D 172.81 D 208.18 D 320.15 D 325.6
KI1 316.4 KI2 316.4 KI3 602.12 KI4 666.12
Kc 380.8 Kc 380.8 Kc 380.8 Kc 646.6 Kc 646.6
K' 0.99 K' 1.99 K' 3.57 K' 2.2 K' 1.24
a 0.333 a 0.499 a 0.64 a 0.52 a 0.382
D 105.39 D 190.3 D 244.2 D 339 D 247.3 ∑D=1126.19
KG1 444.44 KG2 444.44 KG3 846.56 KG4 935.67
Kc 628.32 Kc 628.32 Kc 628.32 Kc 1066.66 Kc 1066.66
K' 0.7 K' 1.41 K' 2.05 K' 1.67 K' 0.877
a 0.446 a 0.56 a 0.63 a 0.59 a 0.478
D 280.2 D 352.31 D 395.87 D 630.79 D 325.2 ∑D=1553.48

Diagram of Determination of K',a and D Along x-axis on Axis C-C

University of Gondar Page 186


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

4.1.6Calculation of center of stiffness for 1st Story

Then = , = ,
Calculation of center of stiffness for 1st Story

Calculation of center of stiffness for 1st story


Axis Dy X Dy*x Axis Dx y Dx*y
1 1529.24 0.00 0.00 C 1553.4 0.00 0.00
2 1529.24 6.00 9175.44 B 2613.31 4.4 11498.5
3 1310.56 12.00 15726.7 A 1309.85 8.8 11526.6
8
3‟ 972.7 15.15 14736.4
4 1529.24 18
SUM = 3837428.682 39638.54 SUM = 5476.38 23025.18
`

Xs = Σ(Dy*x)/ΣDy Ys = Σ(Dx*y)/ΣDx
=9.67 =4.2

Calculation of center of stiffness for 2nd story


Axis Dy X Dy*x Axis Dx y Dx*y
1 817.24 0.00 0.00 C 1126.19 0.00 0.00
2 817.24 6.00 4903.44 B 1279.62 4.4 5630.32
8
3 731.24 12.00 8774.88 A 532.79 8.8 4688.55
3‟ 529.39 15.15 8020.25
4 817.24 18 14710.3
2
SUM = 3712.35 36408.8 SUM = 2938.6 10318.87
9 8

Xs = Σ(Dy*x)/ΣDy Ys = Σ(Dx*y)/ΣDx
=9.8 =3.5

Calculation of center of stiffness for 3rd story


Axis Dy X Dy*x Axis Dx y Dx*y
1 742.24 0.00 0.00 C 1138.31 0.00 0.00
2 821.3 6.00 4873.8 B 1247.29 4.4 5488.07
6
3 816.75 12.00 9801 A 465.55 8.8 4096.84
3‟ 557.96 15.15 8453.1
4 742.24 18 13360.3
2
SUM = 3680.40 36488.22 SUM = 2851.15 9584.916

University of Gondar Page 187


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Xs = Σ(Dy*x)/ΣDy=9.9 Ys = Σ(Dx*y)/ΣDx=3.36

Calculation of center of stiffness for 4th,5th 6th& 7thstory


Axis Dy X Dy*x Axis Dx y Dx*y
1 742.24 0.00 0.00 C 1202.08 0.00 0.00
2 861.57 6.00 5169.42 B 1247.29 4.4 5488.07
6
3 856.3 12.00 10275.6 A 465.552 8.8 4096.84
3‟ 533.74 15.15 8086.16
4 742.24 18 13360.3
2
SUM = 3736.09 36891.5 SUM = 38147.965.9 9584.916
2
Xs = Σ(Dy*x)/ΣDy Ys = Σ(Dx*y)/ΣDx
=9.87 =3.98

4.1.7Computation of frame shear, Qi

𝑄 =Di frameΣDi frame, where V is a story shear

Computation of frame
shear in y-direction
Axis Diy Σ(Diy) V Qi
1st
1 1529.24 6870.9 3.03 0.67

2 1529.24 6870.9 3.03 0.67


3 1310.56 6870.9 3.03 0.58

3‟ 972.7 6870.9 3.03 0.43

4 1524.24 6870.9 3.03 0.67


2nd
1 817.24 3712.3 1.145 0.25

2 817.24 3712.3 1.145 0.25

3 731.24 3712.3 1.145 0.23

3‟ 529.39 3712.3 1.145 0.16

University of Gondar Page 188


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

4 817.24 3712.3 1.145 0.25


3rd
1 742.24 3680.4 3.5 0.69
2 821.31 3680.4 3.5 0.78
3 816.75 3680.4 3.5 0.78
3’ 557.96 3680.4 3.5 0.53
4 742.24 3680.4 3.5 0.69
4th
1 742.24 3736.9 68 13.5
2 861.57 3736.9 68 15.67
3 856.3 3736.9 68 15.58
3’ 533.74 3736.9 68 9.71
4 742.24 3736.9 68 13.5
5th
1 742.24 3736.9 86.85 17.25
2 861.57 3736.9 86.85 20.02
3 856.3 3736.9 86.85 19.9
3’ 533.74 3736.9 86.85 12.4
4 742.24 3736.9 86.85 17.25
6th
1 742.24 3736.9 105.7 20.99
2 861.57 3736.9 105.7 24.36
3 856.3 3736.9 105.7 24.22
3’ 533.74 3736.9 105.7 15.09
4 742.24 3736.9 105.7 20.99
7th
1 742.24 3736.9 21.62 4.29
2 861.57 3736.9 21.62 4.98
3 856.3 3736.9 21.62 4.95
3’ 533.74 3736.9 21.62 3.08
4 742.24 3736.9 21.62 4.29

Axis Diy Σ(Diy) V Qi


1st
C 1553.4 5476.38 3.03 0.859

B 2613.31 5476.38 3.03 1.446


A 1309.85 5476.38 3.03 0.72

2nd
C 126.19 2938.6 1.145 0.439
B 1279.62 2938.6 1.145 0.498

University of Gondar Page 189


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

A 532.79 2938.6 1.145 0.21


rd
3
C 1138.31 2851.15 3.5 1.397

B 1247.29 2851.15 3.5 1.53


A 465.5 2851.15 3.5 0.57

4th
C 1202.08 2914.92 68 28
B 1247.28 2914.92 68 29.75
A 465.55 2914.92 68 10.86
5th
C 1202.08 2914.92 86.85 35.86
B 1247.28 2914.92 86.85 37.16
A 465.55 2914.92 86.85 13.87
6th
C 1202.08 2914.92 105.7 43.59

B 1202.08 2914.92 105.7 45.23

A 465.55 2914.92 105.7 16.88


7th
C 1202.08 2914.92 21.62 8.9
B 1247.28 2914.92 21.62 9.26
A 465.55 2914.92 21.62 3.45

4.1.8Calculation of eccentricity

Eccentricity is the difference between the center of mass and center of stiffness of the floor
Actual eccentricity ex= xmys
Accidental eccentricity ex=ysym
For various sources of eccentricity in locating the loads and special variation of seismic
Motion, an accidental eccentricity, eli is considered in addition to actual eccentricity
eli= 0.005li
Where li-floor dimension perpendicular to the direction of seismic action
elx= 0.005lx
ely= 0.005ly
Design eccentricity
edx=ex+e1x
edy=ey+e1y

University of Gondar Page 190


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Determination of eccentricities, ei
a) Actual eccentricities, ei
- 𝑥= −, where Xs&ys-center of stiffness
- 𝑦= 𝑦 −, Xm&ym- center of mass
.
Story Xs Ys xm Ym ex ey
1st 9.67 4.2 9.61 3.6 0.06 0.60
2nd 9.8 3.5 9.7 3.34 0.1 0.16
3rd 9.9 3.34 10.38 3.36 -0.32 0.48
4th 9.87 3.98 10.36 3.41 -0.49 0.57
5th 9.87 3.98 10.36 3.41 -0.49 0.57
6th 9.87 3.98 10.36 3.41 -0.49 0.57
7th 9.87 3.98 10.36 3.41 -0.49 0.57

In addition to the actual eccentricity, in order to cover uncertainties in the location of masses
And in the spatial variation of the seismic motion, the calculated center of mass at each floor i
Shall be considered displaced from its nominal location' in each direction by an additional
Accidental eccentricity:

Where: li e - is the accidental eccentricity of storey mass i from its nominal location,
applied in the same direction at all floors,
i L - floor-dimension perpendicular to the direction of the seismic action.

Accidental eccentricities
𝐿𝑥=18.0mL
y=8.8

eli 0.05Li
𝑎 𝑥−𝑎𝑥 ; 𝑎𝑥= ±0.05 18= ±.9
𝑎 y−𝑎𝑥 ; 𝑎y= ±0.05 8.80= ±.275

Design eccentricity

story ex ey edx1 edx2 edy1 edy2


1st 0.06 0.60 0.96 -0.84 0.875 -0.215
2nd 0.1 0.16 1 -0.8 0.375 -0.175
3rd -0.49 0.57 0.41 -1.39 -0.215 -0.765
4th -0.42 0.88 0.48 -1.32 -0.145 -0.695
5th -0.42 0.88 0.48 -1.32 -0.145 -0.695
6th -0.42 0.82 0.48 -1.32 -0.145 -0.695
7th -0.32 0.48 0.58 -1.22 0.755 0.205

University of Gondar Page 191


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

4.1.9 Determination of shear correction factor for torsion


When the shear center and mass center do not concede, torsion will developed due to lateral
Force. This is also somehow amplified by inherent existence. As a result direct shear force
Obtained above need to be corrected to take this effect. The shear correction factors are
Calculated using
Yi=ys-yi
Xi=xi-xs
Jy=1+Diy*xi2)
Jx=1+Dix*yi2)
Jr=Jx+Jy
αiy αix

Axis Xi Diy Diy *Xi 2 Dix Yi Dix*Yi2


First
Storey
C 5.75 1553.4 51359.29
B 1.45 2613.31 5494.484
A 1.38 1309.85 2494.478
1 1529.34 8.82 118971
2 1529.34 1.79 4900.158
3 1310.56 1.88 4632.043
3‟ 972.7 4.73 21762.12
4 1524.24 4.97 37650.1 SUM 40144.58
Second storey
C 5.75 1126.19 37234.66
B 1.45 1279.62 2690.401
A 1.38 532.79 1014.645
1 817.24 8.82 63575.06
2 817.24 1.79 2618.519
3 731.24 1.88 2584.495

3‟ 529.39 4.73 11843.99

4 . 817.24 4.97 20186.56 SUM 21201.21


Third storey
C 5.75 1138.31 37635.37
B 1.45 1247.28 2622.406
A 1.38 465.55 886.5934
1 742.24 8.82 57740.63
2 861.57 1.79 2760.556

University of Gondar Page 192


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

3 856.3 1.88 3026.507

3' 533.74 4.73 11941.31


4 742.24 4.97 18334 SUM 19220.59

Forth storey

C 5.75 1202.08 39743.77


B 1.45 1247.28 2622.406
A 1.38 465.55 886.5934
1 742.24 8.82 57740.63
2 862.57 1.79 2763.761
3 856.3 1.88 3026.507
3' 533.74 4.73 11941.31
4 742.24 4.97 18334 SUM 19220.59
Fifth storey
C 5.75 1202.08 39743.77

B 1.45 1247.28 2622.406

A 1.38 465.55 886.5934


1 742.24 8.82 57740.63

2 862.57 1.79 2763.761


3 856.3 1.88 3026.507
3‟ 533.74 4.73 11941.31
4 742.24 4.97 18334 SUM 19220.59
Sixth storey
C 5.75 1202.08 39743.77
B 1.45 1247.28 2622.406
A 1.38 465.55 886.5934
1 742.24 8.82 57740.63
2 862.57 1.79 2763.761
3 856.3 1.88 3026.507
533.74 4.73 11941.31
3'
4 742.24 4.97 18334 SUM 19220.59
Seventh storey
C 5.75 1202.08 39743.77
B 1.45 1247.28 2622.406
A 1.38 465.55 886.5934
1 742.24 8.82 57740.63

University of Gondar Page 193


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

2 862.57 1.79 2763.761


3 856.3 1.88 3026.507

3' 533.74 4.73 11941.31


4 742.24 4.97 18334 SUM 19220.59

University of Gondar Page 194


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

edx1 edx2 Diy Jr Diy*edx1/Jr Diy*edx2/Jr edy1 edy2 Dx Dix*edy1/Jr Dix*edy2/Jr


0.96 -0.84 2613.3 40144.58 0.062494 -0.05468
0.96 -0.84 1309.9 40144.58 0.031323 -0.02741
40144.58 0.875 -0.215 1529.3 0.033334 -0.00819
40144.58 0.875 -0.215 1529.3 0.033334 -0.00819
40144.58 0.875 -0.215 1310.6 0.028565 -0.00702
40144.58 0.875 -0.215 972.7 0.021201 -0.00521
40144.58 0.875 -0.215 1524.2 0.033223 -0.00816

1 -0.8 1126.2 21201.21 0.053119 -0.0425


1 -0.8 1279.6 21201.21 0.060356 -0.04828
1 -0.8 532.79 21201.21 0.02513 -0.0201
21201.21 0.375 -0.18 817.24 0.014455 -0.00675
21201.21 0.375 -0.18 817.24 0.014455 -0.00675
21201.21 0.375 -0.18 731.24 0.012934 -0.00604
21201.21 0.375 -0.18 529.39 0.009364 -0.00437
21201.21 0.375 -0.18 817.24 0.014455 -0.00675

0.41 -1.39 1138.3 19220.59 0.024282 -0.08232


0.41 -1.39 11247 19220.59 0.239919 -0.81338
0.41 -1.39 465.55 19220.59 0.009931 -0.03367
19220.59 -0.215 -0.77 742.24 -0.0083 -0.02954
19220.59 -0.215 -0.77 861.57 -0.00964 -0.03429
19220.59 -0.215 -0.77 856.3 -0.00958 -0.03408
19220.59 -0.215 -0.77 533.74 -0.00597 -0.02124
19220.59 -0.215 -0.77 742.24 -0.0083 -0.02954

0.48 -1.32 1202.1 19220.59 0.03002 -0.08255


0.48 -1.32 1247.3 19220.59 0.031149 -0.08566
0.48 -1.32 465.55 19220.59 0.011626 -0.03197
19220.59 -0.145 -0.7 742.24 -0.0056 -0.02684
19220.59 -0.145 -0.7 861.57 -0.0065 -0.03115
19220.59 -0.145 -0.7 856.3 -0.00646 -0.03096
19220.59 -0.145 -0.7 533.74 -0.00403 -0.0193
19220.59 -0.145 -0.7 742.24 -0.0056 -0.02684

University of Gondar Page 195


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

0.48 -1.32 1202.1 19220.59 0.03002 -0.08255


0.48 -1.32 1247.3 19220.59 0.031149 -0.08566
0.48 -1.32 465.55 19220.59 0.011626 -0.03197
19220.59 -0.145 -0.7 742.24 -0.0056 -0.02684
19220.59 -0.145 -0.7 861.57 -0.0065 -0.03115
19220.59 -0.145 -0.7 856.3 -0.00646 -0.03096
19220.59 -0.145 -0.7 533.74 -0.00403 -0.0193
19220.59 -0.145 -0.7 742.24 -0.0056 -0.02684

0.48 -1.32 1202.1 19220.59 0.03002 -0.08255


0.48 -1.32 1247.3 19220.59 0.031149 -0.08566
0.48 -1.32 465.55 19220.59 0.011626 -0.03197
19220.59 -0.145 -0.7 742.24 -0.0056 -0.02684
19220.59 -0.145 -0.7 861.57 -0.0065 -0.03115
19220.59 -0.145 -0.7 856.3 -0.00646 -0.03096
19220.59 -0.145 -0.7 533.74 -0.00403 -0.0193
19220.59 -0.145 -0.7 742.24 -0.0056 -0.02684

University of Gondar Page 196


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Corrected earth quake load


StoryAxis αy1 αy2 αx1 αx2 αxmax αymax Qx Qy Final Qx Final Qy
1st C 1.013597 0.859 0.8706798
1.013597 0.8131025 2
B 1.090616 1.446 1.5770307
1.090616 0.9207113 4
A 1.043226 0.72 0.7511227
1.043226 0.9621773 2
1 1.093997 0.927759 1.093997 0.67 0.732978
2 1.059666 0.985339 1.059666 0.67 0.7099762
3 1.053701 0.986804 1.053701 0.58 0.6111466
3’ 1.000279 0.975359 1.000279 0.43 0.43012
4 1.065117 0.959428 1.065117 0.67 0.7136284
2th C 1.005435 0.439 0.4413859
1.005435 0.755652 7
B 1.087516 0.498 0.5415829
1.087516 0.9299871 7
A 1.03468 0.9722563 1.03468 0.21 0.2172828
1 1.027494 0.938803 1.027494 0.25 0.2568735
2 1.025875 0.98758 1.025875 0.25 0.2564688
3 1.024316 0.988328 1.024316 0.23 0.2355927
3’ 1.04429 0.978741 1.04429 0.16 0.1670864
4 1.071842 0.965516 1.071842 0.25 0.2679605
3rd C 1.397 1.4523477
1.039619 0.5266564 1.039619 4
B 1.53 1.5890258
1.038579 0.8692083 1.038579 7
A 0.57 0.5778112
1.013704 0.9535385 1.013704 8
1 0.926771 0.737737 0.926771 0.69 0.639472
2 0.982749 0.938217 0.982749 0.78 0.7665442
3 0.981992 0.935508 0.981992 0.78 0.7659538
3’ 0.97176 0.898862 0.97176 0.53 0.5150328
4 0.958736 0.852217 0.958736 0.69 0.6615278
4th C 28 30.034237
1.072614 0.5253118 1.072614 5
B 29.75 31.094237
1.045165 0.875795 1.045165 5
A 10.86 11.034237
1.016044 0.9558783 1.016044 5
1 0.950613 0.761579 0.950613 13.5 12.83327
2 0.988352 0.943769 0.988352 15.6 15.41829
3 0.987855 0.941371 0.987855 15.5 15.31175
3’ 0.980955 0.908056 0.980955 9.71 15.41829
4 0.972171 0.865652 0.972171 13.5 13.124308
5th C 1.072614 0.5253118 1.072614 35.86 38.46394
B 1.045165 0.875795 1.045165 37.16 38.3833

University of Gondar Page 197


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

A 1.016044 0.9558783 1.016044 13.87 14.09255


1 17.2
16.397812
0.950613 0.761579 0.950613 5
2 0.988352 0.943769 0.988352 20.0 19.786675
3 0.987855 0.941371 0.987855 19.0 18.858432
3’ 12.4 12.161932
0.980955 0.908056 0.980955 4
4 0.972171 17.2
16.76999
0.972171 0.865652 5
th
6 C 1.072614 0.5253118 1.072614 43.59 46.75552
B 45.23 47.272812
1.045165 0.875795 1.045165 1
A 1.016044 0.9558783 1.016044 16.88 17.150823
1 0.950613 0.761579 0.950613 20.9 19.953456
2 0.988352 0.943769 0.988352 24.3 24.076543
3 0.987855 0.941371 0.987855 24.2 23.925467
3’ 0.980955 0.908056 0.980955 15.1 14.803425
4 0.972171 0.865652 0.972171 20.9 20.318373
7th C 1.072614 0.5253118 1.072614 8.9 9.5462612
B 1.045165 0.875795 1.045165 9.26 9.6782134
A 1.016044 0.9558783 1.016044 3.45 3.503518
1 0.950613 0.761579 0.950613 4.29 4.0781124
2 4.98 4.9219131
0.988352 0.943769 0.988352 3
3 0.987855 0.941371 0.987855 4.95 4.889313
3’ 3.08 3.0213133
0.980955 0.908056 0.980955 3
4 0.972171 0.865652 0.972171 4.29 4.1746122

4.2 Wind Load On external Wall

In addition to earth quake load, buildings are exposed to wind load especially the roof and the
walls. So the effect of the wind on the building should be analyzed.
Wind load depend on:- Velocity of wind
 Shape of building
 Height
 Geographical location
 Texture of building surface
 Stiffness of structure
Wind load is significant on tall building.

 Reference height, 𝒁

Vertical walls of rectangular plan building

University of Gondar Page 198


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

(1) The reference height, Ze, for wall of rectangular plan buildings depends on the aspect ratio
h/b and is given in fig.A.2 for the following three cases according to EBCS-1, 1995.
a) Buildings, whose height h is less than b, shall be considered to be one part.
b) Buildings, whose height h is greater than b, but less than 2b, shall be considered to be two
parts comprising; a lower part extending up wards from the ground by height equals to b and
upper part.
c) Buildings, whose height h is greater than 2b, shall be considered to be in a multiple parts;
comprising; a lower part extending up wards from the ground by height equals to b and upper
part extending down wards from the top by a height equal to b and a middle region between the
upper and lower parts, divided in to as many horizontal strips with a maximum height of b as
desired

(2) The external pressure coefficient Cpe, 10 and Cpe, 1 for zone A, B, C, D, and E defined
below. Fig.A.3 of EBCS-1, 1995 are given in table A.1 of EBCS-1 depending on the ratio d/h.

Intermediate values may be interpolated linearly

University of Gondar Page 199


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

h=16.4m
b=12.5(length of the building, length, width)

Since h>b, 16.4>12.5, the value of Ze depends on case (a) of the above fig A.2 shall be
considered as one part.

4.2.1Determination of external wind pressure

Wind Pressure acting on external surface of a structure is

𝑊 𝑞 ( ) Where,
- = reference wind pressure.
( ) Exposure coefficient that accounts for the effect of terrain roughness, topography and
height of above the ground.
=external Pressure coefficient.

University of Gondar Page 200


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Reference wind Pressure, 𝑞 is

-𝑞
𝑞

Where, =air density


=reference wind velocity.
Vref=CDir*CTem*CAlt*Vref,0

Where, the basic value of reference velocity taken as 22 m/s.


=the direction factor to be taken as 1.0
=the altitude factor to be taken as 1.0.
CTem=the temporary (seasonal factor to be taken as 1.0.

 Exposure coefficient, Ce (Ze) is

( )= 2( ) 𝑡2( ) ( ( 𝑇 ( ) 𝑡( )))
Where, KT=Terrain factor
Ct (Z) =topography coefficient.
Cr (Z) =roughness coefficient.

Exposure coefficient, (𝒁 ) is
( ) ( ) 𝑡 ( ) ( ( 𝑇 ( ) 𝑡( )))
( ( )))

Where, KT=Terrain factor Ct (Z) =topography coefficient. Cr (Z)=roughness coefficient.

Terrain factor, KT is

For urban area in which at least 15% of the surface is covered with building and their average
height exceed 15m. EBCS-1, 1995, table 3.2)
- KT=0.24
- =1.0 m
- =16 m
Topography coefficient Cz(z)
- For topography unaffected zone, Ct(z) is unity
- Ct(z)=1

University of Gondar Page 201


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Roughness coefficient, Cr(z) is

( ) 𝑇 ( ) ( ) ( )
( )
𝑇 ( ) ( ) 𝑡( ) ( ( 𝑇 ( ) 𝑡( )))

( ( )

𝑊 𝑞 (𝑧 )

4.2.2 Determination of internal wind Pressure

𝑊 𝑞 ( )

Where, Cpi=internal pressure coefficient. WI=227.48 N/m*1.57*CPI WI=0.357 KN/m2*Cpi


But, Cpi=0.8, for pressure =-0.5, for suction EBCS 1, 1995, Page 83

Determination of 𝑊 𝑡 for wall & roof

Wind Pressure on the wall

We=0.357KN/m2*Cpe Computation of Cpe

Reference height, Ze
Computation of Cpe
Reference height, Ze
- h=16.8m
- b=19.8 (length of the building, length, width)
- since h<b, Ze=h=16.8m EBCS1,1995 Appendix A.22

h=Ze=16.8m

University of Gondar Page 202


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

16.8

e=min of (b, 2h) e=min (19.8m, 33.6m)


e=19.8m
D
Fig Plan View showing regions
- d=12.53m
- e=19.8m
- d<e

Therefore the region category is

A=e/5=19.8m/5=3.96m
B*=d-A=12.5m-3.96m=8.57m
External Pressure coefficient, Cpe
𝑃𝑎
( )

University of Gondar Page 203


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Zone A B* D E
Area A(m2) 3.96*16.8=6 8.57*16.87= 19.8*16.8= 19.8*16.8=
2 2
6.52m 143.97m 332.64 332.64
All areas are > 10m2 Therefore, Cpe=Cpe,10
- Then Cpe,10 values are taken from EBCS-1 1995, table A.1 as
 D=12.53m
 H=16.8m

d/h=12.53/16. A B* D E
8=0.94m≤1
Zone
d/h Cpe,10 Cpe,10 Cpe,10 Cpe,10
≤1 -1.0 -0.8 +0.8 -0.3

Thus, external pressure and internal pressure will be


𝑊 𝑥=0.357 / 2
Case 1

Cpi=+0.8 𝑊 =0.357 / 2

University of Gondar Page 204


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Cpe,10 𝑊 𝑥=0.357 Wi=0.357Cpi Wnet


KN/m2
(KN/m2)
A -1.0 -0.357 +0.283 -0.64
B* -0.8 -0.286 +0.286 -0.572
D +0.8 +0.286 +0.286 0
E -0.3 -0.11 +0.286 -0.396
Case 2 Cpi=-0.5

Cpe,10 𝑊 𝑥=0.357 Wi=0.357Cpi Wnet


KN/m2
(KN/m2)
A -1.0 -0.357 -0.179 -0.178
B* -0.8 -0.286 -0.179 -0.107
D +0.8 +0.286 -0.179 +0.465
E -0.3 -0.11 -0.179 +0.069

4.2.3Distribution of the wall pressure into frames

Taking a tributary area as summation of half of the area between adjacent frames and we take the
maximum value from the two cases of above.
Zone D & E

University of Gondar Page 205


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Figer 4.1 Distribution Wall Pressure on Zone A& E

University of Gondar Page 206


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Figer 4.2 Distribution Wall Pressure on Zone A& B

ZONE A & B

Computing W L (m) W (KN/m2) W (KN/m)=W


(kN/m) on frame (KN/m2)*L
using table, Axis
1 6/2=3 +0.465 +1.395
2 6+6/2=9 +0.465 +4.185
3 6/2+3.15/2=4.575 +0.465 +2.13
3‟ 3.15/2+2.85/2=3 +0.465 +1.4
4 2.85/2+1.6=3.025 +0.465 +1.41

University of Gondar Page 207


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Zone E

Computing W L (m) W (KN/m2) W (KN/m)=W


(kN/m) on frame (KN/m2)*L
using table, Axis
1 6/2=3 +0.069 +0.207
2 6+6/2=9 +0.069 +0.621
3 6/2+3.15/2=4.575 +0.069 +0.316
3‟ 3.15/2+2.85/2=3 +0.069 +0.207
4 2.85/2+1.6=3.025 +0.069 +0.209

Zone A&B

Zone A & B* Length(m) Wnet(KN/m2 Wnet*L(KN/


Axis ) m)
A L=1.8+4.4/2= - 0.572 -2.288
4
B L=(4.4/2+2.3 -0.572 -2.625
9)=4.59
C L=1.95/2+2.0 -0.64 -1.91
1=2.985

Determination of the net distributed wind load (Wnet (KN/m) on the frame

Zone D & E 𝑊 𝑡 Zone D 𝑊 𝑡 Zone E Wex net=Wex


axis D + Wex E ( )
(KN/m)
1 +1.395 +0.207 +1.602
2 +4.185 +0.621 +4.806
3 +2.13 +0.316 +2.446
3‟ +1.4 +0.207 +1.607
4 +1.41 +0.209 +1.619

Zone A & B*

Axis A Wex net= -2.288KN/m


Axis B Wex net= -2.625KN/m
Axis C Wex net= -1.91KN/m

University of Gondar Page 208


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Distribution of the frame wind load to joints


𝐹 =𝑊 𝑡 ( / )
Where Fi, force on frame joint, Wnet, net wind pressure, hi, h/2

h1 = h2 = h3 = h4 = h5 =h6 =3.3m
Values of hi
h1 =3.3/2=1.65m
h2=h3 = h4 = h5 = (3.3+3.3)/2=3.3m
h6 = (3.3/2) =1.65m

University of Gondar Page 209


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Distribution of Frame Wind Load to Joints

Axis Story Wex net Height(hi) Force (KN) 𝐹 =𝑊 𝑡


( / )
1
1 +1.602 KN/m 1.65m 2.433KN
2 +1.602 KN/m 3.3m 8.762KN
3 +1.602 KN/m 3.3m 8.76KN
4 +1.602 KN/m 3.3m 8.762KN
5 +1.602 KN/m 3.3m 8.762KN
6 +1.602 KN/m 1.65m 2.6433KN
2
1 +4.806 1.65m 7.93KN
2 +4.806 3.3m 15.86KN
3 +4.806 3.3m 15.86KN
4 +4.806 3.3m 15.86KN
5 +4.806 3.3m 15.86KN
6 +4.806 1.65m 7.93KN
3
1 +2.446 1.65m 4.036KN
2 +2.446 3.3m 8.072KN
3 +2.446 3.3m 8.072KN
4 +2.446 3.3m 8.072KN
5 +2.446 3.3m 8.072KN
6 +2.446 1.65m 4.03KN
3’
1 +1.607 1.65m 2.652KN
2 +1.607 3.3m 8.752KN
3 +1.607 3.3m 8.752KN
4 +1.607 3.3m 8.752KN
5 +1.607 3.3m 8.752KN
6 +1.607 1.65m 2.652KN
4
1 +1.619 1.65m 2.671KN
2 +1.619 3.3m 5.343KN
3 +1.619 3.3m 5.343KN
4 +1.619 3.3m 5.343KN
5 +1.619 3.3m 5.343KN
6 +1.619 1.65m 2.671KN
A
1 -2.288 1.65m -3.775KN
2 -2.288 3.3m -7.55KN
3 -2.288 3.3m -7.55KN

University of Gondar Page 210


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

4 -2.288 3.3m -7.55KN


5 -2.288 3.3m -7.55KN
6 -2.288 1.65m -3.775KN
B
1 -2.625 1.65m -4.33KN
2 -2.625 3.3m -8.66KN
3 -2.625 3.3m -8.66KN
4 -2.625 3.3m -8.66KN
5 -2.625 3.3m -8.66KN
6 -2.625 1.65m -4.33KN
C
1 -1.91 1.65m -3.152KN
2 -1.91 3.3m -6.303
3 -1.91 3.3m -6.303
4 -1.91 3.3m -6.303
5 -1.91 3.3m -6.303
6 -1.91 1.65m -3.152KN

Comparison of earth quake and lateral wind load

University of Gondar Page 211


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

AXIS A-A
3.775KN 3.5KN

7.55KN 17.15KN

7.55KN 14.09 KN

7.55KN 11.03KN

7.55KN 0.58KN

3.775KN 0.22KN

0.75KN

University of Gondar Page 212


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

AXISB-B
4.33KN 9.68KN

8.66KN 47.23KN

8.66KN 38.38KN

8.66KN 31.09KN

8.66KN 1.59KN

4.33KN 0.54KN

1.57KN

University of Gondar Page 213


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

AXISC-C
3.152KN 9.55KN

6.03KN 46.76KN

6.03KN 38.46KN

6.03KN 30.03KN

6.03KN 1.45KN

3.125KN 0.44KN

0.87KN

University of Gondar Page 214


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

AXIS 1
2.433KN 4.08KN

8.762KN 19.155KN

8.762KN 16.39 KN

8.762KN 12.83KN

8.762KN 0.64KN

2.6433KN 0.26KN

0.73KN

AXIS 2
7.93KN 4.92KN

15.86KN 24.075KN

15.86KN 19.79 KN

15.86KN 15.42KN

15.86KN 0.77KN

7.93KN 0.26KN

0.71KN

University of Gondar Page 215


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

AXIS 3'
2.652KN 3.02KN

8.752KN 14.8KN

8.752KN 12.16KN

8.752KN 15.42KN

8.752KN 0.52KN

2.652KN 0.17KN

0.43KN

University of Gondar Page 216


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Chapter Five

Frame Analysis and Design of Beam

Fig 5.1 3D frame

5.1Modeling for 3D Frame Analysis Using SAP v.14.0.00.1

Objectives:
The Objectives of these Chapter includes
o Loading calculation on each frame element
o Analysis of 3D Frame
o Sample analysis outputs are presented for investigation

University of Gondar Page 217


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

o Modeling for 3D Frame Analysis Using SAP v.14.0.00.1

General Procedure of Modeling of Frame

Step 1: Plot Grid Coordinates

Plot grid Coordinates that represent the given structural design.

Step 2: Define Material

We define two types of material those are C-30 Concrete and S-300 Rebar with their material
Properties.
C-25 : Material type: concrete
 Symmetry type: Isotropic
 Modulus of Elasticity: 24855.578 MPa
 Poisson‟s ratio: 0.2
 Shear Modulus (G):10356491
 Coefficient of Thermal Expansion: 9.9E-06
 Unit Weight: 25 KN/m3
S-300 Material type: Rebar
 Unit Weight: 7.849 KN/m3.
 Modulus of Elasticity: 1.999E+08
 Poisson‟s ratio: 0.3
 Shear Modulus (G):76903069
 Coefficient of Thermal Expansion: 1.17E-05
 Minimum Yield Stress, Fy : 260.870 MPa
 Minimum Tensile Stress, Fu: 300.000 MPa
 Directional Symmetry type: uniaxial

Step 3: Define Frame Section

We define three types of Frame Section those are


 rectangular Column (30x70 cm),
 Top tie Beam (30x25 cm),
 Floor or intermediate Beam (40x30cm), and
 Grade Beam (60x30cm)
These frame section has the C-25material and S-300 rebar defined in step 1.

Step 4: Draw the different Structural Members

Using the grid System Draw the structural Members with their Defined Frame Section
Properties. It includes assignment of Restraints (fixed Joint).

University of Gondar Page 218


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Step 5: Assignment of Loads

First, Introduce Live Load on Definition of load Pattern then


Next we assigned Fi (Story shear) as a joint load on each frame Joint. Note that We analyzed the
3D frame separately for each earthquake coming from X and Y Direction.
Finally we imposed the unfactored distributed load transferred from slab and wall on the beam
members.

Step 6: Analysis

After checking for errors we run the analysis. Finally as shown below we determined the
moments for major and minor Axis and shear Force.

Fig 5.2 Moment 3-3 diagram for Axis C-C X-direction (COMB1)

University of Gondar Page 219


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Fig 5.3Moment 3-3 diagram for Axis 4-4 Y-direction (COMB1)

University of Gondar Page 220


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

5.2Beam Design

Beams should be design in such a way that they can carry their own weight in addition to
transferring the load from slabs or roofs (in top tie beams) to the column without excessive
deflection due to moment or cracks from shear force.
We have the following given dimensions
o Top tie beam- 25cm*45cm
o Intermediate beam- 25cm*45cm
o Grade beam- 50cm*40cm

Material Data
( − 25) 𝑎 1
(𝑆− 300)

Depth determination

25 mm concrete cover for moderate weather condition taken


[EBCS-2, 1995 Art 7.1.3.6]
Minimum depth requirement for serviceability, i.e. deflection requirement is given by
 f yk  Le
d   0.4  0.6  [EBCS-2, 1995 Art5.2.3]
 400   a
Le
d  0.85
a
Beams along the chosen axis C

i) For end span  a = 24 [EBCS-2, 1995 Table5.1]

( )

ii) For interior span  a = 28 [EBCS-2, 1995 Table5.1]

( )

Considering 25mm concrete cover and using diameter 20 reinforcement bar and Ø 8 strip,
212.5+ 25 + 8 + 10 =255.5 mm < Dused

University of Gondar Page 221


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

The depth used = 450 mm in all storey beams

5.2.1Design for flexural reinforcement

General procedure of beam design for flexure


o Compute the material strength and all design constants
o Geometry determination: including effective depth calculation for serviceability
o Loading and analysis
o Check the depth for flexure and shear or collapse limit state
o Check whether T-section or rectangular beam
o For the intermediate section
o Check for double reinforcement of the web
o Calculate number of bars and decide bar arrangement
o Check available effective depth with the assumed effective depth and revise if
o the available effective depth is less than the assumed effective depth
o Reinforcement detailing If calculated> max, double reinforcement.
If calculated< min, use min.
If min< calculated< max, single reinforcement.
The beams are treated as rectangular beam with b=bw

o Area of steel For singly reinforced As= bd


For Doubly reinforced Ast=As1+As2, Ast-steel on tension zon

𝑦 ( )
( )
As”-Steel on Compression zone.

M2=Md-M1 if fs‟≥fyd, As‟=As2


M1=0.8bd2 fcd max*m(1-0.4 max*m)

Design Solution
Sample of design of beam for Flexure
Considering the beam on Axis C on Fourth Floor:
Geometry: Cross-section
The size of each beam is given to be 450x250mm for intermediate beam and Top Tie Beam
400x500mm for Grade beam.

University of Gondar Page 222


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Bending Moment Diagram

Effective depth

Assumptions: Concrete cover for beam = 25mm

Support moment 𝛷 = 𝛷20


𝛷 𝑡 = 𝛷8
O 𝑎
= + ′
′= + 𝛷 𝑡 +𝛷 /2
′ = 25 +8 +20 = 43
= − ′ = 450 − 43 = 407
= 407

University of Gondar Page 223


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

 Check whether T-section or rectangular beam For the In Intermediate section


Effective depth (be)

Since our span length is uniform

be<=min {bw +le/5, actual width}


<=min {200+6000/5, 6000}
<=min {1450, 6000}

be=1450mm

Neutral Axis

X=ρ*m*d
We have more than one maximum moments at critical section therefore we should done different
details of reinforcement with each maximum moment on finding ρ.
For the section which has negative bending moment value the section should be rectangular and
the beam width will be bw.
For the section subject to positive bending moment

 If the neutral axis leis with in the flange


 The section should be rectangular
 The beam width equals to the effective width, b e
 Y<hf
If the neutral axis lies within the web
 The section should be Tor ᴦ
 Y<hf
 The beam width will be

For T section, be ≤min bw+Le/5 For ᴦ section,be≤min bw+Le/10


Actual width Actual width

For M=1418KN.m
ρ=0.5(C1± (C12-4*M/(C2*be*d2)0.5)
=0.5(0.0869-(0.08692-4*141.8*106/(3003.04*1450*(4072)0.5)
=0.000763
ρ<ρmin therefore take ρmin=0.002

University of Gondar Page 224


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

X=ρ*m*d =0.002*141.8*407=115.4mm
Y=0.8*X =0.8*115.4=92.3mm

Thus the neutral axis is found within the flange

Y<hf , 92.3<200mm hence the section treated as Rectangular beam of width, bw=250

In the analysis of a cross section of a beam which has to resist a small axial load, the effect of the
ultimate axial load may be ignored if the axial load doesn‟t exceed 0.1 fck times the cross section
area. [EBCS-2, 1995 Art 4.3.1(2)]

A = 450 * 250 = 112,500mm2

0.1fckA = 0.1 * 20 * 112,500 = 225 KN


But the axial load is beam is <<225 KN

Maximum steel ratio according to [EBCS-2/1995 Section 7.2.1.1(3)]


 The maximum reinforcement ratio for either tensile or compressive reinforcement is
𝑎𝑥 = 0.04
Minimum steel ratio according to [EBCS-2/1995 Section 7.2.1.1(1)]
 The geometric ratio of reinforcement at any section of a beam where positive
reinforcement is required by analysis shall not be less than
= Where : 𝑦 is in MPa
0.6
 min   0.002 fyk=300Mpa [EBCS-2, 1995 Art 7.1.2]
f yk

And also shall not be greater than  max  0.04 for this special case the balanced steel ratio is
given by
0.8e cu f 0.8 * 0.0035 11.33
b  * cd  * = 0.0922
e cm  e yd f yd 0.0035  260.87 260.87
200000

However, for ductility purposed the steel ratio is reduced by 25 %

  max  0.75 b
= 0.75 * 0.0923 = 0.06922
Mmax = 141.8.00 KN-m at fourth floor Axis c in load combination one

Md = 141.8KNm

D = 450 mm

University of Gondar Page 225


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

d‟ = 25 + 20/2 + 8 = 43 mm
bw = 250mm d = 450 – 43 = 407 mm

 Check for adequacy of section

Depth requirement for ultimate flexural strength of concrete compression stress capacity

Mu
d req'd 
0.8 * b * f cd *  m(1  0.4  )
Where: -  m  0.019 Md = 141.8
m = 28.8 fcd = 11.33
b = 250 mm

141.8
d req'd 
0.8 * 250 *11.33 * 0.019 * 28.8(1  0.4 * 0.019)

= 339.46mm
 339.46 < dused which is 407mm so, the depth provided is adequate.

Asmax = ɣmbd = 0.04 * 250 * 407 = 4070 mm2



Check whether the section doubly or singly reinforced

Longitudinal reinforcement

Using design chart number1


Mu
 us  [EBCS-2, 1995 PART II, chart #1]
f cd bd 2

 For top beam member

141.8
 us   0.3022  0.295
11.33 * 250 * 407 2

Thus singly reinforcement is not enough, therefore compression reinforcement is needed.

Support moment

Mmax = 141.8.0 [negative moment]

Mu 141.80
 us    0.3022
f cd bd 2
11.33 * 250 * 407 2

University of Gondar Page 226


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Since µsds≥0.295;

Compression reinforcement is required for 0% moment redistribution µsds = 0.295 Capacity of


compression concrete and steel As1

M*us=µ*sdfcd bd2

=0.295*11.33*250*4072=138.4 mm2

For µsds=0.295, k*z=0.852

Tension steel reinforcement

As1= + +0
( )

( )
As1= + +0
( )

=1567.53 +35.09 1648.54

=1602.62mm2

No of Φ20 bars= =

=5.10 6Φ20 in two rows

Note -Revise d
D = 450 mm

d‟ = 25 + 20/2 +20+ 8 = 63 mm

bw = 250mm d = 450 – 63 = 387 mm

Check for adequacy of section

Depth requirement for ultimate flexural strength of concrete compression stress capacity

Mu
d req'd 
0.8 * b * f cd *  m(1  0.4  )
Where: -  m  0.019 Md = 141.8
m = 28.8 fcd = 11.33
b = 250 mm

University of Gondar Page 227


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

141.8
d req'd 
0.8 * 250 *11.33 * 0.019 * 28.8(1  0.4 * 0.019)

= 339.46mm
 339.46 < dused which is 387 mm so, the depth provided is adequate.

Asmax = ɣmbd = 0.04 * 250 * 387= 3870mm2

As1= + +0
( )

( )
As1= + +0
( )

=1648.54 +37.32

=1685.5mm2

No of Φ20 bars= =

=5.36 6Φ20 in two rows

Compression reinforcement

As2= , = =0.09
( )

εs2 ≥ εyd=1.73, Hence the compression reinforcement have yielded. Thusfs2=fyd

( )
As2= mm2
( )

Total No of Φ20 bar= =

=0.242 Provide 4 Φ20 in a row.

Similarly we have done the remaining beams using Excel Sheet as Tabulated below.

University of Gondar Page 228


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Reinforcement Design for flexure


Grade beam
Beam on Axis C-C

Tension φof Tension Compresio Type of


AXIS C Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx fyd kz* m*sds bar bar n bar beam Remark
support 1 7.89 357 0.018 0.018 0.023 260.87 0.991 - 85.51 1 - Single 4φ20
Span1-2 16.57 357 0.038 0.038 0.049 260.87 0.980 - 181.46 1 - Single 4φ20
support2 16.83 357 0.039 0.039 0.050 260.87 0.980 - 184.37 1 - Single 4φ20
Span3-4 24.47 357 0.056 0.056 0.073 260.87 0.971 - 270.62 1 - Single 4φ20
support3 22.05 357 0.051 0.051 0.065 260.87 0.974 - 243.12 1 - Single 6φ20
Span1-2 39.12 357 0.090 0.090 0.118 260.87 0.953 - 440.96 2 - Single 4φ20
support 40.13 357 0.093 0.093 0.122 260.87 0.951 - 452.95 2 - Single 4φ20
Span 3,-4 39.09 357 0.090 0.090 0.118 260.87 0.953 - 440.60 2 - Single 4φ20
support 47.25 357 0.109 0.109 0.145 260.87 0.942 - 538.53 2 - Single 4φ20

Beam on Axis B-B

Tension φof Tension Compresio Type of


AXIS B Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar n bar beam Remark
support 1 10 357 0.023 0.023 0.029 260.87 0.988 - 108.64 1 - Single 4φ20
Span1-2 7.16 357 0.017 0.017 0.021 260.87 0.992 - 77.53 1 - Single 4φ20
support2 27.24 357 0.063 0.063 0.081 260.87 0.968 - 302.32 1 - Single 4φ20
Span3-4 20.2 357 0.047 0.047 0.060 260.87 0.976 - 222.21 1 - Single 4φ20
support3 39.78 357 0.092 0.092 0.121 260.87 0.952 - 448.79 2 - Single 4φ20
Span1-2 45.45 357 0.105 0.105 0.139 260.87 0.944 - 516.73 2 - Single 4φ20
support 47.55 357 0.110 0.110 0.146 260.87 0.942 - 542.17 2 - Single 4φ20
Span 3'-4 33.06 357 0.076 0.076 0.099 260.87 0.960 - 369.68 2 - Single 4φ20
support 45.91 357 0.106 0.106 0.140 260.87 0.944 - 522.29 2 - Single 4φ20

Beam on Axis A-A

Tension φof Tension Compresio Type of


AXIS C Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar bar beam Remark
SupportC 31.88 357 0.074 0.074 0.096 260.87 0.962 - 355.93 2 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 42.53 357 0.098 0.098 0.129 260.87 0.948 - 481.60 2 - Single 4φ20
SupportA 48.02 357 0.111 0.111 0.147 260.87 0.941 - 547.89 2 - Single 4φ20

Beam on Axis 1-1

Tension φof Tension Compresio Type of


AXIS 1 Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx fyd kz* m*sds bar bar n bar beam Remark
SupportC 29.02 357 0.067 0.067 0.087 260.87 0.965 - 322.81 2 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 46.42 357 0.107 0.107 0.142 260.87 0.943 - 528.46 2 - Single 4φ20
SupportA 64.48 357 0.149 0.149 0.202 260.87 0.919 - 753.37 3 - Single 4φ20

University of Gondar Page 229


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Beam on Axis 2-2

Tension φof Tension Compresio Type of


AXIS 2 Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx fyd kz* m*sds bar bar n bar beam Remark
SupportC 32.1 357 0.074 0.074 0.096 260.87 0.961 - 358.49 2 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 44.44 357 0.103 0.103 0.136 260.87 0.946 - 504.54 2 - Single 4φ20
SupportA 60.38 357 0.139 0.139 0.188 260.87 0.925 - 701.19 3 - Single 4φ20

Beam on Axis 3-3

Tension φof Tension Compresio Type of


AXIS 3 Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx fyd kz* m*sds bar bar n bar beam Remark
SupportC 44.72 357 0.103 0.103 0.136 260.87 0.945 - 507.92 2 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 58.7 357 0.136 0.136 0.183 260.87 0.927 - 680.00 3 - Single 4φ20

Beam on Axis 4-4

Tension φof Tension Compresio Type of


AXIS 4 Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx fyd kz* m*sds bar bar n bar beam Remark
SupportC 49.78 357 0.115 0.115 0.153 260.87 0.939 - 569.36 2 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 54.12 357 0.125 0.125 0.167 260.87 0.933 - 622.82 2 - Single 4φ20
SupportA 58.08 357 0.134 0.134 0.181 260.87 0.928 - 672.21 3 - Single 4φ20

Ground Floor

Beam on Axis C-C

Tension φof Tension Compresio Type of


AXIS C Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar bar beam Remark
support 1 18.35 407 0.033 0.033 0.041 260.87 0.983 - 175.74 1 - Single 4φ20
Span1-2 50.6 407 0.090 0.090 0.118 260.87 0.953 - 500.16 2 - Single 4φ20
support2 105.87 407 0.188 0.188 0.263 260.87 0.895 - 1114.18 4 - Single 4φ20
Span3-4 36.6 407 0.065 0.065 0.084 260.87 0.966 - 356.71 2 - Single 4φ20
support3 83 407 0.147 0.147 0.200 260.87 0.920 - 849.83 3 - Single 4φ20
Span1-2 23.29 407 0.041 0.041 0.053 260.87 0.979 - 224.09 1 - Single 4φ20
support 61.93 407 0.110 0.110 0.146 260.87 0.942 - 619.47 2 - Single 4φ20
Span 3'-4 40.72 407 0.072 0.072 0.094 260.87 0.962 - 398.49 2 - Single 4φ20
support 62.2 407 0.110 0.110 0.147 260.87 0.941 - 622.35 2 - Single 4φ20

Beam on Axis B-B

University of Gondar Page 230


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Tension φof Tension Compresio Type of


AXIS B Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar bar beam Remark
support 1 100.15 407 0.178 0.178 0.247 260.87 0.901 - 1046.53 4 - Single 4φ20
Span1-2 145.89 407 0.259 0.259 0.382 260.87 0.847 - 1622.17 6 - Single 4φ20
support2 290.49 407 0.516 0.295 0.450 260.87 0.820 138.414 3191.05 11 1601.53 Double 11φ20
Span3-4 102.89 407 0.183 0.183 0.254 260.87 0.898 - 1078.80 4 - Single 4φ20
support3 207.71 407 0.369 0.295 0.450 260.87 0.820 138.414 2319.28 8 729.76 Double 8φ20
Span1-2 14 407 0.025 0.025 0.031 260.87 0.987 - 133.54 1 - Single 4φ20
support 80.27 407 0.143 0.143 0.193 260.87 0.923 - 819.31 3 - Single 4φ20
Span 3'-4 29.64 407 0.053 0.053 0.068 260.87 0.973 - 286.93 1 - Single 4φ20
support4 70.25 407 0.125 0.125 0.167 260.87 0.933 - 709.05 3 - Single 4φ20

Beam on Axis A-A

Tension φof Tension Compresio Type of


AXIS A Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar bar beam Remark
support 1 62.74 407 0.111 0.111 0.148 260.87 0.941 - 628.11 3 - Single 4φ20
Span1-2 83.59 407 0.148 0.148 0.202 260.87 0.919 - 856.45 3 - Single 4φ20
support2 170.63 407 0.303 0.295 0.450 260.87 0.820 138.414 1928.79 7 339.27 Double 7φ20
Span3-4 50.37 407 0.089 0.089 0.117 260.87 0.953 - 497.77 2 - Single 4φ20
support3 122.94 407 0.218 0.218 0.312 260.87 0.875 - 1322.92 5 - Single 4φ20

Beam on Axis 1-1


Tension φof Tension Compresio Type of
AXIS 1 Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar bar beam Remark
SpanC-B 39.19 407 0.070 0.070 0.090 260.87 0.964 - 382.94 2 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 97.33 407 0.173 0.173 0.239 260.87 0.904 - 1013.56 4 - Single 4φ20
SpanB-A 38.29 407 0.068 0.068 0.088 260.87 0.965 - 373.81 2 - Single 4φ20
SupportA 20.88 407 0.037 0.037 0.047 260.87 0.981 - 200.45 1 - Single 4φ20

Beam on Axis 2-2

Tension φof Tension Compresio Type of


AXIS 2 Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar bar beam Remark
SpanC-B 64.37 407 0.114 0.114 0.152 260.87 0.939 - 645.56 3 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 151.77 407 0.270 0.270 0.401 260.87 0.839 - 1702.84 6 - Single 6φ20
SpanB-A 62.06 407 0.110 0.110 0.146 260.87 0.941 - 620.86 2 - Single 4φ20
SupportA 154.52 407 0.274 0.274 0.410 260.87 0.836 - 1741.20 6 - Single 4φ20

Beam on Axis 3-3

Tension φof Tension Compresio Type of


AXIS 3 Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar bar beam Remark
SupportC 1 407 0.002 0.002 0.002 260.87 0.999 - 9.43 1 - Single 4φ20
SpanC-B 60.22 407 0.107 0.107 0.142 260.87 0.943 - 601.27 2 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 135.42 407 0.241 0.241 0.350 260.87 0.860 - 1482.74 5 - Single 5φ20
SpanB-A 34.39 407 0.061 0.061 0.079 260.87 0.968 - 334.45 2 - Single 4φ20
SupportA 108.21 407 0.192 0.192 0.269 260.87 0.892 - 1142.18 4 - Single 4φ20

Beam on Axis 3’-3’

University of Gondar Page 231


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Tension φof Tension Compresio Type of


AXIS 3' Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar bar beam Remark
SpanC-B 52.42 407 0.093 0.093 0.122 260.87 0.951 - 519.13 2 - Single 4φ20
SpanC-B 124.18 407 0.221 0.221 0.316 260.87 0.874 - 1338.51 5 - Single 5φ20

Beam on Axis 4-4

Tension φof Tension Compresio Type of


AXIS 4 Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar bar beam Remark
SpanC-B 67.71 407 0.120 0.120 0.161 260.87 0.936 - 681.52 3 - Single 4φ20
SpanC-B 145.05 407 0.258 0.258 0.380 260.87 0.848 - 1610.79 6 - Single 6φ20
SpanB-A 25.06 407 0.045 0.045 0.057 260.87 0.977 - 241.53 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportA 75.04 407 0.133 0.133 0.179 260.87 0.928 - 761.43 3 - Single 4φ20

First Floor
Beam on Axis C-C

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS C Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar siobar beam Remark
support 1 15.52 407 0.028 0.028 0.035 260.87 0.986 - 148.25 1 - Single 4φ20
Span1-2 33.19 407 0.059 0.059 0.076 260.87 0.970 - 322.40 2 - Single 4φ20
support2 75.94 407 0.135 0.135 0.182 260.87 0.927 - 771.34 3 - Single 4φ20
Span3-4 32.6 407 0.058 0.058 0.075 260.87 0.970 - 316.49 2 - Single 4φ20
support3 83.51 407 0.148 0.148 0.202 260.87 0.919 - 855.55 3 - Single 6φ20
Span1-2 34.36 407 0.061 0.061 0.079 260.87 0.968 - 334.15 2 - Single 4φ20
support 93.88 407 0.167 0.167 0.229 260.87 0.908 - 973.58 4 - Single 4φ20
Span 3,-4 30.76 407 0.055 0.055 0.070 260.87 0.972 - 298.09 1 - Single 4φ20
support 4 104 407 0.185 0.185 0.257 260.87 0.897 - 1091.95 4 - Single 4φ20

Beam on Axis B-B

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS B Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar siobar beam Remark
support 1 127.4 407 0.226 0.226 0.325 260.87 0.870 - 1379.29 5 - Single 4φ20
Span1-2 92.2 407 0.164 0.164 0.225 260.87 0.910 - 954.24 4 - Single 4φ20
support2 202.82 407 0.360 0.295 0.450 260.87 0.820 138.414 2267.78 8 678.26 Double 8φ20
Span3-4 92.6 407 0.164 0.164 0.226 260.87 0.910 - 958.84 4 - Single 4φ20
support3 198.6 407 0.353 0.295 0.450 260.87 0.820 138.414 2223.34 8 633.82 Double 8φ20
Span1-2 26.77 407 0.048 0.048 0.061 260.87 0.976 - 258.43 1 - Single 4φ20
support 90.61 407 0.161 0.161 0.221 260.87 0.912 - 936.02 3 - Single 4φ20
Span 3,-4 36.06 407 0.064 0.064 0.083 260.87 0.967 - 351.26 2 - Single 4φ20
support 4 71.21 407 0.126 0.126 0.170 260.87 0.932 - 719.50 3 - Single 4φ20

University of Gondar Page 232


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Beam on Axis A-A

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS A Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar siobar beam Remark
Support1 63.82 407 0.113 0.113 0.151 260.87 0.940 - 639.67 3 - Single 4φ20
Span1-2 100.73 407 0.179 0.179 0.248 260.87 0.901 - 1053.34 4 - Single 4φ20
Support 218.53 407 0.388 0.295 0.450 260.87 0.820 138.414 2433.23 8 843.71 Double 8φ20
Span2-3 93 407 0.165 0.165 0.227 260.87 0.909 - 963.44 4 - Single 4φ20
Support4 194.02 407 0.345 0.295 0.450 260.87 0.820 138.414 2175.11 7 585.59 Double 7φ20
Beam on Axis 1-1

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS 1 Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar siobar beam Remark
Span tC-B 30.66 407 0.054 0.054 0.070 260.87 0.972 - 297.09 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 78.24 407 0.139 0.139 0.188 260.87 0.925 - 796.76 3 - Single 4φ20
SpanB-A 32.81 407 0.058 0.058 0.075 260.87 0.970 - 318.59 2 - Single 4φ21
SupportA 14.19 407 0.025 0.025 0.032 260.87 0.987 - 135.38 1 - Single 4φ22

Beam on Axis 2-2

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS 2 Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar siobar beam Remark
Span tC-B 35.94 407 0.064 0.064 0.083 260.87 0.967 - 350.05 2 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 97.74 407 0.174 0.174 0.240 260.87 0.904 - 1018.34 4 - Single 4φ20
SpanB-A 54.93 407 0.098 0.098 0.129 260.87 0.949 - 545.40 2 - Single 4φ21
SupportA 149.11 407 0.265 0.265 0.393 260.87 0.843 - 1666.13 6 - Single 6φ22

Beam on Axis 3-3

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS 3 Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar siobar beam Remark
Span C-B 39.71 407 0.071 0.071 0.092 260.87 0.963 - 388.22 2 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 100.41 407 0.178 0.178 0.247 260.87 0.901 - 1049.58 4 - Single 4φ20
SpanB-A 40.5 407 0.072 0.072 0.093 260.87 0.963 - 396.25 2 - Single 4φ21
SupportA 122.38 407 0.217 0.217 0.310 260.87 0.876 - 1315.90 5 - Single 5φ22

University of Gondar Page 233


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Beam on Axis 3’-3’

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS 3' Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar siobar beam Remark
Span tC-B 15 407 0.027 0.027 0.034 260.87 0.986 - 143.21 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 39.46 407 0.070 0.070 0.091 260.87 0.964 - 385.68 2 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 104.09 407 0.185 0.185 0.258 260.87 0.897 - 1093.01 4 - Single 4φ20

Beam on Axis 4-4

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS 4 Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar siobar beam Remark
Span C-B 41.53 407 0.074 0.074 0.096 260.87 0.962 - 406.75 2 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 62.15 407 0.110 0.110 0.147 262.87 0.941 - 617.08 2 - Single 4φ20
SpanB-A 22.73 407 0.040 0.040 0.052 263.87 0.979 - 216.10 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportA 74.71 407 0.133 0.133 0.179 264.87 0.929 - 746.36 3 - Single 4φ20

Secondary Floor
Beam on Axis C-C

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS C Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar sion bar beam Remark
support 1 56.64 407 0.101 0.101 0.133 260.87 0.947 - 563.39 2 - Single 4φ20
Span1-2 83.82 407 0.149 0.149 0.202 260.87 0.919 - 859.04 3 - Single 4φ20
support2 167.93 407 0.298 0.295 0.450 260.87 0.820 138.414 1900.35 7 310.83 Double 7φ20
Span3-4 75.63 407 0.134 0.134 0.181 260.87 0.928 - 767.92 3 - Single 4φ20
support3 164.23 407 0.292 0.292 0.443 260.87 0.823 - 1880.07 6 - Single 6φ20
Span1-2 11.04 407 0.020 0.020 0.025 260.87 0.990 - 105.02 1 - Single 4φ20
support 75.62 407 0.134 0.134 0.181 260.87 0.928 - 767.81 3 - Single 4φ20
Span 3,-4 29.43 407 0.052 0.052 0.067 260.87 0.973 - 284.84 1 - Single 4φ20
support 153.2 407 0.272 0.272 0.406 260.87 0.838 - 1722.74 6 - Single 6φ20

Beam on Axis B-B

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS B Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar sion bar beam Remark
support 1 72.24 407 0.128 0.128 0.172 260.87 0.931 - 730.74 3 - Single 4φ20
Span1-2 9.21 407 0.016 0.016 0.021 260.87 0.992 - 87.47 1 - Single 4φ20
support2 180.1 407 0.320 0.295 0.450 260.87 0.820 138.414 2028.52 7 439.00 Double 7φ20
Span3-4 72.54 407 0.129 0.129 0.173 260.87 0.931 - 734.02 3 - Single 4φ20
support3 142.38 407 0.253 0.253 0.371 260.87 0.852 - 1574.85 6 - Single 6φ20
Span1-2 40.03 407 0.071 0.071 0.092 260.87 0.963 - 391.47 2 - Single 4φ20
support 3 28.57 407 0.051 0.051 0.065 260.87 0.974 - 276.28 1 - Single 4φ20
Span 3,-4 28.57 407 0.051 0.051 0.065 260.87 0.974 - 276.28 1 - Single 4φ20
support 63.34 407 0.112 0.112 0.150 260.87 0.940 - 634.53 3 - Single 4φ20

University of Gondar Page 234


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Beam on Axis A-A

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS A Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar sion bar beam Remark
Support1 56.72 407 0.101 0.101 0.133 260.87 0.947 - 564.23 2 - Single 4φ20
Span1-2 89.5 407 0.159 0.159 0.218 260.87 0.913 - 923.34 3 - Single 4φ20
support2 177.19 407 0.315 0.295 0.450 260.87 0.820 138.414 1997.87 7 399.57 Double 7φ20
Span 2-3 60.09 407 0.107 0.107 0.141 260.87 0.943 - 599.89 2 - Single 4φ20
support3 149.41 407 0.265 0.265 0.394 260.87 0.843 - 1670.25 6 - Single 6φ20

Beam on Axis 1-1

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS 1 Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar sion bar beam Remark
SupportC 2.13 407 0.004 0.004 0.005 260.87 0.998 - 20.10 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportC-B 25.99 407 0.046 0.046 0.059 260.87 0.976 - 250.71 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 65.99 407 0.117 0.117 0.156 260.87 0.937 - 662.97 3 - Single 4φ20
SupportB-A 29.27 407 0.052 0.052 0.067 260.87 0.973 - 283.24 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportA 19.78 407 0.035 0.035 0.045 260.87 0.982 - 189.69 1 - Single 4φ20

Beam on Axis 2-2

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS 2 Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar sion bar beam Remark
SupportC 16.64 407 0.030 0.030 0.038 260.87 0.985 - 159.11 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportC-B 50.81 407 0.090 0.090 0.118 260.87 0.953 - 502.35 2 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 114.9 407 0.204 0.204 0.288 260.87 0.885 - 1223.28 4 - Single 4φ20
SupportB-A 53.48 407 0.095 0.095 0.125 260.87 0.950 - 530.21 2 - Single 4φ20
SupportA 143.97 407 0.256 0.256 0.376 260.87 0.849 - 1596.21 6 - Single 6φ20

Beam on Axis 3-3

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS 3 Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar sion bar beam Remark
SupportC 19.23 407 0.034 0.034 0.043 260.87 0.983 - 184.32 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportC-B 35.23 407 0.063 0.063 0.081 260.87 0.968 - 342.90 2 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 93.94 407 0.167 0.167 0.230 260.87 0.908 - 974.27 4 - Single 4φ20
SupportB-A 47.6 407 0.085 0.085 0.111 260.87 0.956 - 469.07 2 - Single 4φ20
SupportA 126.11 407 0.224 0.224 0.321 260.87 0.871 - 1362.90 5 - Single 5φ20

Beam on Axis 3’-3’

University of Gondar Page 235


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS 3' Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar sion bar beam Remark
SupportC 9.56 407 0.017 0.017 0.021 260.87 0.991 - 90.82 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportC-B 33.56 407 0.060 0.060 0.077 260.87 0.969 - 326.11 2 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 85.03 407 0.151 0.151 0.206 260.87 0.918 - 872.66 3 - Single 4φ20

Beam on Axis 4-4

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS 4 Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar sion bar beam Remark
SupportC 2.51 407 0.004 0.004 0.006 260.87 0.998 - 23.69 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportC-B 31.52 407 0.056 0.056 0.072 260.87 0.971 - 305.68 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 55.46 407 0.099 0.099 0.130 260.87 0.948 - 550.97 2 - Single 4φ20
SupportB-A 15.71 407 0.028 0.028 0.035 260.87 0.986 - 150.09 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportA 65.71 407 0.117 0.117 0.156 260.87 0.938 - 659.95 3 - Single 4φ20

Third Floor
Beam on Axis C-C

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS C Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar sion bar beam Remark
support 1 39.77 407 0.071 0.071 0.092 260.87 0.963 - 388.83 2 - Single 4φ20
Span1-2 80.96 407 0.144 0.144 0.195 260.87 0.922 - 827.01 3 - Single 4φ20
support2 153.35 407 0.272 0.272 0.407 260.87 0.837 - 1724.83 6 - Single 6φ20
Span3-4 75.5 407 0.134 0.134 0.181 260.87 0.928 - 766.49 3 - Single 4φ20
support3 143.03 407 0.254 0.254 0.373 260.87 0.851 - 1583.57 6 - Single 6φ20
Span1-2 7.04 407 0.013 0.013 0.016 260.87 0.994 - 66.73 1 - Single 4φ20
support 66.24 407 0.118 0.118 0.157 260.87 0.937 - 665.66 3 - Single 4φ20
Span 3,-4 17.99 407 0.032 0.032 0.041 260.87 0.984 - 172.24 1 - Single 4φ20
support 161.83 407 0.287 0.287 0.435 260.87 0.826 - 1845.23 6 - Single 6φ20

Beam on Axis B-B

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS B Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar sion bar beam Remark
support 1 81.08 407 0.144 0.144 0.195 260.87 0.922 - 828.35 3 - Single 4φ20
Span1-2 89.83 407 0.160 0.160 0.219 260.87 0.913 - 927.10 3 - Single 4φ20
support2 67.2 407 0.119 0.119 0.159 260.87 0.936 - 676.01 3 - Single 4φ20
Span3-4 73.21 407 0.130 0.130 0.175 260.87 0.930 - 741.35 3 - Single 4φ20
support3 155.33 407 0.276 0.276 0.413 260.87 0.835 - 1752.58 6 - Single 6φ20
Span1-2 27.68 407 0.049 0.049 0.063 260.87 0.975 - 267.45 1 - Single 4φ20
support 78.3 407 0.139 0.139 0.188 260.87 0.925 - 797.42 3 - Single 4φ20
Span 3,-4 12.28 407 0.022 0.022 0.028 260.87 0.989 - 116.95 1 - Single 4φ20
support 44.88 407 0.080 0.080 0.104 260.87 0.958 - 441.04 2 - Single 4φ20

University of Gondar Page 236


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Beam on Axis A-A

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS A Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar siobar beam Remark
Support1 20.7 407 0.037 0.037 0.047 260.87 0.981 - 198.68 1 - Single 4φ20
Span1-2 88.47 407 0.157 0.157 0.215 260.87 0.914 - 911.61 3 - Single 4φ20
Support2 166.41 407 0.296 0.295 0.450 260.87 0.820 138.414 1884.35 7 294.83 Double 7φ20
Span 2-3 61.04 407 0.108 0.108 0.144 260.87 0.942 - 609.99 2 - Single 4φ20
Support3 138.51 407 0.246 0.246 0.359 260.87 0.856 - 1523.36 5 - Single 5φ20

Beam on Axis 1-1

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS 1 Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar siobar beam Remark
SupportC 2.13 407 0.004 0.004 0.005 260.87 0.998 - 20.10 1 - Single 4φ20
SpanC-B 21.92 407 0.039 0.039 0.050 260.87 0.980 - 210.64 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 54.07 407 0.096 0.096 0.126 260.87 0.949 - 536.38 2 - Single 4φ20
SpanB-A 25.9 407 0.046 0.046 0.059 260.87 0.976 - 249.82 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportA 19.79 407 0.035 0.035 0.045 260.87 0.982 - 189.79 1 - Single 4φ20

Beam on Axis 2-2

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS 2 Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar siobar beam Remark
SupportC 16.64 407 0.030 0.030 0.038 260.87 0.985 - 159.11 1 - Single 4φ20
SpanC-B 48.36 407 0.086 0.086 0.112 260.87 0.955 - 476.92 2 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 102.55 407 0.182 0.182 0.253 260.87 0.899 - 1074.78 4 - Single 4φ20
SpanB-A 53.02 407 0.094 0.094 0.124 260.87 0.950 - 525.40 2 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 143.97 407 0.256 0.256 0.376 260.87 0.849 - 1596.21 6 - Single 6φ20

Beam on Axis 3-3

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS 3 Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar siobar beam Remark
SupportC 9.52 407 0.017 0.017 0.021 260.87 0.991 - 90.44 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 12.74 407 0.023 0.023 0.029 260.87 0.989 - 121.38 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 16.03 407 0.028 0.028 0.036 260.87 0.986 - 153.19 1 - Single 4φ20

University of Gondar Page 237


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Beam on Axis 3’-3’

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS 3' Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar siobar beam Remark
SupportC 19.03 407 0.034 0.034 0.043 260.87 0.983 - 182.37 1 - Single 4φ20
SpanB 29.52 407 0.052 0.052 0.067 260.87 0.973 - 285.73 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 69.51 407 0.123 0.123 0.165 260.87 0.934 - 701.01 3 - Single 4φ20

Beam on Axis 4-4


φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS 4 Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar siobar beam Remark
SupportC 16.59 407 0.029 0.029 0.037 260.87 0.985 - 158.63 1 - Single 4φ20
SpanC-B 28.49 407 0.051 0.051 0.065 260.87 0.974 - 275.49 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 48.06 407 0.085 0.085 0.112 260.87 0.955 - 473.82 2 - Single 4φ20
SanB-A 13.43 407 0.024 0.024 0.030 260.87 0.988 - 128.04 1 - Single 4φ20

Fourth Floor
Beam on Axis C-C

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS C Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar sion bar beam Remark
support 1 62.87 407 0.112 0.112 0.148 260.87 0.941 - 629.50 3 - Single 4φ20
Span1-2 82.85 407 0.147 0.147 0.200 260.87 0.920 - 848.15 3 - Single 4φ20
support2 141.83 407 0.252 0.252 0.369 260.87 0.852 - 1567.49 5 - Single 5φ20
Span3-4 75.44 407 0.134 0.134 0.181 260.87 0.928 - 765.83 3 - Single 4φ20
support3 130.8 407 0.232 0.232 0.335 260.87 0.866 - 1422.81 5 - Single 5φ20
Span1-2 52.64 407 0.093 0.093 0.123 260.87 0.951 - 521.42 2 - Single 4φ20
support 3 12.86 407 0.023 0.023 0.029 260.87 0.988 - 122.54 1 - Single 4φ20
support 4 139.83 407 0.248 0.248 0.363 260.87 0.855 - 1540.84 5 - Single 5φ20

Beam on Axis B-B

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS B Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar sion bar beam Remark
support 1 59.98 407 0.107 0.107 0.141 260.87 0.944 - 598.72 2 - Single 4φ20
Span1-2 9.74 407 0.017 0.017 0.022 260.87 0.991 - 92.54 1 - Single 4φ20
support2 152.94 407 0.272 0.272 0.405 260.87 0.838 - 1719.11 6 - Single 6φ20
Span3-4 72.89 407 0.129 0.129 0.174 260.87 0.930 - 737.84 3 - Single 4φ20
support3 141.38 407 0.251 0.251 0.368 260.87 0.853 - 1561.48 5 - Single 5φ20
Span1-2 10.27 407 0.018 0.018 0.023 260.87 0.991 - 97.63 1 - Single 4φ20
support 61.17 407 0.109 0.109 0.144 260.87 0.942 - 611.37 2 - Single 4φ20
Span 3,-4 3.91 407 0.007 0.007 0.009 260.87 0.997 - 36.96 1 - Single 4φ20
support 4 20.43 407 0.036 0.036 0.046 260.87 0.982 - 196.04 1 - Single 4φ20

University of Gondar Page 238


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Beam on Axis A-A

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS A Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar sion bar beam Remark
Support1 4.83 407 0.009 0.009 0.011 260.87 0.996 - 45.69 1 - Single 4φ20
Span1-2 90.48 407 0.161 0.161 0.220 260.87 0.912 - 934.53 3 - Single 4φ20
Support2 150.55 407 0.267 0.267 0.397 260.87 0.841 - 1685.96 6 - Single 6φ20
Span 2-3 61.09 407 0.109 0.109 0.144 260.87 0.942 - 610.52 2 - Single 4φ20
Support3 121.08 407 0.215 0.215 0.306 260.87 0.877 - 1299.65 5 - Single 5φ20

Beam on Axis 1-1

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS 1 Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar sion bar beam Remark
SupportC 2.13 407 0.004 0.004 0.005 260.87 0.998 - 20.10 1 - Single 4φ20
SpanC-B 19.98 407 0.035 0.035 0.045 260.87 0.982 - 191.64 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 41.97 407 0.075 0.075 0.097 260.87 0.961 - 411.24 2 - Single 4φ20
SpanB-A 24.34 407 0.043 0.043 0.055 260.87 0.978 - 234.43 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportA 19.97 407 0.035 0.035 0.045 260.87 0.982 - 191.55 1 - Single 4φ20

Beam on Axis 2-2

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS 2 Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar sion bar beam Remark
SupportC 16.64 407 0.030 0.030 0.038 260.87 0.985 - 159.11 1 - Single 4φ20
SpanC-B 47.64 407 0.085 0.085 0.111 260.87 0.956 - 469.48 2 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 90.26 407 0.160 0.160 0.220 260.87 0.912 - 932.02 3 - Single 4φ20
SpanB-A 52.86 407 0.094 0.094 0.123 260.87 0.951 - 523.72 2 - Single 4φ20
SupportA 131.19 407 0.233 0.233 0.337 260.87 0.865 - 1427.83 5 - Single 5φ20

Beam on Axis 3-3

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS 3 Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar sion bar beam Remark
SupportC 42.25 407 0.075 0.075 0.098 260.87 0.961 - 414.10 2 - Single 4φ20
SpanC-B 31.68 407 0.056 0.056 0.072 260.87 0.971 - 307.28 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 66.06 407 0.117 0.117 0.156 260.87 0.937 - 663.72 3 - Single 4φ20
SpanB-A 46.2 407 0.082 0.082 0.107 260.87 0.957 - 454.62 2 - Single 4φ20
SupportA 92.78 407 0.165 0.165 0.227 260.87 0.909 - 960.91 4 - Single 4φ20

Beam on Axis 3’-3’

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS 3' Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar sion bar beam Remark
SupportC 33.46 407 0.059 0.059 0.077 260.87 0.969 - 325.11 2 - Single 4φ20
SpanC-B 28.75 407 0.051 0.051 0.066 260.87 0.974 - 278.07 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 53.21 407 0.095 0.095 0.124 260.87 0.950 - 527.38 2 - Single 4φ20

University of Gondar Page 239


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Beam on Axis 4-4

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS 4 Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar sion bar beam Remark
SupportC 27.73 407 0.049 0.049 0.063 260.87 0.975 - 267.94 1 - Single 4φ20
SpanC-B 29.63 407 0.053 0.053 0.068 260.87 0.973 - 286.83 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 39.67 407 0.070 0.070 0.091 260.87 0.963 - 387.81 2 - Single 4φ20
SpanB-A 10.11 407 0.018 0.018 0.023 260.87 0.991 - 96.09 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportA 43.63 407 0.077 0.077 0.101 260.87 0.960 - 428.22 2 - Single 4φ20

Top Tie Beam


Beam on Axis C-C

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS C Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar sion bar beam Remark
support 1 26.56 407 0.047 0.047 0.060 260.87 0.976 - 256.35 1 - Single 4φ20
Span1-2 20.43 407 0.036 0.036 0.046 260.87 0.982 - 196.04 1 - Single 4φ20
support2 17.45 407 0.031 0.031 0.039 260.87 0.984 - 166.98 1 - Single 4φ20
Span3-4 20.67 407 0.037 0.037 0.047 260.87 0.981 - 198.39 1 - Single 4φ20
support3 34.35 407 0.061 0.061 0.079 260.87 0.969 - 334.05 2 - Single 4φ20
Span1-2 20.05 407 0.036 0.036 0.045 260.87 0.982 - 192.33 1 - Single 4φ20
support 3 22.33 407 0.040 0.040 0.051 260.87 0.980 - 214.66 1 - Single 4φ20
support 4 17.33 407 0.031 0.031 0.039 260.87 0.984 - 165.81 1 - Single 4φ20
Support4 1.43 407 0.003 0.003 0.003 260.87 0.999 - 13.49 1 - Single 4φ20

Beam on Axis B-B

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS B Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar sion bar beam Remark
support 1 32.21 407 0.057 0.057 0.074 260.87 0.971 - 312.58 1 - Single 4φ20
Span1-2 25.05 407 0.044 0.044 0.057 262.87 0.977 - 239.59 1 - Single 4φ20
support2 17.03 407 0.030 0.030 0.038 264.87 0.985 - 160.44 1 - Single 4φ20
Span3-4 30.8 407 0.055 0.055 0.070 265.87 0.972 - 292.88 1 - Single 4φ20
support3 17.47 407 0.031 0.031 0.039 266.87 0.984 - 163.42 1 - Single 4φ20
Span1-2 1.94 407 0.003 0.003 0.004 267.87 0.998 - 17.83 1 - Single 4φ20
support 3 0.41 407 0.001 0.001 0.001 268.87 1.000 - 3.75 1 - Single 4φ20

University of Gondar Page 240


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Beam on Axis A-A

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS A Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar sion bar beam Remark
support 1 28.95 407 0.051 0.051 0.066 260.87 0.974 - 280.06 1 - Single 4φ20
Span1-2 10.23 407 0.018 0.018 0.023 262.87 0.991 - 96.50 1 - Single 4φ20
support2 20.52 407 0.036 0.036 0.046 263.87 0.981 - 194.68 1 - Single 4φ20
Span3-4 8.32 407 0.015 0.015 0.019 264.87 0.993 - 77.76 1 - Single 5φ20
support3 40.8 407 0.072 0.072 0.094 265.87 0.962 - 391.80 2 - Single 4φ20
Span1-2 58.89 407 0.105 0.105 0.138 266.87 0.945 - 573.96 2 - Single 4φ20
support 3 0.03 407 0.000 0.000 0.000 267.87 1.000 - 0.28 1 - Single 4φ20
support 4 8.05 407 0.014 0.014 0.018 268.87 0.993 - 74.10 1 - Single 4φ20

Beam on Axis 1-1

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS 1 Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar sion bar beam Remark
SupportC 0.45 407 0.001 0.001 0.001 260.87 1.000 - 4.24 1 - Single 4φ20
SpanC-B 6.39 407 0.011 0.011 0.014 260.87 0.994 - 60.53 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 4.39 407 0.008 0.008 0.010 260.87 0.996 - 41.51 1 - Single 4φ20
SpanB-A 9.86 407 0.018 0.018 0.022 260.87 0.991 - 93.69 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportA 12.36 407 0.022 0.022 0.028 260.87 0.989 - 117.72 1 - Single 4φ20

Beam on Axis 2-2

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS 2 Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar sion bar beam Remark
SupportC 13.07 407 0.023 0.023 0.029 260.87 0.988 - 124.56 1 - Single 4φ20
SpanC-B 19.3 407 0.034 0.034 0.044 260.87 0.983 - 185.00 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 48.02 407 0.085 0.085 0.112 260.87 0.955 - 473.41 2 - Single 4φ20

Beam on Axis 3-3

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS 2 Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar sion bar beam Remark
SupportC 13.07 407 0.023 0.023 0.029 260.87 0.988 - 124.56 1 - Single 4φ20
SpanC-B 19.3 407 0.034 0.034 0.044 260.87 0.983 - 185.00 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 48.02 407 0.085 0.085 0.112 260.87 0.955 - 473.41 2 - Single 4φ20
Beam on Axis 3’-3’

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS 3 Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar sion bar beam Remark
SupportC 9.52 407 0.017 0.017 0.021 260.87 0.991 - 90.44 1 - Single 4φ20
SpanC-B 12.74 407 0.023 0.023 0.029 260.87 0.989 - 121.38 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 16.03 407 0.028 0.028 0.036 260.87 0.986 - 153.19 1 - Single 4φ20

University of Gondar Page 241


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Beam on Axis 4-4

φof
Tension Tension Compre Type of
AXIS 4 Msd d' μsds μ*sds kx f yd kz* m*sds bar bar sion bar beam Remark
SpanC-B 0.28 407 0.000 0.000 0.001 260.87 1.000 - 2.64 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportB 4.17 407 0.007 0.007 0.009 260.87 0.996 - 39.42 1 - Single 4φ20
SpanB-A 10.47 407 0.019 0.019 0.023 260.87 0.991 - 99.55 1 - Single 4φ20
SupportA 24.06 407 0.043 0.043 0.055 260.87 0.978 - 231.67 1 - Single 4φ20

Doubly Reinforced Beams Design for Flexure

Note -for the Double Reinforced Tension Section the Effective depth is Revised for beams with
two raw of reinforcement.
d D = 450 mm

d‟ = 25 + 20/2 +20+ 8 = 63 mm

bw = 250mm d = 450 – 63 = 387 mm

The Beams Design for Flexure with revised depth d is done with Excel Sheet Tabulated Below

Remark Remark
Storey Location Msd bw Kz m*sds M2 As1 As2 Astot As' Astot As'
Grade beam Axis B 209.4 0.25 0.8525 138.140 71.260 1503.65 1657.4 3161.05 1601.53 11φ20 4φ20
Axis B 198.6 0.25 0.8525 138.140 60.460 1503.65 729.76 2233.41 729.76 8φ20 4φ20
Axis A 218.53 0.25 0.8525 138.140 80.390 1503.65 339.27 1842.92 339.27 7φ20 4φ20
First Floor Axis A 218.3 0.25 0.8525 138.140 80.160 1503.65 678.26 2181.91 678.26 8φ20 4φ20
Axis A 194.02 0.25 0.8525 138.140 55.880 1503.65 633.82 2137.47 633.82 8φ20 4φ20
Axis B 202.82 0.25 0.8525 138.140 64.680 1503.65 843.71 2347.36 843.71 7φ20 4φ20
Axis B 198.6 0.25 0.8525 138.140 60.460 1503.65 585.59 2089.24 585.59 7φ20 4φ20
Second FloorAxis A 177.19 0.25 0.8525 138.140 39.050 1503.65 310.83 1814.48 310.83 7φ20 4φ20
Axis B 180.1 0.25 0.8525 138.140 41.960 1503.65 439 1942.65 439 7φ20 4φ20
Axis C 167.39 0.25 0.8525 138.140 29.250 1514.32 399.57 1913.89 399.57 7φ20 4φ20

5.2.3Beam design for shear

Shear force is present in beams where there is a change in bending moment along the span. Shear
force in beam generally developed in combination with bending moment. Beams sections are
subjected to shear force in addition to flexural action. Shear is resisted by the combination of the
action of the following:

 Shear resistance of concrete in compression zone


 Shear reinforcement (stirrup)
 Aggregate interlocking across inclined tension zone
Resistance to a diagonal tension is obtained as the sum of the resistance of the web reinforcement
and the concrete section.

University of Gondar Page 242


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Critical section for shear is at a distance d from the face of the supports. Sections closer than d
shall be designed for the shear at d.
In order to prevent diagonal compression failure in concrete, the shear resistance of a section,
𝑅 shall not be less than the design shear force developed in a member due to factored design
load.
𝑅 = 0.25
If the design shear is greater than the shear resistance of the section we should change cross-
section of beam or use high quality material to increase concrete shear resisting capacity.
EBCS provision for shear design of beam
𝑆= 𝑦 EBCS-2/1995, Section 7.2.1.2
= −
= 0.25 𝑡 1 2
Where: 1 = 1 + 50 ≤ 2.0
2 = 1.6 − ≥ 1.0, . For members where more than 50% of the bottom reinforcement
is curtailed, 2 = 1.
=

= area of the tensile reinforcement anchored beyond the intersection of the steel and the line of
a possible 450 crack starting from the edge of the section.(EBCS-2)
= the area of tension reinforcement extending not less than + , beyond the section
considered.(Euro Code -2).
The maximum spacing based on EBCS-2/1995 Section 7.2.1.2(2)
The maximum spacing 𝑆 𝑎𝑥 between stirrups, in the longitudinal direction, shall be given
below:

General design procedure of shear design for beam

o Determine the shear strength of concrete in both compression and tension zone
o Determine design shear force from analysis result
o If ≤ provide minimum reinforcement
o If < < 𝑅 : compare with
o If < Calculate resistance of concrete plus minimum shear reinforcement and then
design for shear beyond minimum shear resistance capacity value = −

Critical shear force at the left and right of the beam are joined by a straight line to find the shear
force diagram of the beam.
The minimum web reinforcement

University of Gondar Page 243


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

ɣmin=0.5/fyk= 0.5/300 = 0.0013 [EBCS-2, 1995 Art7.2.1.2]

The max spacing between stirrups, in the longitudinal direction shall be as given below

Smax = 0.5d < 250 mm, if Vsd< 2/3 VRd


Smax = 0.3d < 170 mm, if Vsd > 2/3 VRd

Where: - Vsd=shear along a periphery of critical section


VRd=shear resistance of section limiting value of ultimate shear force for prevention of
diagonal compression failure in concrete, the shear resistance VRd of a section given by the
following equation shall not be less than the applied shear force, Vsd
VRd = 0.25 fcd bwd
Where: - bw is the minimum width of the beam shear resistance of concrete in beams.

Vc=0.25 fctd k1k2 bwd

Fig 5.4 Shear force diagram

University of Gondar Page 244


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Shear reinforcement

Sample example for shear design

Step 1- Design constant are calculated in the above


Step 2-Concrete shear capacity (Vc)

When shear reinforcement perpendicular to the longitudinal axis is used its shear resistance Vs
may be calculated as
Vs=
Where: - Av = Area of shear reinforcement at distances s in the Member
Vc=0.25 fctd k1k2 bwd [EBCS-2, 1995 Art 4.5.3.1(4.29)]

0.5
 Where: - As area of reinforcement
fyk
0.5
 = 0.0017
300
K1 = (1 + 50ɣ) < 2.0 , K1 = 1.083
K2 = (1.6-d) < 1.0 , K2 = 1.213

Vc = 0.25 * 1.031 * 1.083 * 1.213 * 250* 387= 32.799KN

Step 3- Diagonal compression capacity of concrete (Vrd)


VRD = 0.25 * fcd * bw * d= 0.25 * 11.33 * 250 * 387 = 274.23 KN
Vsd < VRD No diagonal compression failure
Vsd= critical shear force at „d‟ distance from face of support

I.e. d + column size/2


= 0.387 + 0.4/2 = 0.587m

For Axis C Span 1-2

Considering similarity of triangles


( )
Vsd left = = 110.65KN
( )
Vsd right= 117.45KN
= 182.82KN

Vsdright =117.45KN <182.82


Vsdleft=110.65 KN<182.82

Case 2-Vsd < Smax=min (0.5d and 300mm) [EBCS-2, 1995 Art 4.5.4]

University of Gondar Page 245


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Vsd<Vrd No Diagonal Compression failure.


 Smax = d/ 2= 0.5* 387= 193.5 mm
Capacity when F 8 c/c 190 mm used
=26.7KN

Case-1for shear less than vcwe provide maximum spacing

S= = =43.51Consider Ø8 c/c 40
VTotal = Vs + Vc = 26.7+ 32.79 = 59.49KN<Vsd

Provide Ø 8 c/c 40 for the whole span

For Axis C Span 2-3

Considering similarity of triangles


( )
Vsd left = = 108.28KN
( )
Vsd right= 93.89KN
= 182.82KN

Vsdright =93.89<182.82
Vsdleft=108.28KN<182.82
Case 2-Vsd < Smax=min(0.5d and 300mm) [EBCS-2, 1995 Art 4.5.4]

No Diagonal Compression failure.


 Smax = d/ 2= 0.5* 387= 193.5 mm
Capacity when F 8 c/c 190 mm used
Vsd>Vc, apply Reinforcement to the web, Therefore
 Smax = d/ 2= 0.5* 387= 193.5mm use Smax=190

=26.7KN
VTotal = Vs + Vc = 26.7+ 35.07 = 59.49KN

Case-1for shear less than Vcwe provide maximum spacing

S= = =47.2 Consider Ø8 c/c 45mm


Provide Ø 8 c/c 50mm Stirrup for the whole span

University of Gondar Page 246


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

For Axis C Span 3-3’

Considering similarity of triangles


( )
Vsd left = = 10.03KN
( )
Vsd right= 33.16KN
= 182.82KN

Vsdright =33.16 <182.82


Vsdleft=10.03<182.82

Case 2-Vsd < Smax=min (0.5d and 300mm) [EBCS-2, 1995 Art 4.5.4]

No Diagonal Compression failure.


 Smax = d/ 2= 0.5* 387= 193.5 mm
Capacity when F 8 c/c 190 mm
Vsd>Vc, apply Reinforcement to the web, Therefore
 Smax = d/ 2= 0.5* 387= 193.5mm use Smax=190mm

=26.67KN
VTotal = Vs + Vc = 26.67+ 32.79 = 59.49KN> Vsd

Provide Ø 8 c/c 190mm Stirrup for the whole span

For Axis C Span 3-4

Considering similarity of triangles


( )
Vsd left = = 23.21KN
( )
Vsd right= 41.1KN
= 182.82KN

Vsdright =41.1KN <182.82


Vsdleft=23.21KN<182.82

Case 2-Vsd < Smax=min (0.5d and 300mm) [EBCS-2, 1995 Art 4.5.4]

No Diagonal Compression failure.


 Smax = d/ 2= 0.5* 387= 193.5 mm
Capacity when F 8 c/c 190 mm

University of Gondar Page 247


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Vsd>Vc ,apply Reinforcement to the web, Therefore


 Smax = d/ 2= 0.5* 407= 193.5mm use Smax=190mm

=26.67KN
VTotal = Vs + Vc = 26.67+ 32.79 = 59.49KN>Vsd

Provide Ø 8 c/c 190mm Stirrup for the whole span

For Axis C Cantilever Span

Considering similarity of triangles


( )
Vsdleft = = 14.1KN
= 182.82KN

Vsdleft=14.1KN<182.82

Case 2-Vsd < Smax=min (0.5d and 300mm) [EBCS-2, 1995 Art 4.5.4]
No Diagonal Compression failure.
 Smax = d/ 2= 0.5* 387= 193.5 mm
Capacity when F 8 c/c 200 mm
Vsd>Vc ,apply Reinforcement to the web, Therefore
 Smax = d/ 2= 0.5* 387= 193.5mm use Smax=190mm

=26.67KN
VTotal = Vs + Vc = 26.67+ 32.79 = 59.49KN>Vsd

Provide Ø 8 c/c 190mm Stirrup for the span.

Similarly we have done the remaining beams using Excel Sheet as Tabulated below and the
distance from the face of the column that we took can be expressed using these simple diagram.

University of Gondar Page 248


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

V1 L-x V1 L-X
Vsd1 vsd,smax d
b
a
c vsd,smax
X Vsd2 V2

Shear Beam Design for Grade Beam

Axis C-C

Axis C-C ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax VsmaxVsdmaxVs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis C 1&2 5.492 5.49 6 3.00 98.42 98.42 2.14 2.14 3.9231 3.92312 505.6 109.7 170 70.50 180.17 -105.75 170 -105.746 170
Axis C 2&3 7.753 7.75 6 3.00 69.72 69.72 2.14 2.14 5.5382 5.53823 505.6 109.7 170 70.50 180.17 -104.13 170 -104.131 170
Axis C 3&3' 25.18 25.2 3.2 1.58 11.27 11.27 0.72 0.72 11.479 11.4789 505.6 109.7 170 70.50 180.17 -98.191 170 -98.1906 170
Axis C 3'-4 30.29 30.3 2.9 1.43 8.476 8.476 0.57 0.57 12.076 12.0726 505.6 109.7 170 70.50 180.17 -97.594 170 -97.5969 170

Axis B-B

Axis B-B ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax VsmaxVsdmaxVs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis B 1&2 6.07 15.9 6 1.66 49.27 49.27 0.80 3.48 2.9362 12.7362 505.6 109.7 170 70.50 180.17 -106.73 170 -96.9333 170
Axis B 2&3 0.98 21 6 0.27 49.27 49.27 -0.59 4.87 -2.1538 17.8262 505.6 109.7 170 70.50 180.17 -111.82 170 -91.8433 170
Axis B 3&3' 23.77 35.3 3.2 1.27 9.611 9.611 0.41 1.02 7.7047 19.2147 505.6 109.7 170 70.50 180.17 -101.96 170 -90.4549 170
Axis B 3'-4 22.5 32.9 2.9 1.16 9.262 9.262 0.30 0.84 5.8291 16.2691 505.6 109.7 170 70.50 180.17 -103.84 170 -93.4004 170

Axis A-A
University of Gondar Page 249
STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Axis A-A ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax VsmaxVsdmaxVs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis A 1&2 4.907 4.91 6 3.00 110.2 110.2 2.14 2.14 3.5052 3.50523 505.6 109.7 170 70.50 180.17 -106.16 170 -106.164 170
Axis A 2&3 10.47 10.5 6 3.00 51.62 51.62 2.14 2.14 7.4791 7.47907 505.6 109.7 170 70.50 180.17 -102.19 170 -102.19 170
Axis A 3'-4 12.49 12.5 2.9 1.43 20.56 20.56 0.57 0.57 4.9785 4.97847 505.6 109.7 170 70.50 180.17 -104.69 170 -104.691 170

Axis 1-1

Axis 1-1 ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax VsmaxVsdmaxVs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 1 B&C 14.49 14.5 4.4 2.20 27.35 27.35 1.34 1.34 8.8455 8.84549 505.6 109.7 170 70.50 180.17 -100.82 170 -100.824 170
Axis 1 A&b 20.58 20.6 4.4 2.20 19.26 19.26 1.34 1.34 12.563 12.5632 505.6 109.7 170 70.50 180.17 -97.106 170 -97.1064 170

Axis 2-2

Axis 2-2 ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax VsmaxVsdmaxVs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 2 A&b 7.52 23.6 4.4 1.06 25.47 25.47 0.21 2.48 1.4567 17.5467 505.6 109.7 170 70.50 180.17 -108.21 170 -92.1228 170
Axis 2 B&C 17.61 33.4 4.4 1.52 15.55 15.55 0.66 2.02 7.6805 23.4405 505.6 109.7 170 70.50 180.17 -101.99 170 -86.229 170

Axis 3-3

Axis 3-3 ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax VsmaxVsdmaxVs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 3 B&C 8.14 25.2 4.4 1.07 23.75 23.75 0.22 2.47 1.6385 18.7385 505.6 109.7 170 70.50 180.17 -108.03 170 -90.931 170
Axis 3 A&b 15.78 31.9 4.4 1.46 16.64 16.64 0.60 2.09 6.4999 22.5859 505.6 109.7 170 70.50 180.17 -103.17 170 -87.0836 170

Ground Floor
Axis C-C

Axis C-C ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axisV1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis C 1&2 64 80.498 6 2.66 5.083 5.083 2.00 2.68 48.2 64.67218 288.2069 62.51469 200 59.93 122.44 -14.3105 200 2.157493 200
Axis C 2&3 62 74.915 6 2.72 5.3641 5.3641 2.01 2.63 45.9 59.91843 288.2069 62.51469 200 59.93 122.44 -16.6126 200 -2.59626 200
Axis C 3&3' 6.44 47.64 3.15 0.37 7.1323 7.1323 -0.33 2.12 -5.7 36.36129 288.2069 62.51469 200 59.93 122.44 -68.2157 200 -26.1534 200
Axis C 3'-4 13.8 62.654 2.85 0.51 4.5654 4.5654 -0.19 1.68 -5.18 45.03395 288.2069 62.51469 200 59.93 122.44 -67.6957 200 -17.4807 200

Axis B-B

University of Gondar Page 250


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Axis B-BB ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axisV1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis B 1&2 290 274.01 6 3.09 1.727 1.727 2.43 2.26 228.4 212.2294 288.2069 62.51469 120 99.88 162.39 165.8867 70 149.7147 80
Axis B 2&3 193 202.36 6 2.93 1.8567 1.8567 2.22 2.41 146.7 159.0352 288.2069 62.51469 200 59.93 122.44 84.16337 140 96.52054 120
Axis B 3&3' 35 84.62 3.15 0.92 3.2245 3.2245 0.21 1.57 8.144 59.67277 288.2069 62.51469 200 59.93 122.44 -54.3705 200 -2.84192 200
Axis B 3'-4 0.82 70.68 2.85 0.03 4.8805 4.8805 -0.67 2.16 -16.9 54.19737 288.2069 62.51469 200 59.93 122.44 -79.4317 200 -8.31732 200

Axis A- A

Axis A-AA ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axisV1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis A 1&2 134 157.74 6 2.76 2.5158 2.5158 2.10 2.58 102.3 125.7649 288.2069 62.51469 200 59.93 122.44 39.78021 200 63.25021 180
Axis A 2&3 92.1 107.59 6 2.77 3.6793 3.6793 2.06 2.58 68.55 85.72603 288.2069 62.51469 200 59.93 122.44 6.038409 200 23.21133 200
Axis A 3&4 183 52.236 3.15 2.45 1.6403 1.6403 1.74 0.04 130.1 3.193349 288.2069 62.51469 200 59.93 122.44 67.61034 170 -59.3213 200

Axis 1- 1
Axis 1-1 ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axisV1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 1 B&C 40 90.025 4.4 1.35 6.0955 6.0955 0.50 2.19 14.7 64.69383 505.6013 109.6695 170 70.50 180.17 -94.9707 170 -44.9757 170
Axis 1 A&b 61.8 107.39 4.4 1.61 4.6845 4.6845 0.75 1.94 28.88 74.427 505.6013 109.6695 170 70.50 180.17 -80.7905 170 -35.2425 170
Axis 1 C& canti 23.2 0 1.65 1.65 12.813 3.26 0.79 -0.86 11.15 0 505.6013 109.6695 170 70.50 180.17 -98.5185 170 -109.67 170

Axis 2-2

Axis 2-2 ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axisV1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 2 B&C 160 160.53 4.4 2.20 2.4703 2.4703 1.34 1.34 97.88 98.02548 505.6013 109.6695 170 70.50 180.17 -11.794 170 -11.644 170
Axis 2 A&b 125 170.92 4.4 1.86 2.6749 2.6749 1.01 1.68 67.72 113.1968 505.6013 109.6695 170 70.50 180.17 -41.9507 170 3.527258 170
Axis 2 A& canti 2.93 0 1.65 1.65 101.76 2.54 0.79 -0.86 1.408 120.3 505.6013 109.6695 170 70.50 180.70 -108.261 170 7.68 170

Axis 3-3

Axis 3-3 ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axisV1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 3 B&C 87 143.53 4.4 1.66 3.4391 3.4391 0.80 1.88 42.08 98.63294 505.6013 109.6695 170 70.50 180.17 -67.5866 170 -11.0366 170
Axis 3 A&b 155 100.37 4.4 2.67 3.1055 3.1055 1.81 0.87 105.2 50.65037 505.6013 109.6695 170 70.50 180.17 -4.48914 170 -59.0191 170

Axis 3-3’

University of Gondar Page 251


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Axis 3'-3' ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axisV1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 3' B&C 60.4 120.53 4.4 1.47 4.3805 4.3805 0.61 2.07 25.19 85.28198 505.6013 109.6695 170 70.50 180.17 -84.4775 170 -24.3875 170
Axis 3' A&b 19.8 11.3 4.4 2.80 25.507 25.507 1.94 0.74 13.73 5.246464 505.6013 109.6695 170 70.50 180.17 -95.943 170 -104.423 170

Axis 4-4

Axis 4-4
Location B/n axisV1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 4 B&C 102 159.56 4.4 1.71 3.0363 3.0363 0.85 1.83 50.68 108.7068 505.6013 109.6695 170 70.50 180.17 -58.9927 170 -0.96272 170
Axis 4 A&b 1.43 46.93 4.4 0.13 16.393 16.393 -0.73 3.41 -7.99 37.51079 505.6013 109.6695 170 70.50 180.17 -117.659 170 -72.1587 170
Axis 4 A& canti 2.93 0 1.65 1.65 101.76 2.54 0.79 -0.86 1.408 120.3 505.6013 109.6695 170 70.50 180.70 -108.261 170 7.68 170

First Floor Beam


Axis C-C

Axis C-C ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axisV1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis C 1&2 45.27 62.62 6 2.52 6.81 6.8092 1.86 2.83 33.456 50.806 288.207 62.5147 200 59.93 122.44 -29.0586 200 -11.71 200
Axis C 2&3 62.04 75 6 2.72 5.36 5.3608 2.01 2.63 45.892 59.9941 288.207 62.5147 200 59.93 122.44 -16.6226 200 -2.521 200
Axis C 3&3' 12.31 92.33 3.15 0.37 3.69 3.6859 -0.34 2.12 -11.18 70.5053 288.207 62.5147 200 59.93 122.44 -73.6913 200 7.9906 200
Axis C 3'-4 20.12 12.24 2.85 1.77 10.8 10.784 1.06 0.42 12.091 4.78063 288.207 62.5147 200 59.93 122.44 -50.4237 200 -57.73 200
Axis C 4-cantil 65.53 0 1.47 1.47 2.75 9.8 0.76 -0.66 34.013 3.26 288.207 62.5147 200 59.93 122.44 -28.5015 200 -60.1 200

Axis B-B

Axis B-B ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axisV1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis B 1&2 159 183.7 6 2.78 2.14 2.1437 2.13 2.56 121.47 146.174 288.207 62.5147 200 59.93 122.44 58.9597 200 83.66 140
Axis B 2&3 158.8 182.36 6 2.79 2.15 2.1531 2.09 2.55 118.64 144.998 288.207 62.5147 200 59.93 122.44 56.125 200 82.483 140
Axis B 3&3' 12.5 85.15 3.15 0.40 3.95 3.9497 -0.30 2.09 -9.417 64.783 288.207 62.5147 200 59.93 122.44 -71.9317 200 2.2683 200
Axis B 3'-4 12.24 62.876 2.85 0.46 4.65 4.6455 -0.24 1.73 -6.394 45.5598 288.207 62.5147 200 59.93 122.44 -68.9087 200 -16.95 200

Axis A- A

Axis A-A ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axisV1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis A 1&2 169.7 198.43 6 2.77 2 1.9954 2.11 2.58 129.42 158.116 288.207 62.5147 200 59.93 122.44 66.9018 170 95.602 120
Axis A 2&3 163.2 182.08 6 2.84 2.13 2.1274 2.13 2.51 122.55 144.271 288.207 62.5147 200 59.93 122.44 60.0346 190 81.756 140
Axis A 3&4 83.36 42.679 2.85 1.88 2.77 2.7686 1.18 0.31 52.093 13.6237 288.207 62.5147 200 59.93 122.44 -10.4212 200 -48.89 200

Axis 1-1

University of Gondar Page 252


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Axis 1-1 ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axisV1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 1 B&C 28.82 70.09 4.4 1.28 8.01 8.0148 0.43 2.26 9.555 50.825 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -100.114 170 -58.84 170
Axis 1 A&b 39.87 87.06 4.4 1.38 6.25 6.2455 0.53 2.16 15.147 62.3375 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -94.522 170 -47.33 170
Axis 1 A& canti 2.93 0 1.65 1.65 102 2.54 0.79 -0.86 1.4082 120.3 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.70 -108.261 170 7.68 170

Axis 2-2

Axis 2-2 ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axisV1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 2 B&C 49.67 93.34 4.4 1.53 5.54 5.5433 0.67 2.01 21.816 65.4856 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -87.854 170 -44.18 170
Axis 2 A&b 96.05 152.24 4.4 1.70 3.19 3.1928 0.85 1.84 47.69 103.88 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -61.9796 170 -5.79 170
Axis 2 A& canti 14.1 0 1.8 1.80 1.6 2.14 0.94 -0.86 7.3868 #DIV/0! 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -102.283 170 -5.1 170

Axis 3-3

Axis 3-3 ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axisV1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 3 B&C 47.95 96.54 4.4 1.46 5.49 5.4864 0.60 2.08 19.811 68.3965 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -89.859 170 -41.27 170
Axis 3 A&b 56.22 111.4 4.4 1.48 4.73 4.7294 0.62 2.07 23.572 78.7522 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -86.0973 170 -30.92 170
Axis 3 A&Cant 24.1 0 1.8 1.80 13.5 3.12 0.94 -0.86 12.623 0 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -97.0464 170 -109.7 170

Axis 3’-3’

Axis 3'-33' ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axisV1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 3' A&b 48.28 97.46 4.4 1.46 5.44 5.4395 0.60 2.09 19.894 69.0738 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -89.7757 170 -40.6 170
Axis 3' C&Cant 17.86 0 1.8 1.80 18.2 5.3 0.94 -0.86 9.3567 0 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -100.313 170 -109.7 170

Axis 4-4

Axis 4-4 ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axisV1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 4 B&C 29.5 58.57 4.4 1.47 9 9.0013 0.62 2.07 12.346 41.4164 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -97.3231 170 -68.25 170
Axis 4 A&b 16.66 57.2 4.4 0.99 10.7 10.733 0.14 2.55 2.2741 42.8141 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -107.395 170 -66.86 170
Axis 4 A& canti 7.16 0 1.8 1.80 9.3 10.2 0.94 -0.86 3.751 #DIV/0! 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -105.918 170 -68.3 170
Second Floor Beam

University of Gondar Page 253


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Axis C-C

Axis C-C ρ= 0.0013

Axis C LocationB/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis C 1&2 128.98 154.45 6 2.73 2.592 2.592 2.07 2.61 97.944 123.414 288.207 62.5147 200 59.93 122.44 35.4297 200 60.89972 190 190
Axis C 2&3 129.53 141.8 6 2.86 2.7076 2.7076 2.16 2.48 97.558 112.089 288.207 62.5147 200 59.93 122.44 35.0436 200 49.57467 200 200
Axis C 3&3' 6.791 61.239 3.15 0.31 5.6694 5.6694 -0.39 2.18 -8.478 47.0499 288.207 62.5147 200 59.93 122.44 -70.993 200 -15.4648 200 200
Axis C 3'-4 16.86 92.49 2.85 0.44 3.1912 3.1912 -0.27 1.75 -10.27 67.2819 288.207 62.5147 200 59.93 122.44 -72.781 200 4.767256 200 200
Axis C 4-cantil 23.439 0 1.47 1.47 7.6789 2.19 0.76 -0.66 12.166 0 288.207 62.5147 200 59.93 122.44 -50.349 200 -62.5147 200 200

Axis B-B

Axis B-B ρ= 0.0013


Location
Location B/n axisV1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis B 1&2 159.19 171.91 6 2.88 2.2188 2.2188 2.23 2.46 122.93 135.655 288.207 62.5147 200 59.93 122.44 60.419 190 73.13997 160
Axis B 2&3 125.23 146.15 6 2.77 2.7071 2.7071 2.06 2.57 93.252 116.434 288.207 62.5147 200 59.93 122.44 30.7377 200 53.9192 200
Axis B 3&3' 6.31 75 3.15 0.24 4.7434 4.7434 -0.46 2.25 -11.94 58.0411 288.207 62.5147 200 59.93 122.44 -74.454 200 -4.47363 200
Axis B 3'-4 5.86 58.61 2.85 0.26 5.4127 5.4127 -0.45 1.93 -10.13 43.748 288.207 62.5147 200 59.93 122.44 -72.648 200 -18.7667 200

Axis A-A

Axis A-A ρ= 0.0013


Location
Location B/n axisV1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis A 1&2 150.59 168.73 6 2.83 2.3006 2.3006 2.17 2.51 115.63 133.76 288.207 62.5147 200 59.93 122.44 53.1138 200 71.24577 160
Axis A 2&3 104.87 127.54 6 2.71 3.161 3.161 2.00 2.64 77.484 102.091 288.207 62.5147 200 59.93 122.44 14.9697 200 39.57641 200
Axis A 3&4 82.638 43.68 2.85 1.86 2.7625 2.7625 1.16 0.33 51.302 14.5604 288.207 62.5147 200 59.93 122.44 -11.212 200 -47.9543 200

Axis 1-1

Axis 1-1 ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axisV1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 1 B&C 27.864 60.65 4.4 1.39 8.9562 8.9562 0.53 2.16 10.624 43.4099 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -99.046 170 -66.2596 170
Axis 1 A&b 38.02 78.939 4.4 1.43 6.778 6.778 0.57 2.11 15.24 56.1586 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -94.43 170 -53.5109 170
Axis 1 A& canti 22.19 0 1.8 1.80 14.615 5 0.94 -0.86 11.625 0 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -98.044 170 -109.67 170

Axis 2-2

Axis 2-2 ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axisV1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 2 B&C 94.61 130.28 4.4 1.85 3.525 3.525 0.99 1.69 50.808 86.4776 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -58.862 170 -23.1919 170
Axis 2 A&b 107.67 153.23 4.4 1.82 3.0386 3.0386 0.96 1.73 56.853 102.41 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -52.816 170 -7.25935 170
Axis 2 A& canti35.208 0 1.8 1.80 3.08 3.1 0.94 -0.86 18.445 100.5 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -91.224 170 -7.4 170

University of Gondar Page 254


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Axis 3-3

Axis 3-3 ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axisV1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 3 B&C 72.38 83.2 4.4 2.05 5.0954 5.0954 1.19 1.50 42.077 52.8973 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -67.592 170 -56.7722 170
Axis 3 A&b 104.16 118.78 4.4 2.06 3.5559 3.5559 1.20 1.49 60.737 75.3574 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -48.932 170 -34.3121 170
Axis 3 A&Cant 23.364 0 1.8 1.80 13.881 3.5 0.94 -0.86 12.24 0 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -97.429 170 -109.67 170

Axis 3’-3’

Axis 3'- 3' ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axisV1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 3' A&b 15.54 0 4.4 4.40 2.3 5..6 3.54 -0.86 12.513 52.8 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.70 -97.156 170 -36.8 170
Axis 3' C&Cant 12.92 0 1.8 1.80 25.175 3.3 0.94 -0.86 6.7686 54.3 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.70 -102.9 170 -42.3 170
Axis 3' C&b 46.69 83.99 4.4 1.57 6.0663 6.0663 0.72 1.97 21.237 58.5371 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -88.432 170 -51.1324 170

Axis 3’-3’

Axis 3'- 3' ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axisV1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 3' A&b 15.54 0 4.4 4.40 2.3 5..6 3.54 -0.86 12.513 52.8 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.70 -97.156 170 -36.8 170
Axis 3' C&Cant 12.92 0 1.8 1.80 25.175 3.3 0.94 -0.86 6.7686 54.3 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.70 -102.9 170 -42.3 170
Axis 3' C&b 46.69 83.99 4.4 1.57 6.0663 6.0663 0.72 1.97 21.237 58.5371 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -88.432 170 -51.1324 170

Axis 4-4

Axis 4-4
Location B/n axisV1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 4 B&C 43.63 60.11 4.4 1.85 7.6417 7.6417 0.99 1.69 23.424 39.9043 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -86.245 170 -69.7652 170
Axis 4 A&b 22.49 45.76 4.4 1.45 11.615 11.615 0.59 2.09 9.1968 32.4668 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -100.47 170 -77.2027 170
Axis 4 A& canti 30.22 0 1.8 1.80 10.763 10.8 0.94 -0.86 15.832 33.6 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.70 -93.838 170 -66.24 170

Third Floor
Axis C-C

Axis C-C ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis C 1&2 134.56 148.18 6 2.86 2.59829 2.5983 2.20 2.49 103.6 117.22 288.21 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 41.0853 200 54.70528 200
Axis C 2&3 130.71 140.502 6 2.89 2.70873 2.7087 2.18 2.45 98.752 110.8 288.21 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 36.2375 200 48.28959 200
Axis C 3&3' 11.76 56.311 3.15 0.54 5.66594 5.6659 -0.16 1.95 -3.5182 42.113 288.21 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 -66.0328 200 -20.4014 200
Axis C 3'-4 29.22 79.83 2.85 0.76 3.19994 3.1999 0.06 1.43 2.1679 54.691 288.21 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 -60.3467 200 -7.82359 200
Axis C 4-cantil 23.439 0 1.47 1.47 7.67894 ###### 0.76 -0.66 12.166 0 288.21 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 -50.3487 200 -62.5147 200

University of Gondar Page 255


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Axis B-B

Axis B-B ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis B 1&2 158.94 167.216 6 2.92 2.25242 2.2524 2.27 2.42 123.23 131.5 288.21 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 60.7112 190 68.98723 170
Axis B 2&3 127.354 143.58 6 2.82 2.71151 2.7115 2.11 2.52 95.429 113.91 288.21 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 32.9143 200 51.39804 200
Axis B 3&3' 0.392 67.68 3.15 0.02 5.66585 5.6659 -0.69 2.47 -14.886 53.482 288.21 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 -77.4011 200 -9.03257 200
Axis B 3'-4 6.72 46.06 2.85 0.36 6.61148 6.6115 -0.34 1.83 -6.3731 33.893 288.21 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 -68.8878 200 -28.6219 200

Axis A-A

Axis A-A ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis A 1&2 154.53 164.79 6 2.90 2.30064 2.3006 2.25 2.44 119.56 129.82 288.21 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 57.0498 200 67.30977 170
Axis A 2&3 107.9 124.55 6 2.79 3.16042 3.1604 2.08 2.56 80.51 99.097 288.21 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 17.995 200 36.58203 200
Axis A 3&4 79.71 46.6 2.85 1.80 2.76268 2.7627 1.09 0.39 48.376 17.482 288.21 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 -14.1384 200 -45.0325 200

Axis 1-1

Axis 1-1 ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 1 B&C 33.19 55.928 4.4 1.64 8.89548 8.8955 0.78 1.90 15.832 38.57 505.6 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -93.8373 170 -71.0993 170
Axis 1 A&b 43.508 73.45 4.4 1.64 6.77805 6.7781 0.78 1.91 20.728 50.67 505.6 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -88.9417 170 -58.9997 170
Axis 1 A& canti 22.184 0 1.8 1.80 3.2 5.4 0.94 -0.86 11.622 43.3 505.6 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -98.0476 170 -54.44 170

Axis 2-2

Axis 2-2 ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 2 B&C 100.74 124.23 4.4 1.97 3.52379 3.5238 1.11 1.57 56.922 80.412 505.6 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -52.7475 170 -29.2575 170
Axis 2 A&b 111 147.76 4.4 1.89 3.06364 3.0636 1.03 1.66 60.601 97.361 505.6 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -49.0689 170 -12.3089 170
Axis 2 A& canti 38.28 0 1.8 1.80 8.47194 3.1 0.94 -0.86 20.054 0 505.6 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -89.615 170 -109.67 170

Axis 3-3

Axis 3-3 ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 3 B&C 66.34 89.13 4.4 1.88 5.09904 5.099 1.02 1.67 36.059 58.849 505.6 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -73.6108 170 -50.8208 170
Axis 3 A&b 96.19 126.61 4.4 1.90 3.55811 3.5581 1.04 1.64 52.795 83.215 505.6 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -56.8749 170 -26.4549 170

Axis 3’-3’

University of Gondar Page 256


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Axis 3'-3 ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 3' C&B 53.38 76.81 4.4 1.80 6.08916 6.0892 0.95 1.74 28.023 51.453 505.6 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -81.647 170 -58.217 170

Axis 4-4

Axiss 4-4
Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 4 B&C 50.19 56.81 4.4 2.06 7.40885 7.4089 1.21 1.48 29.349 35.969 505.6 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -80.3202 170 -73.7002 170
Axis 4 A&b 22.46 45.98 4.4 1.44 11.5831 11.583 0.59 2.10 9.1298 32.65 505.6 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -100.54 170 -77.0198 170

Fourth Floor
Axis C-C

Axis C-C ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis C 1&2 137.76 145.784 6 2.92 2.591 2.5909 2.26 2.43 106.712 114.74 288.207 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 44.197 200 52.2212 200
Axis C 2&3 134.787 136.425 6 2.98 2.709 2.7087 2.27 2.36 102.829 106.73 288.207 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 40.314 200 44.2126 200
Axis C 3&3' 22.658 45.205 3.15 1.05 5.683 5.6833 0.34 1.44 7.42653 31.051 288.207 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 -55.088 200 -31.464 200
Axis C 3'-4 45.59 63.83 2.85 1.19 3.189 3.1891 0.48 1.01 18.4462 38.606 288.207 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 -44.069 200 -23.909 200

Axis B-B

Axis B-B ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis B 1&2 163.06 163.06 6 3.00 2.253 2.2527 2.34 2.34 127.35 127.35 288.207 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 64.835 180 64.8352 180
Axis B 2&3 132.112 139.11 6 2.92 2.709 2.7086 2.22 2.42 100.153 109.41 288.207 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 37.638 200 46.8965 200
Axis B 3&3' 12.43 55.424 3.15 0.58 5.684 5.6841 -0.13 1.92 -2.79945 41.272 288.207 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 -65.314 200 -21.243 200
Axis B 3'-4 22.492 30.12 2.85 1.22 6.633 6.6326 0.51 0.97 9.44053 17.992 288.207 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 -53.074 200 -44.523 200

Axis A-A

Axis A-A A ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis A 1&2 159.48 160.17 6 2.99 2.298 2.2983 2.34 2.35 124.478 125.17 288.207 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 61.964 190 62.6536 190
Axis A 2&3 113.7 118.86 6 2.93 3.159 3.1589 2.23 2.41 86.2967 93.395 288.207 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 23.782 200 30.88 200
Axis A 3&4 76.39 49.92 3.15 1.91 3.053 3.0535 1.20 0.59 48.0404 23.575 288.207 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 -14.474 200 -38.939 200

Axis 1-1

University of Gondar Page 257


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Axis 1-1 ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 1 B&C 38.62 49.95 4.4 1.92 8.951 8.9505 1.06 1.62 21.369 32.699 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -88.301 170 -76.971 170
Axis 1 A&b 50.32 66.65 4.4 1.89 6.777 6.7774 1.04 1.65 27.5374 43.867 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -82.132 170 -65.802 170

Axis 2-2

Axis 2-2 ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 2 B&C 106.07 118.9 4.4 2.07 3.524 3.5238 1.22 1.47 62.252 75.082 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -47.418 170 -34.588 170
Axis 2 A&b 120.88 139.878 4.4 2.04 3.04 3.0402 1.18 1.50 70.0915 89.089 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -39.578 170 -20.58 170

Axis 3-3

Axis 3-3 ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 3 B&C 72.38 83.2 4.4 2.05 5.095 5.0954 1.19 1.50 42.0773 52.897 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -67.592 170 -56.772 170
Axis 3 A&B 109.16 118.78 4.4 2.11 3.478 3.4779 1.25 1.44 64.7635 74.384 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -44.906 170 -35.286 170

Axis 3’-3’

Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 3' A&B 60.83 69.83 4.4 2.05 6.067 6.0673 1.19 1.49 35.381 44.381 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -74.289 170 -65.289 170
Axis 3' B&C 12.92 26 4.4 1.46 20.37 20.369 0.60 2.08 5.33945 18.419 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -104.33 170 -91.25 170

Axis 4-4

Axis 4-4
Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax Vsdmax Vs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 4 B&C 56.54 53.74 4.4 2.26 7.188 7.1885 1.40 1.29 35.0605 32.26 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -74.609 170 -77.409 170
Axis 4 A&b 27.46 41.56 4.4 1.75 11.49 11.486 0.89 1.79 14.0168 28.117 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -95.653 170 -81.553 170

Top Tie Beam

University of Gondar Page 258


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Axis C-C

Axis C-C ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax VsdmaxVs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis C 1&2 8.97 5.87 6 3.63 49.504 49.504 2.97 1.72 7.345 4.245 288.207 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 -55.17 200 -58.27 200
Axis C 2&3 3.03 7.17 6 1.78 72.0235 72.024 1.08 3.56 1.8281 6.053 288.207 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 -60.69 200 -56.46 200
Axis C 3&3' 14.29 16.44 3.15 1.46 12.5508 12.551 0.76 1.03 7.3928 10.03 288.207 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 -55.12 200 -52.48 200
Axis C 3'-4 5.45 0.606 2.85 2.56 57.6212 57.621 1.86 -0.37 3.9477 -0.79 288.207 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 -58.57 200 -63.3 200
Axis C 4-cantil 2.01 0 1.47 1.47 89.5457 55.4 0.76 -0.66 1.0433 6.2 288.207 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 -61.47 200 -55.4 200

Axis B-B

Axis B-B ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax VsdmaxVs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis B 1&2 11.697 7.487 6 3.66 38.2944 38.294 3.00 1.68 9.5964 5.386 288.207 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 -52.92 200 -57.13 200
Axis B 2&3 4.317 8.424 6 2.03 57.6595 57.66 1.33 3.31 2.8157 7.029 288.207 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 -59.7 200 -55.49 200
Axis B 3&3' 20.534 22.69 3.15 1.50 8.92296 8.923 0.79 1.00 10.833 13.67 288.207 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 -51.68 200 -48.84 200
Axis B 3'-4 17.32 6.406 2.85 2.08 14.7077 14.708 1.37 0.11 11.434 0.937 288.207 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 -51.08 200 -61.58 200

Axis A-A

Axis A-A ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax VsdmaxVs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis A 1&2 10.296 6.2 6 3.74 44.5344 44.534 3.09 1.60 8.4897 4.394 288.207 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 -54.03 200 -58.12 200
Axis A 2&3 1.875 5.976 6 1.43 93.5728 93.573 0.73 3.91 0.9499 5.116 288.207 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 -61.56 200 -57.4 200
Axis A 3&3' 30.572 32.73 2.85 1.38 5.51253 5.5125 0.67 0.82 14.869 18.14 288.207 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 -47.65 200 -44.38 200
Axis A 3&4 36.98 15.39 3.15 2.22 7.36464 7.3646 1.52 0.27 25.226 4.467 288.207 62.515 200 59.93 122.44 -37.29 200 -58.05 200

Axis 1-1

Axis 1-1 ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax VsdmaxVs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 1 B&C 4.047 0.369 4.4 4.03 179.517 179.52 3.18 -0.49 3.1869 -0.491 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -106.5 170 -110.2 170
Axis 1 A&b 3.216 6.899 4.4 1.40 78.3734 78.373 0.54 2.14 1.2459 4.929 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -108.4 170 -104.7 170

Axis 2-2

Axis 2-2 ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax VsdmaxVs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 2 B&C 7.76 4.03 4.4 2.90 67.239 67.239 2.04 0.65 5.4636 1.734 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -104.2 170 -107.9 170
Axis 2 A&b 7.455 11.14 4.4 1.76 42.6323 42.632 0.91 1.78 3.8332 7.518 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -105.8 170 -102.2 170

University of Gondar Page 259


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Axis 3-3

Axis 3-3 ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax VsdmaxVs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 3 B&C 6.17 2.49 4.4 3.13 91.5413 91.541 2.28 0.41 4.4833 0.803 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -105.2 170 -108.9 170
Axis 3 A&b 4.7 8.38 4.4 1.58 60.6076 60.608 0.72 1.96 2.1524 5.832 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -107.5 170 -103.8 170

Axis 3-3

Axis 3-3 ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax VsdmaxVs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 3 B&C 6.17 2.49 4.4 3.13 91.5413 91.541 2.28 0.41 4.4833 0.803 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -105.2 170 -108.9 170
Axis 3 A&b 4.7 8.38 4.4 1.58 60.6076 60.608 0.72 1.96 2.1524 5.832 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -107.5 170 -103.8 170

Axis 3’-3’

Axis 3'-3 ρ= 0.0013

Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax VsdmaxVs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 3' A&Cant 13.44 0 1.8 1.80 24.2009 78.2 0.94 -0.86 7.0411 0.012 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.70 -102.6 170 -95.2 170
Axis 3' B&C 4.4 1.05 4.4 3.55 145.458 145.46 2.70 -0.01 3.3385 -0.012 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -106.3 170 -109.7 170

Axis 4-4

Axiss 4-4
Location B/n axis V1 V2 L X a b c d Vsd1 Vsd2 Vrd Vc Smax Vsmax VsdmaxVs1 Smax Vs2 Sprov
Axis 4 B&C 2.07 3.27 4.4 1.71 148.455 148.45 0.85 1.84 1.0299 2.23 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -108.6 170 -107.4 170
Axis 4 A&b 10.13 22.72 4.4 1.36 24.1323 24.132 0.50 2.19 3.7317 16.32 505.601 109.67 170 70.50 180.17 -105.9 170 -93.35 170

University of Gondar Page 260


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Chapter Six :Column Design


Columns are upright members which carry the lads from beams and slabs dawn to the foundation
and therefore they are primary compression members, although they may also have to resist
bending forces due to some eccentricity or due to the continuity of the structure

For the purpose of design calculations structural members may be classified as sway non sway
depending on their sensitivity to second order effect due to lateral displacements

Check for sway mode frame

To design a column, the frame in which it is included should be classified as sway or non-sway
frame. A frame may be classified as sway or non-sway if its response to in plane horizontal force
is sufficiently stiff for it to be acceptably accurate to neglect any additional force or moments
arising for horizontal displacement of its mode.

A frame may be classified as non-sway for a given load case if the critical load ratio for the

Load case that satisfies the criteria

Where - design value of total load

- Critical value for the failure mode

The buckling load of a story may be equal to that of substitute beam column frame defined in the
figure and may be determined from the equation

[EBCS-2, 1995, Art 4.4.12(1)]

Where -is the effective stiffness of the substitute column

Le- is the effective length

The effective stiffness EIc may be taken as

EIe =0.2EcIC+EsIS

Where Ec=110fcd

Es=modulus of elastic of inertia of concrete and reinforcement sections respectively of


the substitute column with respect to the centroid of the concrete section.

Le may be determined as follows

University of Gondar Page 261


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

( )
√ [EBCS-2 1995, Art 4.4.7(b)]

Or conservatively

𝐿

𝐿
Where and are stiffness coefficients are obtained from

Where K1and K2 are column stiffness coefficients (EI/L)

Kc is the stiffness coefficient (EI/L)

Kij is the effective beam stiffness coefficient (EI/L)

=1.0 opposite end elastically or rigidly restrained

=0.5 opposite end free to rotate

=0 for a cantilever beam

a=1.0 if a base is designed to resist the column moment

The equivalent reinforcement area As tot in the substitute column to be used for calculating Is
may be obtained by designing the substitute column at each for calculating I s may be obtained
by designing the substitute column at each floor level to carry the story design actual load and
amplified sway moment at the critical section

The equivalent column dimension of the substitute column may be taken as follows

Cross section of substituted column and beam are calculated as

University of Gondar Page 262


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Fig 6.1 Cross Section of Column

𝑎 ( 𝑡 )

Where:- kc is the relative stiffness

Concrete cover and bar arrangement in the substitute column shall be taken as the same to those
of the actual volume.

To find the moment of inertia of concrete and reinforcement sections of the substitute Colum
with respect to the centroid of the concrete section;

EI substitute column=∑EI actual column

IS=Io+Ad2

=n ( )

Where n-number of bars

-diameter of bar

The amplified sway moment to be used for the design of the substitute column may be found
iteratively taking the first order design moment, Mdl, at the critical section of the substitute
column may be determined using

Mdl= 𝐿 EBCS 2, 1995 Art.4.4.12 (6)

Where: - are as defined above and shall not exceed 10

H-Total horizontal reaction at the bottom

L-story height

University of Gondar Page 263


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

The stiffness of the substituted beam-column frame is computed by summing up that of the
actual frame as follows

Beam: kb (substituted) =2∑kb(actual)

Column kc(substitute)∑kc(actual)

Second order effects in compressive members need not ve taken in to account in the following
cases;

a) For sway frames, the greater of ≤25


Or ≤√
b) For non-sway frames
≤ 50-
Where, M1 and M2 are the first order (calculated) moments at the ends,M2 being always
positive and greater in magnitude than M1,M1 being positive if member is bent in single
curvature and negative if bent in double curvature
vd=
For sway moments found by a firsts order analysis shall be increased by multiplying them
by moment magnification.
d= for (EBCS 2, 1995 Art.4.411 (1))

d= for > 0.25

Where Nsd=design value of total vertical load

Ncr=critical value for the failure in sway mode

Flexibility factor (varies between 1.0 to 1.22 and taken as 1.15 practical frames)

Lateral deflection of the top of the story relatives to the bottom the story

H=total shear in the story

Lc=story height

Column axis A1Sap out put

 Mx=11.77KNm
 My=100.23KNm
 Nsd=-1306.33KNm
 𝑎

University of Gondar Page 264


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

 Column dimension=400*400
 Concrete cover=25
 𝑡irrup=8mm
 mm
= =0.1

Limiting values of reinforcement;

 Asmin=0.008Ac=0.008*4002=1280mm2
 Asmax=0.08Ac=0.08*4002=12800mm2
Inertia of column and beam

Ic= = =2.13*109

Ib= 1.6*109

= =4.08

= =5.4

4.74

Effective buckling length

Le=( )L 0.7L

Le=( )

Eccentricity in the x direction

I. Accidental eccentricity
ea max{ =10.2
ea=20mm
II. 2nd order eccentricity
Equivalent 1st order eccentricity

I=√ √

𝜆 =26.5

University of Gondar Page 265


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

𝜆 =50-25*( )=50-25*( )

Therefore 2nd order eccentricity is needed

III. Equivalent first order eccentricity


IV.
ea≥ ,
eo1=
eo2=
0.6eo2+0.4eo1=0.076
0.6eo1=0.0304
Total eccentricity
Etot=e1+ea+e2=0.076+0.02+0.0076=0.104

Eccentricity in the y direction

i. Accidental eccentricity

ea max{ =10.2
ea=20mm

Eccentricity in the x direction

I. Accidental eccentricity

ea max{ =10.2
ea=20mm

II. 2nd order eccentricity

Equivalent 1st order eccentricity

I=√ √

𝜆 =26.5

𝜆 =50-25*( )=50-25*( )

University of Gondar Page 266


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Therefore 2nd order eccentricity is needed

III. Equivalent first order eccentricity

ea≥ ,
eo1=
eo2=
0.6eo2+0.4eo1=0.076
0.6eo1=0.0304
Total eccentricity
Etot=e1+ea+e2=0.076+0.02+0.0076=0.104

Equivalent 1st order eccentricity

I=√ √

𝜆 =26.5

𝜆 =50-25*( )=50-25*( )

Therefore 2nd order eccentricity is needed

IV. Equivalent Second order eccentricity

ea≥ , =0.009
eo1=
eo2=
0.6eo2+0.4eo1=0.009
0.6eo1=0.0036
Total eccentricity
Etot=e1+ea+e2=0.009+0.02+0.09=0.119

 Final design parameters

= = =0.14

= = =0.02

v=

University of Gondar Page 267


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

 Using bi-axial chart number1 for=1.5-


Total area of steel,
As=833.9
as=314.16
n=
Provide 3

Purely Axial Column B2

pd=Ac*fcd+ast*fyd

2864.16=400*400*11.33+Ast*260.87
Total area of steel,
As=4030.206 as=314.16
n=

Provide13
Uniaxial Column A2

Column axis A1

Sap out put


 My=170.63KNm
 Nsd=-2323.45KNm
 𝑎
 Column dimension=400*400
 Concrete cover=25
 𝑡irrup=8mm
 mm
= =0.1

Limiting values of reinforcement;

 Asmin=0.008Ac=0.008*4002=1280mm2
 Asmax=0.08Ac=0.08*4002=12800mm2
Inertia of column and beam

Ic= = =2.13*109

Ib= 1.6*109

University of Gondar Page 268


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

= =4.08

= =5.4

4.74

Effective buckling length

Le=( )L 0.7L

Le=( )

Eccentricity

i. Accidental eccentricity
ea max{ =10.2
ea=20mm

ii. Equivalent first order eccentricity

ea≥ , ea=0.07
eo1=
iii. 2nd order eccentricity

Equivalent 1st order eccentricity

I=√ √

𝜆 =26.5

𝜆 =50-25*( )=25

Therefore 2nd order eccentricity is needed

e2= ( )
-0.75 for ,15 𝜆
𝜆

University of Gondar Page 269


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

( )

𝑎 𝑡

( )

( ) trial 1 k2=1
( ) =
Total eccentricity
Etot=e1+ea+e2=0.076+0.02+0.0013=0.103

 Final design parameters


= = =0.14

= = =0.02

v=

 Using bi-axial chart number1 for=1.5-


Total area of steel,
As=833.9
as=314.16
n=
Provide 3

Determination of whether the frame is sway or nonsway

A frame (equivalent column) may be classified as non-sway for a given load

If Nsd/Ncr≤0.1 EBCS-2,1995

Where Nsd=Pd total design axial load.


Ncr=critical load for buckling.

Determination of Ncr

- The buckling load of a story may be assumed to be equal to that of the substitute beam-column.

University of Gondar Page 270


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Where, - EIe is effective stiffness of the substitute column design using the equivalent
reinforcement area.
- Le effective length.

Check each column for sway and non-sway using table


Axis A-A

AXISIS A-A
level α1 α2 αm H L Le Nsd HL Mdl Ac h
foundtion 3.214 1 2.107 58.2 2 3.277560068 6215.56 116.4 45.5845 320000 565.6854
basement 10.5 8.49 9.495 134.22 3.3 9.675248834 6104.45 442.926 203.6502 320000 565.6854
Ground floor 10.5 6.41 8.455 181.54 3.3 9.19510522 5018.66 599.082 246.0655 320000 565.6854
1st 10.5 6.41 8.455 180.79 3.3 9.19510522 4926.526 596.607 245.049 320000 565.6854
2nd 10.5 6.41 8.455 169.26 3.3 9.19510522 4233.158 558.558 229.4208 320000 565.6854
3rd 10.5 6.41 8.455 175.69 3.3 9.19510522 3607.236 579.777 238.1363 320000 565.6854
4th 5.065 7.05 6.0575 69.6 3.3 7.97890594 2981.795 229.68 127.4239 320000 565.6854

level µ v w As ɸ32 Is Ic Eie Ncr Nsd/Ncr condtion


foundtion 0.022226 1.714353 0.1 2560 4 6.69937E+11 8533333333 1.55258E+14 142498740 0.004362 non sway
basement 0.099296 1.683708 0.9 11335.12 15 9.42099E+12 8533333333 1.90547E+15 200695168 0.003042 non sway
Ground floor0.119976 1.384229 0.7 8816.202 11 5.0664E+12 8533333333 1.03455E+15 120641736 0.00416 non sway
1st 0.119481 1.358817 0.7 8816.202 11 5.0664E+12 8533333333 1.03455E+15 120641736 0.004084 non sway
2nd 0.111861 1.167574 0.3 3778.372 5 1.04678E+12 8533333333 2.30626E+14 26893878.7 0.01574 non sway
3rd 0.11611 0.994935 0.2 2518.915 4 6.69937E+11 8533333333 1.55258E+14 18105017 0.019924 non sway
4th 0.062129 0.822428 0.1 2560 4 6.69937E+11 8533333333 1.55258E+14 24045048.3 0.012401 non sway

Axis B-B

AXIS B B
level α1 α2 αm H L Le Nsd HL Mdl Ac h
foundtion 3.214 1 2.107 103.44 2 3.277560068 8126.45 206.88 81.0182 320000 565.6854
basement 10.5 8.49 9.495 158.1 3.3 9.675248834 8016.29 521.73 239.8831 320000 565.6854
Ground floor 10.5 6.41 8.455 212.5 3.3 9.19510522 5977.61 701.25 288.0298 320000 565.6854
1st 10.5 6.41 8.455 184.76 3.3 9.19510522 2869.98 609.708 250.43 320000 565.6854
2nd 10.5 6.41 8.455 171.84 3.3 9.19510522 1926.25 567.072 232.9178 320000 565.6854
3rd 10.5 6.41 8.455 149.58 3.3 9.19510522 1926.5 493.614 202.7459 320000 565.6854
4th 5.065 7.05 6.0575 76.17 3.3 7.97890594 241.78 251.361 139.4523 320000 565.6854

Axis B
level µ v w As ɸ32 Is Ic Eie Ncr Nsd/Ncr condtion
foundtion 0.039503 2.241408 1.2 15113.49 19 1.51155E+13 8533333333 3.04436E+15 2794179882 0.000291 non sway
basement 0.116962 2.211024 1.2 15113.49 19 1.51155E+13 8533333333 3.04436E+15 320650111 0.0025 non sway
Ground floor0.140437 1.648723 1.1 13854.03 18 1.35662E+13 8533333333 2.73452E+15 318879393 0.001875 non sway
1st 0.122104 0.791588 0.1 2560 4 6.69937E+11 8533333333 1.55258E+14 18105017 0.015852 non sway
2nd 0.113566 0.531291 0.1 2560 4 6.69937E+11 8533333333 1.55258E+14 18105017 0.010639 non sway
3rd 0.098855 0.53136 0.1 2560 4 6.69937E+11 8533333333 1.55258E+14 18105017 0.010641 non sway
4th 0.067994 0.066687 0.1 2560 4 6.69937E+11 8533333333 1.55258E+14 24045048.3 0.001006 non sway

University of Gondar Page 271


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Axis C1-C3

AXISIS C1-C3
level α1 α2 αm H L Le Nsd HL Mdl Ac h
foundtion 3.124 1 2.062 50.51 2 3.255518392 3267 101.02 39.9131 251327.4 501.3257
basement 10.5 8.49 9.495 87.99 3.3 9.675248834 3323.43 290.367 133.5061 251327.4 501.3257
Ground floor 10.5 6.41 8.455 95.14 3.3 9.19510522 3011.14 313.962 128.956 251327.4 501.3257
1st 10.5 6.41 8.455 77.1 3.3 9.19510522 2458.77 254.43 104.504 251327.4 501.3257
2nd 10.5 6.41 8.455 62.17 3.3 9.19510522 1668.46 205.161 84.2674 251327.4 501.3257
3rd 10.5 6.41 8.455 47.41 3.3 9.19510522 856.16 156.453 64.2611 251327.4 501.3257
4th 5.065 7.05 6.0575 47.78 3.3 7.97890594 15.16 157.674 87.4758 251327.4 501.3257

level µ v w As ɸ32 Is Ic Eie Ncr Nsd/Ncr condtion


foundtion 0.023293 0.955807 0.1 2010.619 3 2.95969E+11 5263788918 7.49431E+13 69718928.3 0.004686 non sway
basement 0.077912 0.972317 0.2 2010.619 3 2.95969E+11 5263788918 7.49431E+13 7893447.45 0.042104 non sway
Ground floor0.075256 0.880952 0.1 2010.619 3 2.95969E+11 5263788918 7.49431E+13 8739319.21 0.034455 non sway
1st 0.060987 0.719348 0.1 2010.619 3 2.95969E+11 5263788918 7.49431E+13 8739319.21 0.028135 non sway
2nd 0.049177 0.488132 0.3 2948.071 4 5.26168E+11 5263788918 1.20983E+14 14108129.2 0.011826 non sway
3rd 0.037502 0.250482 0.2 2010.619 3 2.95969E+11 5263788918 7.49431E+13 8739319.21 0.009797 non sway
4th 0.051049 0.004435 0.1 2010.619 3 2.95969E+11 5263788918 7.49431E+13 11606581.3 0.000131 non sway

Axis C3’-C4

AXISIS C3'-C4
level α1 α2 αm H L Le Nsd HL Mdl Ac h
foundtion 3.124 1 2.062 7.78 2 3.255518392 1576.88 15.56 6.1478 320000 565.6854
basement 10.5 8.49 9.495 29.42 3.3 9.675248834 1330.02 97.086 44.6386 320000 565.6854
Ground floor 10.5 6.41 8.455 46.42 3.3 9.19510522 1330.01 153.186 62.9193 320000 565.6854
1st 10.5 6.41 8.455 57.16 3.3 9.19510522 1330.2 188.628 77.4766 320000 565.6854
2nd 10.5 6.41 8.455 54.56 3.3 9.19510522 655.55 180.048 73.9525 320000 565.6854
3rd 10.5 6.41 8.455 52.66 3.3 9.19510522 340.39 173.778 71.3772 320000 565.6854
4th 5.065 7.05 6.0575 50.08 3.3 7.97890594 31.8 165.264 91.6866 320000 565.6854

level µ v w As ɸ32 Is Ic Eie Ncr Nsd/Ncr condtion


foundtion 0.002497 0.362335 0.1 2560 4 6.69937E+11 8533333333 1.59519E+14 148399344 0.001063 non sway
basement 0.018132 0.305611 0.1 2560 4 6.69937E+11 8533333333 1.59519E+14 16801497.9 0.007916 non sway
Ground floor0.025558 0.305609 0.1 2560 4 6.69937E+11 8533333333 1.59519E+14 18601967.5 0.00715 non sway
1st 0.031471 0.305653 0.2 2560 4 6.69937E+11 8533333333 1.59519E+14 18601967.5 0.007151 non sway
2nd 0.030039 0.150632 0.1 2560 4 6.69937E+11 8533333333 1.59519E+14 18601967.5 0.003524 non sway
3rd 0.028993 0.078215 0.2 2560 4 6.69937E+11 8533333333 1.59519E+14 18601967.5 0.00183 non sway
4th 0.037243 0.007307 0.1 2560 4 6.69937E+11 8533333333 1.59519E+14 24705042.1 0.000129 non sway

Slenderness calculation for non sway frame

Slenderness ratio
- It is used to determine whether the column‟s short or slender.
1) For isolated column, slenderness ratio is defined by

University of Gondar Page 272


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

𝜆 =Le/i Where-Le is the effective buckling length


-i is the minimum radius of gyration for cross section only.
2) For multistory sway frames comprising rectangular sub frames

𝜆 = 12A/K1L Where, A -is sum of cross sectional areas of all columns of the story
K -is the total lateral stiffness of the columns of story with modulus of
elasticity taken as unity.
L- is story height.
Axis A-1

Axis A 1
Level M1 M2 P Ac L α1 α2 αm Le(nonsway)
calculatedλ(nonsway)
LIMITλ(nonsway)
Type
foundtion -13.84 24.2 1322 160000 2 0 1 0.5 1.4 12.1244 64.29752 short
Basement -13.84 100.22 1306.33 160000 3.3 4.086 0 2.043 2.8357 24.5579 53.4524 short
Ground floor-100.22 132.82 1041.51 160000 3.3 4.086 0 2.043 2.8357 24.5579 68.86388 short
1st -122.79 133.82 768.82 160000 3.3 4.086 0 2.043 2.8357 24.5579 72.9394 short
2nd -122.79 135.63 517.02 160000 3.3 4.086 0 2.043 2.8357 24.5579 72.63327 short
3rd -135.63 147.48 266.77 160000 3.3 4.086 0 2.043 2.8357 24.5579 72.99125 short
4th -28.95 147.48 18.7 160000 3.3 2.043 0 1.0215 2.5753 22.3028 54.90745 short

Axis A-2

Axis A 2
Level M1 M2 P Ac L α1 α2 αm Le(nonsway)
calculatedλ(nonsway)
LIMITλ(nonsway)
Type
foundtion -23.05 30.38 2331.13 160000 2 0 1 0.5 1.4 12.1244 68.96807 short
Basement -30.38 170.63 2323.45 160000 3.3 2.043 2.707 2.375 2.8843 24.9788 54.45115 short
Ground floor-170.63 218.53 1899.7 160000 3.3 2.043 2.043 2.043 2.8357 24.5579 69.5202 short
1st -177.19 218.53 1371.57 160000 3.3 2.043 2.043 2.043 2.8357 24.5579 70.27067 short
2nd -166.41 177.19 909.51 160000 3.3 2.043 2.043 2.043 2.8357 24.5579 73.47903 short
3rd -150.55 166.41 453.69 160000 3.3 2.043 2.043 2.043 2.8357 24.5579 72.61733 short
4th -20.52 150.55 4.57 160000 3.3 1.0215 2.043 1.53225 2.734 23.6771 53.40751 short

Axis A-3

Axis A 3
Level M1 M2 P Ac L α1 α2 αm Le(nonsway)
calculatedλ(nonsway)
LIMITλ(nonsway)
Type
foundtion -20.25 32.47 1372.46 160000 2 1.864 1 1.432 1.6416 14.2167 65.59132 short
Basement -32.47 122.94 1330.2 160000 3.3 1.407 1.86 1.6335 2.7576 23.8815 56.60281 short
Ground floor-122.94 194.02 1119.1 160000 3.3 1.407 1.407 1.407 2.7019 23.3991 65.84115 short
1st -149.41 194.02 801.5 160000 3.3 1.407 1.407 1.407 2.7019 23.3991 69.25188 short
2nd -138.511 149.41 518.68 160000 3.3 1.407 1.407 1.407 2.7019 23.3991 73.17633 short
3rd -121.08 138.51 245.1 160000 3.3 1.407 1.407 1.407 2.7019 23.3991 71.85402 short
4th -8.32 138.51 14.71 160000 3.3 1 0 0.5 2.31 20.0052 51.5017 short

University of Gondar Page 273


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Axis A-3’

Axis A 3'
Level M1 M2 P Ac L α1 α2 αm Le(nonsway)
calculatedλ(nonsway)
LIMITλ(nonsway)
Type
foundtion -16.4 16.5 331.91 160000 2 1.35 1 1.175 1.5949 13.8122 74.84848 short
Basement -16.4 49.19 344.4 160000 3.3 1.019 1.35 1.1845 2.6348 22.818 58.33503 short
Ground floor -49.19 54.74 292.2 160000 3.3 1.019 1.019 1.019 2.5743 22.2941 72.46529 short
1st -53.15 54.74 249.4 160000 3.3 1.019 1.019 1.019 2.5743 22.2941 74.27384 short
2nd -49.69 53.15 205.72 160000 3.3 1.019 1.019 1.019 2.5743 22.2941 73.37253 short
3rd -41.2 49.69 159.12 160000 3.3 1.019 1.019 1.019 2.5743 22.2941 70.72852 short
4th -37.06 41.02 109.2 160000 3.3 1 1.019 1.0095 2.5705 22.2612 72.58654 short

Axis A-4

Axis A 4
Level M1 M2 P Ac L α1 α2 αm Le(nonsway)
calculatedλ(nonsway)
LIMITλ(nonsway)
Type
foundtion -14.3 19.19 838.06 160000 2 0 1 0.5 1.4 12.1244 68.62949 short
Basement -5.6 19.19 800.07 160000 3.3 1.94 2.57 2.255 2.8679 24.8367 57.29547 short
Ground floor -3.622 5.61 666.33 160000 3.3 1.24 1.94 1.59 2.7477 23.7958 66.14082 short
1st -2.36 3.62 518.35 160000 3.3 1.24 1.94 1.59 2.7477 23.7958 66.29834 short
2nd -2.36 2.51 355.08 160000 3.3 1.24 1.94 1.59 2.7477 23.7958 73.50598 short
3rd -2.51 3.48 199.17 160000 3.3 1.24 1.94 1.59 2.7477 23.7958 68.03161 short
4th -3.48 6.31 51.55 160000 3.3 0 1.94 0.97 2.5542 22.12 63.78764 short

Axis A-B1

Axis B 1
Level M1 M2 P Ac L α1 α2 αm Le(nonsway)
calculatedλ(nonsway)
LIMITλ(nonsway)
Type
foundtion -10 26.6 1443.24 160000 2 0 1 0.5 1.4 12.1244 59.3985 short
Basement -26.6 189.04 1443.27 160000 3.3 4.086 0 2.043 2.8357 24.5579 53.51777 short
Ground floor-127.48 189.04 1051.21 160000 3.3 4.086 0 2.043 2.8357 24.5579 66.85887 short
1st -126.72 127.48 782.14 160000 3.3 4.086 0 2.043 2.8357 24.5579 74.85096 short
2nd -126.72 142.38 529.22 160000 3.3 4.086 0 2.043 2.8357 24.5579 72.25032 short
3rd -142.38 152.83 271.34 160000 3.3 4.086 0 2.043 2.8357 24.5579 73.29058 short
4th -132.21 152.83 152.83 160000 3.3 2.043 0 1.0215 2.5753 22.3028 71.62697 short

Axis A-B2

Axis B 2
Level M1 M2 P Ac L α1 α2 αm Le(nonsway)
calculatedλ(nonsway)
LIMITλ(nonsway)
Type
foundtion -20.17 24.16 2887.45 160000 2 0 1 0.5 1.4 12.1244 70.87127 short
Basement -20.17 27.4 2864.16 160000 3.3 2.043 2.707 2.375 2.8843 24.9788 68.40328 short
Ground floor -27.24 290.49 2110.98 160000 3.3 2.043 2.043 2.043 2.8357 24.5579 52.34431 short
1st -202.82 290.49 1578.62 160000 3.3 2.043 2.043 2.043 2.8357 24.5579 67.45499 short
2nd -180.1 202.82 1043.46 160000 3.3 2.043 2.043 2.043 2.8357 24.5579 72.19949 short
3rd -167.2 180.1 511.66 160000 3.3 2.043 2.043 2.043 2.8357 24.5579 73.20933 short
4th -25.05 167.2 23.33 160000 3.3 1.0215 2.043 1.53225 2.734 23.6771 53.74551 short

University of Gondar Page 274


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Axis B3

Axis B 3
Level M1 M2 P Ac L α1 α2 αm Le(nonsway)
calculatedλ(nonsway)
LIMITλ(nonsway)
Type
foundtion -31.32 45.45 1764.66 160000 2 1.864 1 1.432 1.6416 14.2167 67.22772 short
Basement -45.45 207.1 1758.03 160000 3.3 1.407 1.86 1.6335 2.7576 23.8815 55.48648 short
Ground floor -198.6 207.1 1322.23 160000 3.3 1.407 1.407 1.407 2.7019 23.3991 73.97393 short
1st -162.8 198.6 974.59 160000 3.3 1.407 1.407 1.407 2.7019 23.3991 70.49345 short
2nd -155.33 162.8 649.52 160000 3.3 1.407 1.407 1.407 2.7019 23.3991 73.85289 short
3rd -141.38 155.3 319.78 160000 3.3 1.407 1.407 1.407 2.7019 23.3991 72.75918 short
4th -30.8 141.38 19.3 160000 3.3 1 0 0.5 2.31 20.0052 55.44631 short

Axis A-B3’

Axis B 3'
Level M1 M2 P Ac L α1 α2 αm Le(nonsway)
calculatedλ(nonsway)
LIMITλ(nonsway)
Type
foundtion -35.73 47.55 1006.44 160000 2 1.35 1 1.175 1.5949 13.8122 68.78549 short
Basement -45.45 80.27 955.59 160000 3.3 1.019 1.35 1.1845 2.6348 22.818 64.15535 short
Ground floor -80.27 90.61 729.86 160000 3.3 1.019 1.019 1.019 2.5743 22.2941 72.14711 short
1st -89.01 90.61 546.75 160000 3.3 1.019 1.019 1.019 2.5743 22.2941 74.55855 short
2nd -78.63 89.01 378.09 160000 3.3 1.019 1.019 1.019 2.5743 22.2941 72.0846 short
3rd -61.17 78.63 211.34 160000 3.3 1.019 1.019 1.019 2.5743 22.2941 69.44868 short
4th -37.28 61.17 47.84 160000 3.3 1 1.019 1.0095 2.5705 22.2612 65.23623 short

Axis B4

Axis B 4
Level M1 M2 P Ac L α1 α2 αm Le(nonsway)
calculatedλ(nonsway)
LIMITλ(nonsway)
Type
foundtion -28.25 45.91 1024.91 160000 2 0 1 0.5 1.4 12.1244 65.38336 short
Basement -45.91 70.25 995.24 160000 3.3 1 2.57 1.785 2.7894 24.1569 66.33808 short
Ground floor -70.21 70.25 763.25 160000 3.3 1.94 1.94 1.94 2.8182 24.4063 74.98577 short
1st -63.34 70.21 566.5 160000 3.3 1.94 1.019 1.4795 2.7209 23.5637 72.55377 short
2nd -44.88 63.34 369.42 160000 3.3 1.019 1.019 1.019 2.5743 22.2941 67.71392 short
3rd -20.45 44.88 187.04 160000 3.3 1.019 1.019 1.019 2.5743 22.2941 61.39149 short
4th 1.92 20.41 21.81 160000 3.3 1 1.019 1.0095 2.5705 22.2612 47.64821 short

Axis C1
Axis C1
Level M1 M2 P Ac L α1 α2 αm Le(nonsway)
calculatedλ(nonsway)
LIMITλ(nonsway)
Type
foundtion -16.57 18.92 686.6 125663.7 2 0 1 0.5 1.4 10.7449 71.89482 short
Basement -16.57 30.01 706.59 125663.7 3.3 4.086 0 2.043 2.8357 21.7639 63.80373 short
Ground floor -23.9 30.01 801.85 125663.7 3.3 4.086 0 2.043 2.8357 21.7639 69.91003 short
1st -23.9 90.82 527.68 125663.7 3.3 4.086 0 2.043 2.8357 21.7639 56.57895 short
2nd -90.82 110.07 366.94 125663.7 3.3 4.086 0 2.043 2.8357 21.7639 70.62778 short
3rd -110.07 117.81 195.28 125663.7 3.3 4.086 0 2.043 2.8357 21.7639 73.35752 short
4th -26.86 117.81 14.92 125663.7 3.3 2.043 0 1.0215 2.5753 19.7653 55.69986 short

University of Gondar Page 275


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Axis C2

Level M1 M2 P Ac L α1 α2 αm calculated LIMIT


Le(nonsway) (nonsway)
(nonsway)
Type
foundtion -19.89 24.74 1596.78 125664 2 0 1 0.5 1.4 10.7449 70.099 short
basement -24.74 105.87 1606.56 125664 3.06 2.043 2.707 2.375 2.6745 20.5267 55.8421 short
Ground floor -75.94 105.87 1354.55 125664 4.08 2.043 2.043 2.043 3.506 26.9084 67.9324 short
1st -74.94 75.94 1201.77 125664 3.4 2.043 2.043 2.043 2.9216 22.4232 74.6708 short
2nd -74.94 167.93 804.38 125664 3.4 2.043 2.043 2.043 2.9216 22.4232 61.1564 short
3rd -141.83 167.93 405.45 125664 3.4 2.043 2.043 2.043 2.9216 22.4232 71.1145 short
4th -20.66 141.83 0.32 125664 3.4 1.0215 2.043 1.53225 2.8169 21.6196 53.6417 short

Axis C3

C3
Level M1 M2 P Ac L α1 α2 αm calculated LIMIT
Le(nonsway) (nonsway)
(nonsway)
Type
foundtion -23.53 24.74 1596.78 125664 2 1.8664 1 1.4332 1.6418 12.6007 73.7773 short
basement -39.19 105.87 1606.56 125664 3.06 1.407 1.86 1.6335 2.557 19.6248 59.2543 short
Ground floor -83.51 105.87 1354.55 125664 4.08 1.407 1.407 1.407 3.3405 25.6382 69.7199 short
1st -83.51 75.94 1201.77 125664 3.4 1.407 1.407 1.407 2.7838 21.3655 77.4921 short
2nd -143.03 167.93 804.38 125664 3.4 1.407 1.407 1.407 2.7838 21.3655 71.2931 short
3rd -130 167.93 405.45 125664 3.4 1.407 1.407 1.407 2.7838 21.3655 69.3533 short
4th -21.05 141.83 141.83 125664 3.4 1 0 0.5 2.38 18.2664 53.7104 short

Axis C3’

C3'
Level M1 M2 P Ac L α1 α2 αm calculated LIMIT
Le(nonsway) (nonsway)
(nonsway)
Type
foundtion -38.04 40.13 7366 125664 2 1.35 1 1.175 1.5949 12.2408 73.698 short
basement -40.13 61.93 757.1 125664 3.06 1.019 1.35 1.1845 2.4432 18.7514 66.1997 short
Ground floor -61.93 93.88 662.181 125664 4.08 1.019 1.019 1.019 3.1828 24.4278 66.4918 short
1st -75.65 93.88 483.29 125664 3.4 1.019 1.019 1.019 2.6523 20.3563 70.1454 short
2nd -66.24 75.65 345.53 125664 3.4 1.019 1.019 1.019 2.6523 20.3563 71.8903 short
3rd -50.64 66.24 192.91 125664 3.4 1.019 1.019 1.019 2.6523 20.3563 69.1123 short
4th -27.35 50.64 28.13 125664 3.4 1 1.019 1.0095 2.6484 20.3263 63.5022 short

Axis C4

C4
Level M1 M2 P Ac L α1 α2 αm calculated LIMIT
Le(nonsway) (nonsway)
(nonsway)
Type
foundtion -30.35 47.25 840.28 125664 2 0 1 0.5 1.4 10.7449 66.0582 short
basement -47.25 68.2 832.24 125664 3.06 1.94 2.57 2.255 2.6593 20.41 67.3204 short
Ground floor -68.2 104.16 668.02 125664 4.08 1.94 1.94 1.94 3.4844 26.7426 66.369 short
1st -82.11 104.16 460.65 125664 3.4 1.94 1.94 1.94 2.9036 22.285 69.7077 short
2nd -64.53 82.11 301.02 125664 3.4 1.94 1.94 1.94 2.9036 22.285 69.6474 short
3rd -39.13 64.53 147.48 125664 3.4 1.94 1.94 1.94 2.9036 22.285 65.1596 short
4th -1.43 39.13 3.67 125664 3.4 0 1.94 0.97 2.6316 20.1974 50.9136 short

University of Gondar Page 276


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Note-Sampel Coloumn Design for Coloumn A3-3 is Tabulated below and the other Coloumns
Design can be found from the Appendix.

FOUNDATION CLOUMN DESIGN A-3


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam


r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 250 0 0 400 400 0
h 450 450 0 0 400 400 0
L 6000 3150 0 0 3300 2000 0
I 1898437500 1898437500 0 0 2133333333 2133333333 0
K 0 602678.571 0 0 646464.646 1066666.67 0
ac1 0.00
ac2 1.00

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam
r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 0 0 400 400 0 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 0 0 400 400 0 nd= P/fcdAc
L 4400 1800 0 0 3300 2000 0
I 1898437500 1898437500 0 0 2133333333 2133333333 0 i= 115.47
K 431463.068 1054687.5 0 0 646464.646 1066666.67 0
ac1 1.15 l= 23.62
ac2 1.00 nd= 0.75709
Do not consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=1.15Le
X 0.00 1.00 1.00 2 2.33 2.30 l=15/sqr/(nd) 17.24 The larger of the two
Y 1.15 1.00 1.00 2 2.73 2.30 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 32.47 0 2.33 0.000 0.02 0.00 0.02 32.47 27.66
Y 60.38 1372.46 2.73 0.000 0.02 0.00 0.02 60.38 27.50
1372.46

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided


32.470 60.380 1372.500 0.039 0.072 0.653 0.20 1611.18 8F20

x y
eo= 0.000 0.000 Mx My
eo= 0.000 0.000 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1 = 0.000 0.000 -0.31 0.53 -0.28 0.13
eo2 = 0.000 0.000

0.6 0.20
0.653 0.20
0.7 0.20

University of Gondar Page 277


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

BASMENT FLOOR COLUMN DESIGN A-3


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 6000 3150 6000 3150 3300 3300 2000
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333
K 316406.25 602678.571 316406.25 602678.571 646464.646 646464.646 1066666.67
ac1 1.41
ac2 1.86 `

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 4400 1800 4400 1800 3300 3300 2000
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.47
K 431463.068 1054687.5 431463.068 1054687.5 646464.646 646464.646 1066666.67
ac1 1.00 l= 43.35
ac2 1.15 nd= 0.73378
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.41 1.86 1.86 3.3 5.01 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 17.51 The larger of the two
Y 1.00 1.15 1.00 3.3 4.50 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 122.94 0 5.01 0.00 0.02 0.04 0.05 122.94 72.18
Y 108.21 1330.2 4.50 0.00 0.02 0.03 0.05 108.21 60.37
1330.2

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided


122.940 108.210 1330.200 0.146 0.129 0.633 0.53 4290.96 8F16

x y
eo= 0.00 0.00 Mx My
eo= 0.00 0.00 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1 = 0.00 0.00 -4.33 5.08 -3.65 4.55
eo2 = 0.00 0.00

0.6 0.50
0.633 0.53
0.7 0.60

University of Gondar Page 278


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

GROUND FLOOR COLUMN DESIGN A-3


X- Direction

top L. beam
top r. beam
L. bot. Beam
r. bot. Beam
top columncolumnbot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 6000 3150 6000 3150 3300 3300 3300
I 2E+09 2E+09 1.9E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09
K 316406 602679 316406 602679 646465 646465 646465
ac1 1.41
ac2 1.41 `

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam
top r. beam
L. bot. Beam
r. bot. Beam
top columncolumnbot. Column l Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 n d P/fcdAc
L 4400 1800 4400 1800 3300 3300 3300
I 2E+09 2E+09 1.9E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 i= 115.47
K 431463 1E+06 431463 1E+06 646465 646465 646465
ac1 1.00 l 41.66
ac2 0.87 n d 0.6173
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acin Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
L Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.41 1.41 1.41 3.3 4.81 l15/sq/(n d) 19.09
3.80 The larger of the two
Y 1.00 0.87 0.87 3.3 4.36 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 194.02 0 4.81 0.00 0.02 0.03 0.05 194.02 56.80
Y 122.38 1119.1 4.36 0.00 0.01 0.03 0.04 122.38 48.21
1119.1

column Mx(KN-M)My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)


As Provided
194.020 122.380 1119.110 0.231 0.146 0.532 0.43 3482.15 8F16

x y
eo= 0.00 0.00 Mx My
eo= 0.00 0.00 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= 0.00 0.00 -4.33 5.08 -3.65 4.55
eo2= 0.00 0.00

0.5 0.40
0.532 0.43
0.6 0.50

University of Gondar Page 279


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

FIRST FLOOR COLUMN DESIGN A-3


X- Direction

top L. beam
top r. beam
L. bot. Beam
r. bot. Beam
top columncolumnbot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 400 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 6000 3150 6000 3150 3300 3300 3300
I 1E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09
K 222222 602679 316406 602679 646465 646465 646465
ac1 1.00
ac2 1.41

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam
top r. beam
L. bot. Beam
r. bot. Beam
top columncolumnbot. Column l Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 n d P/fcdAc
L 4400 1800 4400 1800 3300 3300 3300
I 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 i= 115.47
K 431463 1E+06 431463 1E+06 646465 646465 646465
ac1 1.00 l 39.97
ac2 1.00 n d 0.4421
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acin Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
L Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.00 1.41 1.41 3.3 4.62 l15/sq/(n d) 22.56
3.80 The larger of the two
Y 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.3 4.43 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 194.02 0 4.62 0.036 0.02 0.03 0.09 194.02 70.22
Y 126.11 801.5 4.43 -0.013 0.02 0.03 0.04 126.11 29.01
801.5

0.32
column Mx(KN-M)My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)
As Provided
194.020 126.110 801.500 0.231 0.150 0.381 0.61 4009.27 4F14

x y
eo= 0.036 -0.020 Mx My
eo= 0.023 -0.013 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= 0.003 -0.001 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2= 0.057 -0.033

0.3 0.65
0.381 0.61
0.4 0.6

University of Gondar Page 280


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

SECONDE FLOOR COLUMN DESIGN A-3


X- Direction

top L. beam
top r. beam
L. bot. Beam
r. bot. Beam
top columncolumnbot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 400 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 6000 3150 6000 3150 3300 3300 3300
I 1E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09
K 222222 602679 316406 602679 646465 646465 646465
ac1 1.00
ac2 1.41

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam
top r. beam
L. bot. Beam
r. bot. Beam
top columncolumnbot. Column l Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 n d P/fcdAc
L 4400 1800 4400 1800 3300 3300 3300
I 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 i= 115.47
K 431463 1E+06 431463 1E+06 646465 646465 646465
ac1 1.00 l 39.97
ac2 1.00 n d 0.2861
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acin Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
L Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.00 1.41 1.41 3.3 4.62 l15/sq/(n d) 28.04
3.80 The larger of the two
Y 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.3 4.43 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 149.41 0 4.62 0.055 0.02 0.03 0.11 149.41 55.53
Y 112.29 518.67 4.43 -0.020 0.02 0.03 0.03 112.29 15.04
518.67

0.32
column Mx(KN-M)My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)
As Provided
149.410 112.290 518.670 0.178 0.134 0.247 0.40 3222.26 4F14

x y
eo= 0.055 -0.031 Mx My
eo= 0.035 -0.020 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= 0.005 -0.002 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2= 0.089 -0.051

0.2 0.4
0.247 0.40
0.3 0.4

University of Gondar Page 281


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

THIRD FLOOR COLUMN DESIGN


X- Direction

top L. beam
top r. beam
L. bot. Beam
r. bot. Beam
top columncolumnbot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 400 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 6000 3150 6000 3150 3300 3300 3300
I 1E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09
K 222222 602679 316406 602679 646465 646465 646465
ac1 1.00
ac2 1.41

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam
top r. beam
L. bot. Beam
r. bot. Beam
top columncolumnbot. Column l Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 n d P/fcdAc
L 4400 1800 4400 1800 3300 3300 3300
I 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 i= 115.47
K 431463 1E+06 431463 1E+06 646465 646465 646465
ac1 1.00 l 39.97
ac2 1.00 n d 0.1352
Do not consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acin Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
L Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.00 1.41 1.41 3.3 4.62 l15/sq/(n d) 40.79
3.80 The larger of the two
Y 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.3 4.43 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 138.51 0 4.62 0.117 0.02 0.00 0.14 138.51 33.49
Y 92.78 245.1 4.43 -0.043 0.02 0.00 -0.02 92.78 -5.68
245.1

0.32
column Mx(KN-M)My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)
As Provided
138.510 92.780 245.100 0.165 0.110 0.117 0.65 5238.65 4F14

x y
eo= 0.117 -0.066 Mx My
eo= 0.075 -0.043 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= 0.010 -0.004 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2= 0.188 -0.108

0.1 0.7
0.117 0.65
0.2 0.4

University of Gondar Page 282


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

FORTH A3
X- Direction

top L. beam
top r. beam
L. bot. Beam
r. bot. Beam
top columncolumnbot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 0 400 400
h 400 450 450 450 0 400 400
L 6000 3150 6000 3150 0 3300 3300
I 1E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 0 2E+09 2E+09
K 222222 602679 316406 602679 0 646465 646465
ac1 1.00
ac2 1.41

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam
top r. beam
L. bot. Beam
r. bot. Beam
top columncolumnbot. Column l Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 0 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 0 400 400 n d P/fcdAc
L 4400 1800 4400 1800 0 3300 3300
I 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 0 2E+09 2E+09 i= 115.47
K 431463 1E+06 431463 1E+06 0 646465 646465
ac1 1.00 l 39.97
ac2 1.00 n d 0.0081
Do not consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acin Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
L Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.00 1.41 1.41 3.3 4.62 l15/sq/(n d) 166.52
3.80 The larger of the two
Y 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.3 4.43 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 138.51 0 4.62 1.943 0.02 0.00 1.96 138.51 28.88
Y 16.03 14.71 4.43 -0.720 0.02 0.00 -0.70 16.03 -10.29
14.71

0.32
column Mx(KN-M)My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)
As Provided
138.510 16.030 14.710 0.165 0.019 0.007 0.30 2416.77 4F14

x y
eo= 1.943 -1.105 Mx My
eo= 1.250 -0.720 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= 0.171 -0.063 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2= 3.124 -1.799

0 0.3
0.007 0.30
0.1 0.3

University of Gondar Page 283


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Chapter Seven: Design of Shear Wall


7.1Design of Shear Wall Supporting Lift Shaft or Elevator
Shear wall: is part of lateral force resisting system, it is a cantilever walls extended from foundation
to the top of the building. They primarily resist lateral loads due to wind or earth-quakes acting on
the building. These walls often provide lateral bracing for the rest of the structure. They resist
gravity loads transferred to the wall by the parts of the structure tributary to the wall, plus lateral-
loads (lateral shears) and moments about the strong axis of the wall. In addition to the lateral
loads shear walls resist the gravity loads from the floors and roof adjacent to the wall.

Shear-wall frame buildings: where the lateral load is resisted in part by the wall and in part by
frame. It is used for buildings ranging from 8 about 30 stories.

In our case, the shear wall provided is added solely to support the lift shaft or elevator and not
integrated with the building to resist the lateral load acting on the building as a whole.

General procedures for the design of the shear wall supporting the lift shaft:
o Geometry
o Determination of the action forces on the wall: the loads on the wall include the lateral
loads due to seismic action, self-weight of the wall, the load from the self-weight of the
shaft supported by the wall.
o Determination of the design eccentricity in both directions: The wall is designed as
isolated sway elements of a frame using the second-order theory of columns.
o determination of the design moment in both direction
o reinforcement calculation
o detailing

University of Gondar Page 284


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

In the X direction

For accidental loading to EBCS -2-1995 table for c-25 steel class one work

, b=200 , h=330, L=2420.

𝑦
m= ⁄( 𝑦 )

University of Gondar Page 285


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

( 𝑦 ) 𝑦 ( )

=√((
( ))

Design of shear wall in x direction

Md=2715.24

Depth for deflection requirement

=√((
( ))

dmin=2731.58

As=

=0.0192*200*2731.58

=10489.27

According to EBCS -2-1995 section 7.2.5.2

As,min>=0.004Ac

=0.004*2420*200

=1936mm2

<=0.04Ac

=0.04*2420*200

=19360mm2

Therefore As=10489.27

Check for

( √ )

University of Gondar Page 286


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

( √ )

0.04>

Use D=2900mm

=0.007< =0.0192………Ok!

Then As= *b*d


11136mm2

Assume 𝑎

Number of bar=

Use 36 20 bar
Spacing s

Smax=as*

=314.16*3300/1936
=535.5
Smax<=2*b=2*200=400
<=300mm
Take s=300mm

Then use 20c/c300


Reinforcement table for X direction

in x dxn
POSITION MOMENT EFF.DEPTH USDS KX KZ Acalc Scalc S PROV
Basment 3636.2 1561.06 0.131697843 0.17717931 0.929128 7207.513 10.89141244 15
Ground 2964.7 1410.09 0.131600391 0.17703738 0.929185 6505.26 12.06715761 15
First 1976.4 1151.32 0.131599075 0.17703547 0.929186 5311.402 14.7795247 15
Second 1185.8 891.79 0.131600137 0.17703701 0.929185 4114.144 19.08051652 20
Threid 592.9 630.59 0.131600452 0.17703747 0.929185 2909.143 26.98388753 30
Four 197.64 364.08 0.131598606 0.17703478 0.929186 1679.609 46.73705777 50

University of Gondar Page 287


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Design For shear

Vc=0.3*fctd*(1+50 ) *b*d

=0.3*1.032*(1+50*0.0192)*200*2900

=351.KN>Vsd=223.85

ASH=0.5*As

Horizontal reinforcement are half of vertical reinforcement

Therefore

ASH=0.5*10489.27

=5244635mm2

Spacings

S =as* h/ASH =us 12 bar for all spacing.

Floor H as Ascal Ash Scal Smax sprov # Of bar


(mm) mm2 bar
basement 2300 113 7207.513 3603.7565 10.8914124 300 15 63.78 70
Ground 3300 113 6505.26 3252.63 12.06715761 300 15 57.56 60
First 3300 113 5311.402 2655.701 14.7795761 300 15 47 50
Second 3300 113 4114.144 2057.072 19.08051652 300 20 36.41 40
Third 3300 113 2909.143 1454.5715 26.98388753 300 30 25.74 30
Four 3300 113 1679.629 839.8145 46.7370577 300 50 14.86 15

Design of shear wall in Y direction

University of Gondar Page 288


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Mmax=3084.51

Asmin=0.004Ac

Depth for deflection requirement

=√((
( ))

dmin=1826.35

As=

=0.0192*200*1826.35

=7013.18

According to EBCS -2-1995 section 7.2.5.2

As,min>=0.004Ac

=0.004*2750*200

=2200mm2

<=0.04Ac

=0.04*2750*200

=22000mm2

Therefore As=7013.18

Check for

( √ )

( √ )

0.0247> …. not ok

Use D=2000mm

University of Gondar Page 289


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

=0.016< =0.0192………Ok!

Then As= *b*d


7013.18mm2

Assume 𝑎

Number of bar=

Use 22 20 bar
Spacing s

Smax=as*

=314.16*3300/3300
=314
Smax<=2*b=2*200=400
<=300mm
Take s=300mm

Then use 20c/c300

Reinforcement table for Y direction

in y dxn
POSITIO MOMEN EFF.DEPT USDS KX KZ Acalc Scalc S
N T H PRO
V
Basement 4132.2 1725.97 0.12242917 0.1637639 0.93449 7365.53 10.6577448 15
9 2 4 6 9
Ground 3369.1 1503.19 0.13160010 0.1770369 0.92918 6934.74 11.3198053 15
5 7 5 8 7
First 2246.08 1227.35 0.13160077 0.1770379 0.92918 5662.23 13.8637911 15
8 5 5 2 2
Second 1347.7 950 0.13180021 0.1773284 0.92906 4389.90 17.8819497 20
2 1 9 2 2
third 673.83 672 0.13169882 0.1771807 0.92912 3102.69 25.3006125 30
1 3 8 2 2
Four 224.6 388.117 0.13159958 0.1770362 0.92918 1790.51 43.8421698 50
2 6 4

University of Gondar Page 290


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Design For shear

Vc=0.3*fctd*(1+50 ) *b*d

=0.3*1.032*(1+50*0.0192)200*2200

=266.99KN>Vsd=254.37 ……Ok

According to EBCS -2-1995 section 7.2.5.3

ASH=0.5*As

Horizontal reinforcement are half of vertical reinforcement

Therefore

ASH=0.5*7013.18

=3506.59mm2

Spacing s

S =as* h/ASH =use 12 bar for all spacing.

Floor H as Ascal Ash Scal Smax sprov # Of bar


(mm) mm2 bar
basement 2300 113 7365.536 36682.768 10.8914124 300 15 65.18 70
Ground 3300 113 6934.74 3467.37 12.06715761 300 15 61.37 65
First 3300 113 5662.232 2831.116 14.7795761 300 15 50.108 60
second 3300 113 4389.902 2194.951 19.08051652 300 20 38.84 40
Third 3300 113 3102.692 1551.346 26.98388753 300 30 27.457 30
Four 3300 113 1790.514 895.257 46.7370577 300 50 15.84 20

University of Gondar Page 291


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

7.2 Design of Basement Shear Wall


Wall is a vertical load bearing member whose length exceeds four times its thickness. U braced
wall: is designed to carry lateral loads (horizontal loads) in additional to vertical loads. Mainly
constructed by reinforced concrete.

Braced wall: does not carry any lateral loads (horizontal loads). All horizontal loads are carried
by principal structural bracings or lateral supports. This type of wall is used mainly in steel
structures.

Wall also subdivided in to two based on its length effect.

Stocky wall: where the effective height (Hc) divided by the thickness (t) doesn‟t exceed 15

for a braced wall and 10 for an un braced wall.

For braced wall

For un braced wall

Slender wall: is a wall other than stocky wall.Our wall is un braced wall that means it can resist
horizontal loads in addition to vertical loads.

Geometry of wall

Height of the wall (H) = 3

Thickness of the wall (t) = 200mm

Strap beam depth D=600mm

Strap beam width b=500mm

Total height of the wall = 3+0.6= 3.6

Length of the wall L=6m

Check for slenderness

So the wall is slender wall

Wall retain only selected soil at the back of the building that have active earth pressure on Wall
and at the front side there is a soil which gives support to the wall and act as passive pressure,
but in design of wall we consider only the active soil pressure on the out plan face of wall.

University of Gondar Page 292


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Assumptions to design the shear wall;

 Active soil pressure acts on the out plan of wall


 Earth quake is resisted by the frame, so the wall can‟t resist or carry earth quake load
 No vertical load exert on wall except self-weight of wall.
 The soil passive pressure is not considered in design of wall

Fig 7.1. Basement shear wall diagram supporting selected soil

𝑎 𝑎 where ka Rankine active earth pressure coefficient

University of Gondar Page 293


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Pa=

Now factored design load pd=1.4*4.107=58.94

 moment at the bottom


M=pd*1/3*Hw

Shear force v=58.94KN

Weight of wall =t*H* 𝑡 𝑡

=0.2*3.6*24KN/m2*1

= 17.28

 factored weight of wallNsd=1.3*17.28=22.46KN

since the wall is slender wall it will have eccentricity

determine of design eccentricity in both directions

etot= ea + eo + e2

accidental (additional) eccentricity due to various imperfections

ea= EBCS -21995 Sec4.4.3

where Le= is the effective buckling length of the wall

assuming the top end of the shear wall to be simply supported

Le=0.7L

Where L=the wall height

Le 0.7*3.6=2.52m

ea =

University of Gondar Page 294


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

determination of design eccentricity in our plan- direction.

First order eccentricity

eo=

Second order eccentricity

e2 =0.4h( ) where h = length of wall h=6m

e2 =0.4 * 6 ( )

Total eccentricity

etot =ea + eo + e2

=8.4mm+3150+mm4.324mm

=3162.63mm

Relative eccentricity:

The relative eccentricity, for a given direction, is the ratio of the total eccentricity, allowing

for initial eccentricity and second-order effects in that direction, to the column width in the same

direction.

eret= etot/h =3.162/6=0.527

Determination of design eccentricity in in-plan direction:

First order eccentricity: no moment is carried in this direction as it is carried by the

perpendicular walls,Md =0

e0=

second order eccentricity

e2 =4.2336

Total eccentricity

etot =ea + eo + e2

University of Gondar Page 295


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

=8.4+4.233=12.633=0.0126m

Relative eccentricity

erel=

relative eccentricity ratio k

𝑎 𝑎𝑡 𝑡 𝑡𝑦
𝑎 𝑎𝑡 𝑡 𝑡𝑦

Equivalent eccentricity equation

eeq=etot (1+ka)

relative normal force V

V=

Interpolating for 𝑡

eeq=3.6 (1+0.1195*0.609)

=3.86

Design moment calculation

Design moment Msd

Msd=eeq * Nsd

=3.86*22.46KN

=86.71KN

Design of vertical reinforcement

is renforcmet ratio from uniaxial chart using v and value

For

University of Gondar Page 296


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Area of reinforcement

Amin=0.004Ac=0.004*200*1000=800mm2

Amax=0.04Ac=0.04*200*1000mm=8000mm2

As=

As=868.63mm2>Asmin =800mm2

Using two rows of bars (i.e. providing reinforcement on each face (internal and external face) of
the wall, the area of steel reinforcement on each side will be:

As=868.63mm2

Spacing of the vertical bars:

As discussed in the introduction part of this chapter,

The diameter of the vertical bars shall not be less than 8mm.

The spacing of vertical bars shall not exceed twice the wall thickness nor 300mm

𝑡 𝑡 𝑎 𝑡
smax ,

𝑎
𝑆

Therefore, provide Φ16

C/C 230mm vertical reinforcement bars on each face of the wall.

Check for Shear

Vd=58.94KN

Check the diagonal compression failure of concrete

Section resistance,

Vred=0.25*fcd bw d

D=effective depth

University of Gondar Page 297


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

( )
D=d-cover-

Vrd=0.25*fcd*bw*d

=0.25*11.33*1000*173mm*10-3=490KN

=490>Vd (ok)

For member subjected to significant axial compression (EBCS -2 1995 section 4.5.3)

Vc0.25*fctd k1*k2*bw*d

We take minimum reinforcement area to check to the section capacity of concrete

As=868.63mm2

Where

K1=1+50 ( )

K2=1.6-d

Vc=0.25fctd k1k2bwd

=0.25*1.032*1.25*1.427*1000*173=79.68>vd=58.9 ok so stirrup are not need

Area of horizontal reinforcement:

According to section 6.2.1.2 of EBCS-2 the area of horizontal reinforcement shall not be less

than one-half of the vertical reinforcement.

As=

The diameter of horizontal bar shall not be less than one quarter of that of the vertical bar
spacing shear reinforcement

𝑎
𝑆

University of Gondar Page 298


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

𝑡
𝑆 { where t=d=200mm
𝑎
There fore

Provide c/c 300 mm

According section 7.2.5.3(3) of EBCS-2 the horizontal reinforcement shall enclose the

vertical reinforce. The horizontal bars shall enclose and be tied to the vertical bars so as to form
rigid mat.

Design of Strap Beam

A strap beam is a beam which support the wall.

Geometry

Assumption:

 Concrete cover 25mm


 Longitudinal reinforcement bar 𝚽=20mm
 Stirrup reinforcement bar 𝚽s=8mm
 D=600mm, d = − Ccover - 𝛷/2 − 𝛷𝑡
 d = 600 − 25 −20/2− 8 = 557mm

Load on beam

 Self-weight of beam = 1.3(0.5*0.6*24KN/m2) = 9.36KN/m


 Load transferred from wall =22.46KN/m
 Total design load pd = 25.46 + 9.36 = 31.82KN/m

University of Gondar Page 299


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

The design moment for the wall a tensional effect on the s

Analysis

Flexural moment at beam support and span

M cantilever =

M span =2/3*m cantilever=

University of Gondar Page 300


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

M span= 1/3*M cantilever =

Shear of the support

V=

Design for flexural moment

Check depth for flexural

d √ ( )

d √ ( )

Constants

C1=2.5 , m= Kmax=0.448

C2=0.32fcd=0.32*11.33 =3.63 Mpa

( √ )

Span flexure

Md=47.73KN.m

( √ )

Kx=0.034

AS= b*d=0.002*500*557=464.2

University of Gondar Page 301


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

There for provide 2

Support flexural design

Md =95.46KN.m

Kx= ( √ )

AS=

# , as =

There for provide 3

Design beam to shear and torsion

Torsion force diagram

T=43.35

Torsion is critical at d distance form the face of the column

X=d+ , where b= width of column b=400 g

X=557+200=757=0.757

University of Gondar Page 302


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Using trangluar similarity torsion at critical point


( )
Tsd =

Torsion resistance of the concrete for pure torsion

According to EBCS tensional capacity of concrete is given by the following equation

Tc=1.2*fctd*Aeff*heff where heff=t

t= ( 𝑡 )

where Ag is growth area of beam

Ag=500*600=300*103

U is length per meter of beam

U=2(500+600)=2200mm

t= ( )

Xo=500-t=364

Yo=600-t=464

Aeff=364*464=168.896*103

Now Tc=1.2*1.032*168.896*136*10-3=28.446KN.m

Check for diagram tensional crushing

Trd=0.8*Fcd*Aeff*heff

Trd=0.8*11.336*168.96*103*136=208.28KN.m

Shear force diagram

University of Gondar Page 303


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Shear is critical at torsion at distance from the face of the column

X=d+b/2 where b= width of the column

B=400

X =557+200=757=0.757
( )
Using triangular similarity torsion at critical point Vsd=

Shear resistance of the concrete for pure torsion

Check for diagonal shear crushing

Vrd=0.25*fcdbd

Vrd=0.25*11.33*500*557=788.85

Concrete capacity

Vc=0.25*fctd k1*k2 bd

K1=1+50

K1=1+(50*0.002)=1.083 <2……ok

University of Gondar Page 304


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

K2=1.6-d=1.6-0.557=1.043.1….ok

Vc=0.25*1.032*1.083*1.043*500*557*10-3=81.3KN

Redaction

Redaction factor for maximum torsion and shear capacity of beam corrected values

Torsion

Bt = = =0.866
√ ( ) √ ( )

√ ( ) √ ( )

𝑡
√ ( ) √ ( )

√ ( ) √ ( )

Corrected values

a) Torsion Tc‟= TcBt=0.866*28.45=25.21<Tsd=43.35KN.m


So the beam need to design torsion

University of Gondar Page 305


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Additional stirrup required due torsion


( )
S= 𝑎

( )
S=

There for provide c/c 100

Additional longitudinal bar required due to torsion on strap beam


( )
Along=

( )
=

There for provide 3

b) Torsion Vc‟ =TcBv=81.16*0.398=32.3,vsd=71.37

So the beam should design to shear that is shear reinforcement is required

S=

( )
S= =186.94

Provide

University of Gondar Page 306


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Chapter Eight:Foundation Design

Fig 8.1 Footing Layout

Foundation
A foundation, often constructed from concrete, steel or wood ,is a structure design to transfer
load from a supper structure to the soil underneath the supper structure it always constructed
below the ground level so as to increase the lateral stability of the structure. Selection of footing
type foundation footing for structure is selected depending on the following criteria
 Function of the structure
 Load it must carry

University of Gondar Page 307


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

 Subsurface condition
 Cost of foundation in comparison with cost of the superstructure
 For our purpose we select a square isolated footing for simplicity of analysis. Highly
axially loaded central column F7 which has a compression force of 2887.41KNis selected
as a representative sample for isolated footing design.

From SAP 200analysis output results the following loading data are obtained.
Footing 7 Footing 12
P=2887.41 p=1596.78
Mx=24.16 Mx=19.89
My=39.48 My=29.02
Table 8.1 Soil data drained direct shear test results
Item No Depth(m) Bare hole Bulk U(KN/m3) Moisture Cohesion Angle of
No density content (KN/m2) intenal
(KN/m3) (%) friction(f)
1 1.8 1 1513 14.84 67.09 75 31
2 3.2 1 1769 17.35 19.39 75 20
3 1.9 2 1642 16.11 63.42 95 18
4 1.9 2 1708 17.09 22.45 60 26

Fig 8.2 Footing Elevation and Footing Layout(plan view)

University of Gondar Page 308


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Fig 8.3 Soil Profile

Footing Design Sample (Footing 7)


Bearing capacity
The soil must be Capable of Carrying the loads from an engineered structure placed up on it
without a shear failure and with the resulting settlement being tolerable for the structure. The
design bearing resistance is calculated from drained conditions. The Drained Condtions

= EBCS-7,1995ARR 6.5.2.2

With the design value of dimensions factors for the bearing resistant

Nq= ( ( ⁄ ))

Nc=(Nq-1)

University of Gondar Page 309


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Nr=2(Nq-1) ⁄ 𝑎

The value Nq,Nc,Nu are given in tabulated as a function of F


( )
Weight average values of C=

C=75.85KN/m2
( )
Weighted average F =

F=23.51

( )

C‟ (foundation analysis & design, 4th edition, J.E. Bowels Table 4.4)

Nq=4.4
Nu=1.46
Nc=11.73
For vertical loads ic,iq,iu=1.0
Shape factor for square Shape
( )
Sc= =1.36

Weighted

q‟=16.59*2=33.18KN/m2 depth factor width of footing assume to be


2.5m*2.5m and depth of 2m

= =0.8

Depth factor dc =1+0.2√ 𝑃 ,Kp= ( ⁄ )

= ( )

dc=1.43

d 𝑞 √ = √

=1.14

University of Gondar Page 310


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Bearing capacity of the soil is given as

= √

=50.82+11.73*1.36+33.18*4.4*1.14+0.5*16.5*2.5*5.36*0.7*1.14
=1064.67

qo=

The safety factor is based on the type of soil (cohesive or cohesion less)reliability of the soil
parameter,& the structure information, possible safety foctor2-3 is recommended.
(Bowls „table 4.9)
Choosing F.S= 2.5

qo= = =359.88KN/m2

Check stress with allowable bearing capacity since the factored load=2887.4 KN ,usually to
factored the load a factor of 1.4 is used the design axial load will be

Q=2062.44
Mx=24.16
My=39.48

𝑦 =0.42>>ey&ex

𝑦
𝑥

L‟=L
B‟=B

= =329.9KN/M2<qallowable=354.89KN/m2

As we can see from the above value the soil has a good bearing resistance thus the loads coming
from the structure con easily be transferred to the foundation soil by using isolated footing.

(1 ),

University of Gondar Page 311


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

,A= =5.03m2

Using square footing=√


Use B=2.5m
Actual safety factor of allowable bearing capacity

F.S=

Check for settlement


Immediate settlement (elastic settlement computation)

The settlement on a soil mass immediately after application of load can be computed using an
equation from the theory of elasticity

Where;-

H= settlement
q=intensity of contact pressure in units of Es

B=least lateral dimension of footing in units of H

Iw=influence factor which depends on shape of footing and its rigidity


Es=static stress-strain modulus
For the axial load of 1064.67KN and an area of 6.25 m2, q=174.43Kpa

For =1, Iw= Iw=4.17 ( Bowles, table 5.4)


( )

Es=for medium clay 15-50Mpa (Bowles, table 2.7)


Use Es=35*103Kpa
m=for saturated clay 0.4-0.5 (Bowles ,table 2.8)
Use m=0.45

University of Gondar Page 312


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

=0.0404m=40.4mm
40.4<allowable settlement 50m EBCS-7,1995Art 6.64

Consolidation settlement
Consolidation settlement will be checked for cohesive soil. Since our soil is a c-F soil, no need of
checking a consolidation settlement. [EBCS-7, 1995 Art 6.6.3.6]

Check for sliding


Sliding of the footing will occur for load combination which give the smallest acial force with
relatively big lateral force.[ EBCS-7,1995 Art 6.5.3.6]
From SAP 2000 analysis output Fy==13.12
Fx=p=135.3

Unfactored axial load =

Ø=23.51

μ=

Resisting force= μ *p=0.294*96.6


=39.77KN
Deriving force=13.12KN

Factor of safety Against Sliding= 2.16 > F.Sallow=1.5

The Structure is Safe against Sliding.

Design of isolated footing

Proportioning of footing
The stress distribution (contact pressure distribution) is assumed to ve linear & assuming square
footing and from the allowable bearing capacity of the soil it is taken as 2.5m*2.5m footing pad.

Depth determination

University of Gondar Page 313


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

In the structural design of footings adequacy of the thickness of the footing & provide the
necessary reinforcement to with stand punching shear and shear diagonal tension (wide veam
shear )bending moment and bond stress should be checked

Punching shear
It is normal practice to provide adequate depth to restrain the shear stress developed without
reinforcement the critical section for punching is as shown below
Column size=40*40cm
B‟=a‟=400mm

d/2
a'+d

a'+d

Fig 8.4 Critical Section for Punching Shear of F7


The acting force is

Vact=Q-(a+d)(b‟+d)

The resisting force is the shear force which is the perimeter of the critical section multiplied by
the effective will give the contact area.
Vres={2(a‟=d)}+{2(b+d)}dvpc
The required effective depth can be obtained by considering the equilibrium condition of footing
vres≥ Vact

fctd= 𝑎

Vpc=0.5 fctd(1+50pc)=0.5*1.17*103(1+50*0.005)

University of Gondar Page 314


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

=730KN/m2

( ) ( )
Vres  {2 a '  d }  {2 b'  d }dn pc

= 2(0.4+d) +2(0.4+d)(730
=4(0.4+d) (d) (730)
=1168d+2920d2
vact=1064.4-(0.4+d)(0.4+d)(329.9) s=329.9KN/m2
=1064.4-52.784-329.9d2+263.92d
=1011.88-329.9d2+263.92d
Vact=Vres
1011.88-329.9d2+263.92d=4(0.4+d) (d) (730)
d=0.43m

Wide beam shear


1

2 2
d

d
1

Fig 8.5 Critical Section for Wide Beam Shear of F7

Since it is square footing section 1-1 is the same as section 2-2

 a' 
V act  B B 2   d s
 2 
V  B(d )n wc
res

University of Gondar Page 315


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

n wc  0.3 f ctd (1  50  e )
 438.75KN / m 2

Where :-n wc = The permissible shear stress for wide beam shear for equilibrium

V res  V act
V res  2.5 * d * 438.75  1096.88d
 2.5 0.5 
V act  2.5   d 3529.9
 2 2 
 824.75  329.9d
 d  0.57m
Wide beam shear govern
By adding 5cm clear cover D = 62 cm

Determination of design moments


The critical section for bending moment is as shown in the figure. Section 1-1 & 2-2. Since the
proposed footing is square & the effective area is the same as provided the moment acting in
both section is identical.
1

2 2
1

Fig 8.6 Critical Section for Bending Moment of F7

University of Gondar Page 316


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

M11 = L * X2/2 * s
X1 = 1.0 m
L = 2.5 m
s = 329.9 KN/m2
M11 = 2.5 * 0.5 * 329.9 = 412.375KN/m2

Reinforcement
Using diameter 20 deformed reinforcement bar
dx = 600mm
dy = 580mm

 min  0.002
As min   min bd
As min x  0.002 * 2500 * 600  3000mm 2
As min y  0.002 * 2500 * 580  2900mm 2

By using design chart #1 [EBCS-2, 1995 part II]

M 412.375 *106 M 412.375 *106


     
sds , x f cd bd 2 11.33 * 2500 * 600 2 sds ,y f cd bd 2 11.33 * 2500 * 580 2

= 0.040 = 0.0432
Kzx = 0.957 Kzy = 0.948
Z = 0.957* 600 Z = 0.948 * 580
=574.2 mm =549.84 mm

M sd 412.375 *106 M 412.375 *106


Asx    2752.99mm2 Asy  sd   2874.96mm2
Zf yd 574.2 * 260.87 Zf yd 549.84 * 260.87

Use Asmin = 3000 mm2

University of Gondar Page 317


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Using Ø 20 deformed bar

 * 20 2
Ab   314.16mm 2
4

2752.99
nx   8.76  9bar
314.16
2874.96
ny   9.1  10bar
314.6

Spacing 𝑆 =

Use 10 Ø20c/c 265 in both directions

Development length
The reinforcement shall be properly anchored at each end to prevent bond failure.
Basic anchorage length
The basic anchorage length lb diameter d of the bar is given as

 f yd 
lb  (f 4)  [EBCS-2, 1995 Art 7.1.6.1]
 f bd 

f bd  2 f ctd , the design bond strength for deformed compression bar of good bond condition.

f ctd  1.03 * 2  2.06Mpa

 260.87 
lb  (20 / 4)   633.18mm
 2.06 

Required anchorage length

Ascal 10f
lb ,net  alb  0.3lb   [EBCS-2, 1995 Art7.1.6.2]
Aseff 200mm

University of Gondar Page 318


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Where: - Ascal = theoretical area of reinforcement required by the design


Aseff = Area of reinforcement actually provided
Ascal = 2874.96mm2
Aseff = 3141.6 mm2

2874.9
lbnet  1.0 * 633.18 *  579.4mm
3141.6
0.3lb  579.4 * 0.3
 173.83mm

Use lnet 570.4mm mm

Fig 8.7 Footing detail for F7

University of Gondar Page 319


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Footing Design sample (F12)

Bearing capacity
The Drained Conditions

= EBCS-7,1995ARR 6.5.2.2

With the design value of dimensions factors for the bearing resistant

Nq= ( ( ⁄ ))

Nc=(Nq-1)

Nr=2(Nq-1) ⁄ 𝑎

( )
C=

C=75.85KN/m2
( )
F=

F=23.51

( )

C‟ (foundation analysis & design, 4th edition, J.E. Bowels Table 4.4)

Nq=4.4
Nu=1.46
Nc=11.73
For vertical loads ic,iq,iu=1.0
Shape factor for circular Shape
( )
Sc= =1.36

Weighted

q‟=16.59*2=33.18KN/m2 depth factor width of footing assume to be


2.5m*2.5m and depth of 2m

University of Gondar Page 320


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

= =0.8

depth factor dc =1+0.2√ 𝑃 ,Kp= ( ⁄ )

= ( )

dc=1.43

d 𝑞 √

= √
=1.14
Bearing capacity of the soil is given as

= √

=50.82+11.73*1.36+33.18*4.4*1.14+0.5*16.5*2.5*5.36*0.7*1.14
=1064.67

qo= choosing F.S= 2.5

qo= = =359.88KN/m2

Check stress with allowable bearing capacity since the factored load=1596.78KN ,usually to
factored the load a factor of 1.4 is used the design axial load will be

Q=1140.56
Mx=19.89
My=29.02

𝑦 =0.42>>ey&ex

𝑦
𝑥

L‟=L

University of Gondar Page 321


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

B‟=B

= =182.48KN/M2<qallowable=354.89KN/m2

As we can see from the above value the soil has a good bearing resistance thus the loads coming
from the structure con easily be transferred to the foundation soil by using isolated footing.

(1 ),

, A= =2.62m2

Using square footing=√

Use B=2.5m
Actual safety factor of allowable bearing capacity

F.S=

Check for settlement


Immediate settlement (elastic settlement computation)

The settlement on a soil mass immediately after application of load can be computed using an
equation from the theory of elasticity

Where;-

H= settlement

q=intensity of contact pressure in units of Es

B=least lateral dimension of footing in units of H


Iw=influence factor which depends on shape of footing and its rigidity
Es=static stress-strain modulus
For the axial load of 1064.67KN and an area of 6.25 m2, q=174.43Kpa

For =1, Iw= Iw=4.17 (Bowles, table 5.4)


( )

Es=for medium clay 15-50Mpa (Bowles, table 2.7)


Use Es=35*103Kpa

University of Gondar Page 322


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

m=for saturated clay 0.4-0.5 (Bowles,table 2.8)


use m=0.45

=0.0404m=40.4mm
40.4<allowable settlement 50m EBCS-7,1995Art 6.64

Consolidation settlement
Consolidation settlement will be checked for cohesive soil. Since our soil is a c-F soil, no need of
checking a consolidation settlement. [EBCS-7, 1995 Art 6.6.3.6]

Check for sliding


Sliding of the footing will occur for load combination which give the smallest axial force with
relatively big lateral force.[ EBCS-7,1995 Art 6.5.3.6]
From SAP 2000 analysis output Fy==10.56
Fx=p=145.2

Unfactored axial load =

Ø=23.51

μ=

Resisting force= μ *p=0.294*103.5


=30.45KN
Deriving force=10.56KN

Factor of safety Against Sliding= 2.88> F.Sallow=1.5

The Structure is Safe against Sliding.

Design of isolated Footing

Proportioning of Footing

University of Gondar Page 323


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

The stress distribution (contact pressure distribution) is assumed to be linear & assuming square
footing and from the allowable bearing capacity of the soil it is taken as 2.5m*2.5m footing pad.

Depth determination
In the structural design of footings adequacy of the thickness of the footing & provide the
necessary reinforcement to with stand punching shear and shear diagonal tension (wide beam
shear )bending moment and bond stress should be checked

Punching shear
It is normal practice to provide adequate depth to restrain the shear stress developed without
reinforcement the critical section for punching is as shown below
Column size=40*40cm
B‟=a‟=400mm

Fig 8.8 Critical Section for Punching Shear of F12

The acting force is

University of Gondar Page 324


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Vact=Q-(a+d)(b‟+d)

The resisting force is the shear force which is the perimeter of the critical section multiplied by
the effective will give the contact area.
Vres={2(a‟+d)}+{2(b+d)}dvpc
The required effective depth can be obtained by considering the equilibrium condition of footing
vres≥ Vact

fctd= 𝑎

Vpc=0.5 fctd(1+50pc)=0.5*1.17*103(1+50*0.005)
=730KN/m2

( ) ( )
Vres  {2 a '  d }  {2 b'  d }dn pc

= 2(0.4+d) +2(0.4+d)(730
=4(0.4+d) (d) (730)
=1168d+2920d2
vact=1064.4-(0.4+d)(0.4+d)(329.9) s=329.9KN/m2
=1064.4-52.784-329.9d2+263.92d
=1011.88-329.9d2+263.92d
Vact=Vres
1011.88-329.9d2+263.92d=4(0.4+d) (d) (730)
d=0.43m

Wide beam shear


Since it is square footing section 1-1 is the same as section 2-2

 a' 
V act  B B 2   d s
 2 
V  B(d )n wc
res

n wc  0.3 f ctd (1  50  e )
 438.75KN / m 2

University of Gondar Page 325


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Fig 8.9 Critical Section for Wide Beam Shear of F12

Where :-n wc = The permissible shear stress for wide beam shear for equilibrium

V res  V act
V res  2.5 * d * 438.75  1096.88d
 2.5 0.5 
V act  2.5   d 3529.9
 2 2 
 824.75  329.9d
 d  0.57m
Wide beam shear govern
By adding 5cm clear cover D = 62 cm

University of Gondar Page 326


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Determination of design moments

The critical section for bending moment is as shown in the figure. Section 1-1 & 2-2. Since the
proposed footing is square & the effective area is the same as provided the moment acting in
both section is identical.

Fig 8.10 Critical Section for Bending Moment of F12


M11 = L * X2/2 * s
X1 = 1.0 m
L = 2.5 m
s = 329.9 KN/m2
M11 = 2.5 * 0.5 * 329.9 = 412.375KN/m2

Reinforcement
Using diameter 20 deformed reinforcement bar
dx = 600mm
dy = 580mm

University of Gondar Page 327


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

 min  0.002
As min   min bd
As min x  0.002 * 2500 * 600  3000mm 2
As min y  0.002 * 2500 * 580  2900mm 2

By using design chart #1 [EBCS-2, 1995 part II]

M 412.375 *106 M 412.375 *106


     
sds , x f cd bd 2 11.33 * 2500 * 600 2 sds ,y f cd bd 2 11.33 * 2500 * 580 2

= 0.040 = 0.0432
Kzx = 0.957 Kzy = 0.948
Z = 0.957* 600 Z = 0.948 * 580
=574.2 mm =549.84 mm

M sd 412.375 *106 M 412.375 *106


Asx    2752.99mm2 Asy  sd   2874.96mm2
Zf yd 574.2 * 260.87 Zf yd 549.84 * 260.87

Use Asmin = 3000 mm2

Using Ø 20 deformed bar

 * 20 2
Ab   314.16mm 2
4

2752.99
nx   8.76  9bar
314.16
2874.96
ny   9.1  10bar
314.6

Spacing 𝑆 =

Use 10 Ø20c/c 265 in both directions

Development length
The reinforcement shall be properly anchored at each end to prevent bond failure.

University of Gondar Page 328


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Basic anchorage length


The basic anchorage length lb diameter d of the bar is given as

 f yd 
lb  (f 4)  [EBCS-2, 1995 Art 7.1.6.1]
 f bd 

f bd  2 f ctd ,the design bond strength for deformed compression bar of good bond condition.

f ctd  1.03 * 2  2.06Mpa

 260.87 
lb  (20 / 4)   633.18mm
 2.06 

Required anchorage length

Ascal 10f
lb ,net  alb  0.3lb   [EBCS-2, 1995 Art7.1.6.2]
Aseff 200mm

Where: - Ascal = theoretical area of reinforcement required by the design


Aseff = Area of reinforcement actually provided
Ascal = 2874.96mm2
Aseff = 3141.6 mm2

2874.9
lbnet  1.0 * 633.18 *  579.4mm
3141.6
0.3lb  579.4 * 0.3
 173.83mm

Use lnet 570.4mm

University of Gondar Page 329


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Fig 8.11 Footing Detail of F12

University of Gondar Page 330


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Conclusion

Accomplishing these thesis paper required a hardworking and we had our ups and downs
throughout the design process in designing these B+G+4 building, and we tried to design each
part of the building with careful analysis and design as much as possible to get the final design
result .
In design of this building we tried to answer the three basic design questions which includes
Design of members was made economical, safe and workable with good aesthetics. In doing this
building standard of our country Ethiopian Building Code Standard (EBCS) was largely referred
in deciding on size and proportions of reinforced concrete.
Final year project enables us as a group Members to search and to learn more than what have
been discussed through the class discussion. It helps us to summarize what have been learnt
during their study. It also helped us to develop working in teams, understanding with each other
and develop good interaction with each other in accomplishing each task we performed
according to schedule. In general doing this project enables us to develop self-confidence up on
what we learnt in class and introduce to what we have to decide in designing building.

University of Gondar Page 331


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Recommendation

 The quality of materials should fulfill the specification given in the else there may be
failure due to using less qualified material.
 The overall works of the building should be inspected and supervised throughout the
entire construction time in order to achieve the required design strength and be sure is
that should be serve for its intended purpose.
 During the project time, there should be workshops which elaborate what seams the
project in a real world; to do so the department might have close relationship with design
office.

University of Gondar Page 332


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

References

 Ethiopian Building Code Standard (EBCS- 1, 2, 3, 7, & 8 – 1995).


 Technical Specification Manual for major products of KMPF (Kality Metal Product
Factory).
 Design of reinforced concrete,Module-1 by Instructor Wondeson Belachew.

University of Gondar Page 333


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Appendix
I. Slab Detail for Typical Floor Slab

University of Gondar Page 334


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

II. Slab Detail for First Floor Slab

University of Gondar Page 335


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

III. Slab Detail for Ground Floor Slab

University of Gondar Page 336


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

V. Appendix for the Columns Designs

Column A-1

FOUNDATION CLOUMN DESIGN A-1


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 0 250 0 250 400 400 0
h 0 450 0 450 400 400 0
L 0 6000 0 6000 3300 2000 0
I 0 1898437500 0 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 0
K 0 316406.25 0 316406.25 646464.646 1066666.67 0
αx1 0.00
αx2 1.00
S
Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 0 0 400 400 0 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 0 0 400 400 0 P/fcdAc
L 4400 1800 0 0 3300 2000 0
I 1898437500 1898437500 0 0 2133333333 2133333333 0 i= 115.47
K 431463.068 1054687.5 0 0 646464.646 1066666.67 0
αx1 1.15 l= 23.62
αx2 1.00 nd= 0.72926
Do not consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=1.15Le
X 0.00 1.00 1.00 2 2.33 2.30 l=15/sqr/(nd) 17.57 The larger of the two
Y 1.15 1.00 1.00 2 2.73 2.30 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 13.84 0 2.33 0.000 0.02 0.00 0.02 26.65 26.65
Y 48.02 1322 2.73 0.000 0.02 0.00 0.02 48.02 26.49
1322

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided


13.840 48.020 1322.000 0.016 0.057 0.629 0.10 1842.78 8F20

x y
eo= 0.000 0.000 Mx My
eo= 0.000 0.000 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1 = 0.000 0.000 -0.31 0.53 -0.28 0.13
eo2 = 0.000 0.000

0.6 0.10
0.629 0.10
0.7 0.10

University of Gondar Page 337


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

FIRST FLOOR COLUMN DESIGN


X- Direction

top L. beam
top r. beam
L. bot. Beam
r. bot. Beam
top columncolumnbot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 6000 6000 6000 6000 3300 3300 3300
I 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09
K 316406 316406 316406 316406 646465 646465 646465
ac1 1.00
ac2 2.04

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam
top r. beam
L. bot. Beam
r. bot. Beam
top columncolumnbot. Column l Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 n d P/fcdAc
L 4400 1800 4400 1800 3300 3300 3300
I 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 i= 115.47
K 431463 1E+06 431463 1E+06 646465 646465 646465
ac1 1.00 l 42.16
ac2 1.00 n d 0.4241
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acin Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
L Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.00 2.04 2.04 3.3 4.87 l15/sq/(n d) 23.03
3.80 The larger of the two
Y 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.3 4.43 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 122.79 0 4.87 0.037 0.02 0.04 0.09 122.79 71.29
Y 154.52 768.82 4.43 -0.014 0.02 0.03 0.04 154.52 27.40
768.82

0.32
column Mx(KN-M)My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)
As Provided
122.790 154.520 768.820 0.146 0.184 0.366 0.63 5110.02 4F14

x y
eo= 0.037 -0.021 Mx My
eo= 0.024 -0.014 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= 0.003 -0.001 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2= 0.060 -0.034

0.3 0.7
0.366 0.63
0.4 0.6

University of Gondar Page 338


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

SECOND FLOOR COLUMN DESIGN


X- Direction

top L. beam
top r. beam
L. bot. Beam
r. bot. Beam
top columncolumnbot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 6000 6000 6000 6000 3300 3300 3300
I 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09
K 316406 316406 316406 316406 646465 646465 646465
ac1 1.00
ac2 2.04

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam
top r. beam
L. bot. Beam
r. bot. Beam
top columncolumnbot. Column l Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 n d P/fcdA c
L 4400 1800 4400 1800 3300 3300 3300
I 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 i= 115.47
K 431463 1E+06 431463 1E+06 646465 646465 646465
ac1 1.00 l 42.16
ac2 1.00 n d 0.2852
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acin Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
L Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.00 2.04 2.04 3.3 4.87 3.80l15/sq/(n d) 28.09 The larger of the two
Y 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.3 4.43 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 135.63 0 4.87 0.055 0.02 0.04 0.11 135.63 57.30
Y 75.35 517.02 4.43 -0.020 0.02 0.03 0.03 75.35 14.96
517.02

0.32
column Mx(KN-M)My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided
135.630 75.350 517.000 0.161 0.090 0.246 0.31 28482.88 4F14

x y
eo= 0.055 -0.031 Mx My
eo= 0.036 -0.020 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= 0.005 -0.002 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2= 0.089 -0.051

0.3 0.2
0.246 0.31
0.4 0

University of Gondar Page 339


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

THIRD FLOOR COLUMN DESIGN A1


X- Direction

top L. beam
top r. beam
L. bot. Beam
r. bot. Beam
top columncolumnbot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 6000 6000 6000 6000 3300 3300 3300
I 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09
K 316406 316406 316406 316406 646465 646465 646465
ac1 1.00
ac2 2.04

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam
top r. beam
L. bot. Beam
r. bot. Beam
top columncolumnbot. Column l Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 n d P/fcdAc
L 4400 1800 4400 1800 3300 3300 3300
I 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 i= 115.47
K 431463 1E+06 431463 1E+06 646465 646465 646465
ac1 1.00 l 42.16
ac2 1.00 n d 0.1472
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acin Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
L Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.00 2.04 2.04 3.3 4.87 l15/sq/(n d) 39.10
3.80 The larger of the two
Y 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.3 4.43 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 28.95 0 4.87 0.107 0.02 0.04 0.16 43.40 43.40
Y 59.30 266.77 4.43 -0.040 0.02 0.03 0.01 59.30 2.60
266.77

0.32
column Mx(KN-M)My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)
As Provided
43.402 59.300 266.770 0.052 0.071 0.127 0.10 1280.00 4F14

x y
eo= 0.107 -0.061 Mx My
eo= 0.069 -0.040 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= 0.009 -0.003 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2= 0.172 -0.099

0.1 0.1
0.127 0.10
0.2 0.1

University of Gondar Page 340


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Fourth Floor Coloumn DESIGN A1


X- Direction

top L. beam
top r. beam
L. bot. Beam
r. bot. Beam
top columncolumnbot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 0 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 0 400 400
L 6000 6000 6000 6000 0 3300 3300
I 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 0 2E+09 2E+09
K 316406 316406 316406 316406 0 646465 646465
ac1 1.00
ac2 2.04

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam
top r. beam
L. bot. Beam
r. bot. Beam
top columncolumnbot. Column l Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 0 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 0 400 400 n d P/fcdA c
L 4400 1800 4400 1800 0 3300 3300
I 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 2E+09 0 2E+09 2E+09 i= 115.47
K 431463 1E+06 431463 1E+06 0 646465 646465
ac1 1.00 l 42.16
ac2 1.00 n d 0.0103
Do not consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acin Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
L Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.00 2.04 2.04 3.3 4.87 l15/sq/(n d) 147.69
3.80 The larger of the two
Y 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.3 4.43 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 20.56 0 4.87 1.529 0.02 0.00 1.55 28.96 28.96
Y 12.36 18.7 4.43 -0.566 0.02 0.00 -0.55 12.36 -10.21
18.7

0.32
column Mx(KN-M)My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)
As Provided
28.958 12.360 18.700 0.034 0.015 0.009 0.10 1280.00 4F14

x y
eo= 1.529 -0.869 Mx My
eo= 0.983 -0.566 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= 0.135 -0.050 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2= 2.458 -1.415

0 0.1
0.009 0.10
0.1 0.1

University of Gondar Page 341


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

FOUNDATION CLOUMN DESIGN A-2


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam


r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 250 0 0 400 400 0
h 450 450 0 0 400 400 0
L 6000 6000 0 0 3300 2000 0
I 1898437500 1898437500 0 0 2133333333 2133333333 0
K 0 316406.25 0 0 646464.646 1066666.67 0
ac1 0.00
ac2 1.00

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam
r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 0 0 400 400 0 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 0 0 400 400 0 nd= P/fcdAc
L 4400 1800 0 0 3300 2000 0
I 1898437500 1898437500 0 0 2133333333 2133333333 0 i= 115.47
K 431463.068 1054687.5 0 0 646464.646 1066666.67 0
ac1 1.15 l= 23.62
ac2 1.00 nd= 1.29696
Do not consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=1.15Le
X 0.00 1.00 1.00 2 2.33 2.30 l=15/sqr/(nd) 13.17 The larger of the two
Y 1.15 1.00 1.00 2 2.73 2.30 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 32.47 0 2.33 0.000 0.02 0.00 0.02 47.23 47.23
Y 64.48 2351.13 2.73 0.000 0.02 0.00 0.02 64.48 47.07
2351.13

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided


47.235 64.480 2351.100 0.056 0.077 1.118 0.24 5785.80 8F20

x y
eo= 0.000 0.000 Mx My
eo= 0.000 0.000 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1 = 0.000 0.000 -0.31 0.53 -0.28 0.13
eo2 = 0.000 0.000

1.1 0.20
1.118 0.24
1.2 0.40

University of Gondar Page 342


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Column A-2
BASMENT CLOUMN DESIGN A-2
X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 6000 6000 6000 6000 3300 3300 2000
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333
K 316406.25 316406.25 316406.25 316406.25 646464.6465 646464.6465 1066666.667
ac1 0.00
ac2 1.00

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 4400 1800 4400 1800 3300 3300 2000
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.47
K 431463.0682 1054687.5 431463.0682 1054687.5 646464.6465 646464.6465 1066666.667
ac1 1.00 l= 38.34
ac2 1.00 nd= 1.28169
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=1.15Le
X 0.00 1.00 1.00 3.3 3.84 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 13.25 The larger of the two
Y 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.3 4.43 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 170.63 0 3.84 0.000 0.02 0.02 0.04 170.63 98.03
Y 154.52 2323.45 4.43 0.000 0.02 0.03 0.05 154.52 114.84
2323.45

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided


170.630 154.320 2323.450 0.203 0.183 1.105 1.01 8137.14 8F20

x y
eo= 0.000 0.000 Mx My
eo= 0.000 0.000 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1 = 0.000 0.000 -0.31 0.53 -0.28 0.13
eo2 = 0.000 0.000

1.1 1.00
1.105 1.01
1.2 1.20

University of Gondar Page 343


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

GROUND FLOOR COLUMN DESIGN A2


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 6000 6000 6000 6000 3300 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333
K 316406.25 316406.25 316406.25 316406.25 646464.6465 646464.6465 646464.6465
ac1 2.04
ac2 2.04 `

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 4400 4400 4400 4400 3300 3300 4400
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.47
K 431463.0682 431463.0682 431463.0682 431463.0682 646464.6465 646464.6465 484848.4848
ac1 1.50 l= 46.39
ac2 1.31 nd= 0.7566
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 2.04 2.04 2.04 3.3 5.36 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 17.24 The larger of the two
Y 1.50 1.31 1.31 3.3 4.81 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 143.97 0 5.36 0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 143.97 85.55
Y 177.19 1371.57 4.81 0.00 0.02 0.03 0.05 177.19 71.35
1371.57

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided


143.940 177.190 1371.600 0.171 0.211 0.652 0.85 6866.24 8F16

x y
eo= 0.00 0.00 Mx My
eo= 0.00 0.00 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1 = 0.00 0.00 -4.33 5.08 -3.65 4.55
eo2 = 0.00 0.00

0.6 0.80
0.652 0.85
0.7 0.90

University of Gondar Page 344


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

FIRST FLOOR COLUMN DESIGN A2


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 6000 6000 6000 6000 3300 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333
K 316406.25 316406.25 316406.25 316406.25 646464.6465 646464.6465 646464.6465
ac1 2.04
ac2 2.04 `

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 4400 4400 4400 4400 3300 3300 4400
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.47
K 431463.0682 431463.0682 431463.0682 431463.0682 646464.6465 646464.6465 484848.4848
ac1 1.50 l= 46.39
ac2 1.31 nd= 0.7566
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 2.04 2.04 2.04 3.3 5.36 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 17.24 The larger of the two
Y 1.50 1.31 1.31 3.3 4.81 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 143.97 0 5.36 0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 143.97 85.55
Y 177.19 1371.57 4.81 0.00 0.02 0.03 0.05 177.19 71.35
1371.57

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided


143.970 177.190 1371.600 0.171 0.211 0.652 0.85 6866.35 8F16

x y
eo= 0.00 0.00 Mx My
eo= 0.00 0.00 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1 = 0.00 0.00 -4.33 5.08 -3.65 4.55
eo2 = 0.00 0.00

0.6 0.80
0.652 0.85
0.7 0.90

University of Gondar Page 345


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

SECOND FLOOR COLUMN DESIGN


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 6000 6000 6000 6000 3300 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333
K 316406.25 316406.25 316406.25 316406.25 646464.6465 646464.6465 646464.6465
ac1 1.00
ac2 2.04

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 4400 1800 4400 1800 3300 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.47
K 431463.0682 1054687.5 431463.0682 1054687.5 646464.6465 646464.6465 646464.6465
ac1 1.00 l= 42.16
ac2 1.00 nd= 0.50172
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.00 2.04 2.04 3.3 4.87 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 21.18 The larger of the two
Y 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.3 4.43 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 166.41 0 4.87 0.031 0.02 0.04 0.09 166.41 79.10
Y 131.19 909.51 4.43 -0.012 0.02 0.03 0.04 131.19 34.35
909.51

0.32
column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided
166.410 131.190 909.510 0.198 0.156 0.433 0.23 1873.53 4F14

x y
eo= 0.031 -0.018 Mx My
eo= 0.020 -0.012 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1 = 0.003 -0.001 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2 = 0.051 -0.029

0.3 0.1
0.433 0.23
0.4 0.2

University of Gondar Page 346


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

THIRD FLOOR COLUMN DESIGN


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 6000 6000 6000 6000 3300 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333
K 316406.25 316406.25 316406.25 316406.25 646464.6465 646464.6465 646464.6465
ac1 1.00
ac2 2.04

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 4400 1800 4400 1800 3300 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.47
K 431463.0682 1054687.5 431463.0682 1054687.5 646464.6465 646464.6465 646464.6465
ac1 1.00 l= 42.16
ac2 1.00 nd= 0.25027
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.00 2.04 2.04 3.3 4.87 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 29.98 The larger of the two
Y 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.3 4.43 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 105.58 0 4.87 0.063 0.02 0.04 0.12 105.58 53.78
Y 112.30 453.69 4.43 -0.023 0.02 0.03 0.03 112.30 11.83
453.69

0.32
column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided
105.580 112.300 453.690 0.126 0.134 0.216 0.12 1280.00 4F14

x y
eo= 0.063 -0.036 Mx My
eo= 0.041 -0.023 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1 = 0.006 -0.002 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2 = 0.101 -0.058

0.2 0.1
0.216 0.12
0.3 0.2

University of Gondar Page 347


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

FORTH FLOOR COLUMN DESIGN


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 0 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 0 400 400
L 6000 6000 6000 6000 0 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 0 2133333333 2133333333
K 316406.25 316406.25 316406.25 316406.25 0 646464.6465 646464.6465
ac1 1.00
ac2 2.04

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 0 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 0 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 4400 1800 4400 1800 0 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 0 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.47
K 431463.0682 1054687.5 431463.0682 1054687.5 0 646464.6465 646464.6465
ac1 1.00 l= 42.16
ac2 1.00 nd= 0.00252
Do not consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.00 2.04 2.04 3.3 4.87 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 298.75 The larger of the two
Y 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.3 4.43 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 20.52 0 4.87 6.255 0.02 0.00 6.27 28.68 28.68
Y 21.60 4.57 4.43 -2.316 0.02 0.00 -2.30 21.60 -10.49
4.57

0.32
column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided
28.675 21.600 4.570 0.034 0.026 0.002 0.00 1280.00 4F14

x y
eo= 6.255 -3.555 Mx My
eo= 4.023 -2.316 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1 = 0.551 -0.204 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2 = 10.057 -5.790

0 0
0.002 0.00
0.1 0.1

University of Gondar Page 348


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Column A-4
FOUNDATION COlUMN DESIGN A-4
X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 500 0 0 0 400 400 0
h 400 0 0 0 400 400 0
L 2850 0 0 0 3300 2000 0
I 2666666667 0 0 0 2133333333 2133333333 0
K 935672.515 0 0 0 646464.646 1066666.67 0
ac1 1.83090909
ac2 1

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Columnl= Le/i
b 500 500 0 0 400 400 0 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 400 400 0 0 400 400 0 nd= P/fcdAc
L 4400 1800 0 0 3300 2000 0
I 2666666667 2666666667 0 0 2133333333 2133333333 0 i= 115.4701
K 606060.606 1481481.48 0 0 646464.646 1066666.67 0
ac1 1 l= 25.13343
ac2 1 nd= 0.462301
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=1.15Le
X 1.83090909 1 1 2 2.90215907 2.3 l=15/sqr/(nd)22.06118 The larger of the two
Y 1 1 1 2 2.68328157 2.3 25

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 19.09 0 2.9021591 0.00025297 0.02 0.012634 0.032887 27.56107 27.56107482
Y 58.08 838.06 2.6832816 6.2048E-05 0.02 0.0108 0.030862 58.08 25.864248
838.06

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2) As Provided


27.5610748 58.08 838.06 0.0327704 0.06905774 0.39858494 0.249292 2008.274 8F20

x y
eo= 0.00023149 -4.05699E-05 Mx My
eo= 0.00025297 6.20481E-05 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= -0.0003699 -0.000334105 -0.31 0.53 -0.28 0.13
eo2= 0.00063241 0.00015512

0.3 0.2
0.3985849 0.24929247
0.4 0.25

University of Gondar Page 349


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Basement Floor Column Design A-4


X- Direction

top L. beamtop r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beamtop column column bot. Column
b 250 0 250 0 400 400 400
h 450 0 450 0 400 400 400
L 2850 0 2850 0 3300 3300 2000
I 1.9E+09 0 1898437500 0 2.13E+09 2133333333 2133333333
K 666118.4 0 666118.421 0 646464.6 646464.646 1066666.67
ac1 1.94099
ac2 2.571812 `

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beamtop r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beamtop column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 4400 1800 4400 1800 3300 3300 2000
I 1.9E+09 1.9E+09 1898437500 1.9E+09 2.13E+09 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.47
K 431463.1 1054688 431463.068 1054688 646464.6 646464.646 1066666.67
ac1 1 l= 47.7521
ac2 1.152731 nd= 0.44134
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.94099 2.57181195 2.571812 3.3 5.51393408 3.795 l=15/sqr/(nd)
22.5789 The larger of the two
Y 1 1.15273065 1 3.3 4.50075195 3.795 25

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 19.19 0 5.513934 0.00254 0.01837978 0.0456052 0.06652 53.2245 53.2245
Y 75.04 800.07 4.500752 0.002275 0.01500251 0.03038515 0.04766 75.04 38.1333
800.07

column Mx(KN-M)My(KN-M)N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2) As Provided


53.22447 75.04 800.07 0.063284 0.089223 0.38051673 0.14025837 1280 8F16

x y
eo= 0.001645 0.00158736 Mx My
eo= 0.00254 0.0022748 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= -0.00541 -0.0045621 -4.33 5.08 -3.65 4.55
eo2= 0.006349 0.005687

0.3 0.1
0.380517 0.140258
0.4 0.15

University of Gondar Page 350


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

First Floor Column Design A4


X- Direction

top L. beamtop r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 0 250 0 400 400 400
h 450 0 450 0 400 400 400
L 2850 0 2850 0 3300 3300 3300
I 1.9E+09 0 1898437500 0 2.133E+09 2.13E+09 2133333333
K 666118.4 0 666118.421 0 646464.65 646464.6 646464.646
ac1 1
ac2 1.94099

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beamtop r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 4400 1800 4400 1800 3300 3300 3300
I 1.9E+09 1.898E+09 1898437500 1898437500 2.133E+09 2.13E+09 2133333333 i= 115.4701
K 431463.1 1054687.5 431463.068 1054687.5 646464.65 646464.6 646464.646
ac1 1 l= 41.83139
ac2 1 nd= 0.285939
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1 1.94099015 1.94099015 3.3 4.830273 3.795 l=15/sqr/(nd)
28.05141 The larger of the two
Y 1 1 1 3.3 4.427415 3.795 25

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 3.62 0 4.83027293 0.0551442 0.02 0.0349973 0.110142 57.09185 57.09185
Y 65.71 518.35 4.4274146 -0.020419 0.02 0.029403 0.028984 65.71 15.02405
518.35

0.32
column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2) As Provided
57.09185 65.71 518.35 0.06788283 0.0781299 0.246529 0.13722359 1280 4F14

x y
eo= 0.0551442 -0.0313456 Mx My
eo= 0.0354664 -0.0204186 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= 0.0048616 -0.0017942 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2= 0.088666 -0.0510466

0.2 0.1
0.24652949 0.1372236
0.3 0.18

University of Gondar Page 351


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Second Floor Column Design A4


X- Direction

top L. beamtop r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 0 250 0 400 400 400
h 450 0 450 0 400 400 400
L 2850 0 2850 0 3300 3300 3300
I 1.9E+09 0 1898437500 0 2.133E+09 2.13E+09 2.133E+09
K 666118.4 0 666118.4211 0 646464.65 646464.6 646464.65
ac1 1
ac2 1.94099

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beamtop r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 4400 1800 4400 1800 3300 3300 3300
I 1.9E+09 1898437500 1898437500 1.898E+09 2.133E+09 2.13E+09 2.133E+09 i= 115.4701
K 431463.1 1054687.5 431463.0682 1054687.5 646464.65 646464.6 646464.65
ac1 1 l= 41.83139
ac2 1 nd= 0.195874
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1 1.940990148 1.9409901 3.3 4.830273 3.795 l=15/sqr/(nd)
33.89246 The larger of the two
Y 1 1 1 3.3 4.427415 3.795 25

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 2.51 0 4.8302729 0.0805002 0.02 0.0349973 0.135497 48.11244 48.11244
Y 54.48 355..08 4.4274146 -0.029807 0.02 0.029403 0.019596 54.48 6.958017
355.08

0.32
column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2) As Provided
48.11244 54.48 355.08 0.0572062 0.0647773 0.168878 0.2 1611.179 4F14

x y
eo= 0.08050017 -0.0457587 Mx My
eo= 0.05177425 -0.02980737 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= 0.00709699 -0.00261913 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2= 0.12943562 -0.07451842

0.1 0.2
0.1688776 0.2
0.2 0.2

University of Gondar Page 352


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Third Floor Column Design A4


X- Direction

top L. beamtop r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top columncolumn bot. Column
b 250 0 250 0 400 400 400
h 450 0 450 0 400 400 400
L 2850 0 2850 0 3300 3300 3300
I 1.9E+09 0 1898437500 0 2.13E+09 2.13E+09 2.133E+09
K 666118.4 0 666118.4211 0 646464.6 646464.6 646464.65
ac1 1
ac2 1.94099

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beamtop r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top columncolumn bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 4400 1800 4400 1800 3300 3300 3300
I 1.9E+09 1.898E+09 1898437500 1898437500 2.13E+09 2.13E+09 2.133E+09 i= 115.4701
K 431463.1 1054687.5 431463.0682 1054687.5 646464.6 646464.6 646464.65
ac1 1 l= 41.83139
ac2 1 nd= 0.109869
Do not consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1 1.940990148 1.94099015 3.3 4.830273 3.795 l=15/sqr/(nd)
45.25372 The larger of the two
Y 1 1 1 3.3 4.427415 3.795 25

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 3.48 0 4.83027293 0.143516 0.02 0 0.163516 32.5674 32.5674
Y 43.63 199.17 4.4274146 -0.05314 0.02 0 -0.03314 43.63 -6.6006
199.17

0.32
column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2) As Provided
32.5674 43.63 199.17 0.03872299 0.051877 0.094726 0.2 1611.179 4F14

x y
eo= 0.1435156 -0.081578551 Mx My
eo= 0.0923031 -0.053140533 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= 0.0126525 -0.004669378 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2= 0.2307576 -0.132851333

0.1 0.2
0.09472611 0.2
0.2 0.2

University of Gondar Page 353


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Fourth Floor Column Design A4


X- Direction

top L. beamtop r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 0 0 250 0 0 400 400
h 0 0 450 0 0 400 400
L 0 0 2850 0 0 3300 3300
I 0 0 1898437500 0 0 2133333333 2133333333
K 0 0 666118.421 0 0 646464.646 646464.646
ac1 1
ac2 1.94099

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beamtop r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 0 0 250 250 0 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 0 0 450 450 0 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 0 0 4400 1800 0 3300 3300
I 0 0 1898437500 1898437500 0 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.4701
K 0 0 431463.068 1054687.5 0 646464.646 646464.646
ac1 0 l= 41.83139
ac2 1 nd= 0.028437
Do not consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1 1.94099015 1.94099015 3.3 4.83027293 3.795 l=15/sqr/(nd)88.95121 The larger of the two
Y 0 1 0 3.3 3.83842799 3.795 25

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 6.31 0 4.83027293 0.5544908 0.02 0 0.574491 29.615 29.615
Y 51.55 51.55 3.83842799 -0.205315 0.02 0 -0.18532 51.55 -9.553
51.55

0.32
column Mx(KN-M)My(KN-M)N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2) As Provided
29.615 51.55 51.55 0.03521255 0.0612935 0.0245174 0.2754826 2219.259 4F14

x y
eo= 0.554491 -0.3151891 Mx My
eo= 0.356625 -0.2053152 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= 0.048885 -0.0180407 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2= 0.891562 -0.5132881

0 0.3
0.0245174 0.2754826
0.1 0.2

University of Gondar Page 354


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Coolum B-1
FOUNDATION CLOUMN DESIGN B-1
X- Direction

top L. beamtop r. beamL. bot. Beam


r. bot. Beamtop columncolumn bot. Column
b 0 500 0 0 400 400 0
h 0 400 0 0 400 400 0
L 0 6000 0 0 3300 2000 0
I 0 2.67E+09 0 0 2.13E+09 2.13E+09 0
K 0 444444.4 0 0 646464.6 1066667 0
ac1 0
ac2 1

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beamtop r. beamL. bot. Beam
r. bot. Beamtop columncolumn bot. Columnl= Le/i
b 0 500 0 0 400 400 0 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 0 400 0 0 400 400 0 nd= P/fcdAc
L 0 4400 0 0 3300 2000 0
I 0 2.67E+09 0 0 2.13E+09 2.13E+09 0 i= 115.4701
K 0 606060.6 0 0 646464.6 1066667 0
ac1 2.826667 l= 26.90445
ac2 1 nd= 0.796139
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=1.15Le
X 0 1 1 2 2.32632 2.3 l=15/sqr/(nd)16.81113 The larger of the two
Y 2.826667 1 1 2 3.106658 2.3 25

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 26.6 0 2.32632 0.000147 0.02 0.008118 0.028265 40.79251 40.79251
Y 42.53 1443.24 3.106658 3.6E-05 0.02 0.014477 0.034513 49.81057 49.81057
1443.24

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2) As Provided


40.79251 49.81057 1443.24 0.048503 0.059225 0.686411 0.2 1611.179 8F20

x y
eo= 0.000134 -2.4E-05 Mx My
eo= 0.000147 3.6E-05 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= -0.00021 -0.00019 -0.31 0.53 -0.28 0.13
eo2= 0.000367 9.01E-05

0.6 0.2
0.686411 0.2
0.7 0.2

University of Gondar Page 355


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

GROUND FLOOR COLUMN DESIGN B-1


X- Direction

top L. beamtop r. beamL. bot. Beam


r. bot. Beamtop columncolumn bot. Column
b 0 250 0 500 400 400 400
h 0 450 0 400 400 400 400
L 0 6000 0 6000 3300 3300 2000
I 0 1.9E+09 0 2.67E+09 2.13E+09 2.13E+09 2.13E+09
K 0 316406.3 0 444444.4 646464.6 646464.6 1066667
ac1 4.086295
ac2 3.854545 `

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beamtop r. beamL. bot. Beam
r. bot. Beamtop columncolumn bot. Columnl= Le/i
b 250 250 500 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 400 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 4400 4400 4400 4400 3300 3300 3300
I 1.9E+09 1.9E+09 2.67E+09 1.9E+09 2.13E+09 2.13E+09 2.13E+09 i= 115.4701
K 431463.1 431463.1 0 431463.1 646464.6 646464.6 646464.6
ac1 1.498308 l= 58.39423
ac2 2.996616 nd= 0.796117
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 4.086295 3.854545 3.854545 3.3 6.742785 3.795 l=15/sqr/(nd)16.81136 The larger of the two
Y 1.498308 2.996616 1.498308 3.3 5.445607 3.795 25

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 189.04 0 6.742785 0.001408 0.02 0.068198 0.089606 189.04 129.319
Y 97.33 1443.2 5.445607 0.001261 0.018152 0.044482 0.063895 97.33 92.21336
1443.2

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2) As Provided


189.04 97.33 1443.2 0.224771 0.115726 0.686392 1.086392 8751.859 8F16

x y
eo= 0.000912 0.00088 Mx My
eo= 0.001408 0.001261 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= -0.003 -0.00253 -4.33 5.08 -3.65 4.55
eo2= 0.00352 0.003153

0.6 1
0.686392 1.086392
0.7 1.1

University of Gondar Page 356


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

First Floor Coloumn Design B-1


X- Direction

top L. beamtop r. beamL. bot. Beam


r. bot. Beamtop columncolumn bot. Column
b 0 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 0 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 0 6000 6000 6000 3300 3300 3300
I 0 1.9E+09 0 1.9E+09 2.13E+09 2.13E+09 2.13E+09
K 0 316406.3 0 316406.3 646464.6 646464.6 646464.6
ac1 4.086295
ac2 4.086295 `

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beamtop r. beamL. bot. Beam
r. bot. Beamtop columncolumn bot. Columnl= Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 4400 4400 4400 4400 3300 3300 3300
I 1.9E+09 1.9E+09 1.9E+09 1.9E+09 2.13E+09 2.13E+09 2.13E+09 i= 115.4701
K 431463.1 431463.1 0 431463.1 646464.6 646464.6 646464.6
ac1 1.498308 l= 59.04858
ac2 2.996616 nd= 0.431454
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 4.086295 4.086295 4.086295 3.3 6.818343 3.795 l=15/sqr/(nd)22.83621 The larger of the two
Y 1.498308 2.996616 1.498308 3.3 5.445607 3.795 25

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 127.48 0 6.818343 0.002598 0.02 0.069735 0.092333 127.48 72.2171
Y 65.48 782.14 5.445607 0.002327 0.018152 0.044482 0.064961 65.48 50.80854
782.14

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2) As Provided


127.48 65.48 782.14 0.151575 0.077856 0.371989 0.514005 4140.773 8F16

x y
eo= 0.001683 0.001624 Mx My
eo= 0.002598 0.002327 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= -0.00554 -0.00467 -4.33 5.08 -3.65 4.55
eo2= 0.006495 0.005817

0.4 0.5
0.371989 0.5140 0.5
0.6 0.5

University of Gondar Page 357


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Second Floor Coloumn Design B-1


X- Direction

top L. beamtop r. beamL. bot. Beam


r. bot. Beamtop columncolumn bot. Column
b 0 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 0 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 0 6000 6000 6000 3300 3300 3300
I 0 1.9E+09 0 1.9E+09 2.13E+09 2.13E+09 2.13E+09
K 0 316406.3 0 316406.3 646464.6 646464.6 646464.6
ac1 4.086295
ac2 4.086295 `

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beamtop r. beamL. bot. Beam
r. bot. Beamtop columncolumn bot. Columnl= Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 4400 4400 4400 4400 3300 3300 3300
I 1.9E+09 1.9E+09 1.9E+09 1.9E+09 2.13E+09 2.13E+09 2.13E+09 i= 115.4701
K 431463.1 431463.1 0 431463.1 646464.6 646464.6 646464.6
ac1 1.498308 l= 59.04858
ac2 2.996616 nd= 0.291935
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 4.086295 4.086295 4.086295 3.3 6.818343 3.795 l=15/sqr/(nd)27.76183 The larger of the two
Y 1.498308 2.996616 1.498308 3.3 5.445607 3.795 25

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 126.72 0 6.818343 0.00384 0.02 0.069735 0.093574 126.72 49.5214
Y 54.07 529.22 5.445607 0.003439 0.018152 0.044482 0.066073 54.07 34.96716
529.22

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2) As Provided


126.72 54.07 529.22 0.150671 0.06429 0.251699 0.5 4027.947 8F16

x y
eo= 0.002487 0.0024 Mx My
eo= 0.00384 0.003439 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= -0.00818 -0.0069 -4.33 5.08 -3.65 4.55
eo2= 0.009599 0.008598

0.4 0.5
0.251699 0.5
0.6 0.5

University of Gondar Page 358


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Third Floor Coloumn B-1


X- Direction

top L. beamtop r. beamL. bot. Beam


r. bot. Beamtop columncolumn bot. Column
b 0 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 0 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 0 6000 6000 6000 3300 3300 3300
I 0 1.9E+09 0 1.9E+09 2.13E+09 2.13E+09 2.13E+09
K 0 316406.3 0 316406.3 646464.6 646464.6 646464.6
ac1 4.086295
ac2 4.086295 `

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beamtop r. beamL. bot. Beam
r. bot. Beamtop columncolumn bot. Columnl= Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 4400 4400 4400 4400 3300 3300 3300
I 1.9E+09 1.9E+09 1.9E+09 1.9E+09 2.13E+09 2.13E+09 2.13E+09 i= 115.4701
K 431463.1 431463.1 0 431463.1 646464.6 646464.6 646464.6
ac1 1.498308 l= 59.04858
ac2 2.996616 nd= 0.14968
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 4.086295 4.086295 4.086295 3.3 6.818343 3.795 l=15/sqr/(nd) 38.7712 The larger of the two
Y 1.498308 2.996616 1.498308 3.3 5.445607 3.795 25

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 152.81 0 6.818343 0.007489 0.02 0.069735 0.097223 152.81 26.38061
Y 41.97 271.34 5.445607 0.006707 0.018152 0.044482 0.069341 41.97 18.8151
271.34

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2) As Provided


152.81 41.97 271.34 0.181693 0.049903 0.12905 0.264525 2130.987 8F16

x y
eo= 0.00485 0.00468 Mx My
eo= 0.007489 0.006707 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= -0.01596 -0.01345 -4.33 5.08 -3.65 4.55
eo2= 0.018722 0.016769

0.4 0.5
0.12905 0.5
0.6 0.5

University of Gondar Page 359


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Coloumn B-3

Foundation Column Design B3


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 250 0 0 400 400 0
h 450 450 0 0 400 400 0
L 6000 3150 0 0 3300 2000 0
I 1898437500 1.898E+09 0 0 2.133E+09 2133333333 0
K 0 602678.57 0 0 646464.65 1066666.67 0
ac1 0.00
ac2 1.00

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 0 0 400 400 0 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 0 0 400 400 0 nd= P/fcdAc
L 4400 4400 0 0 3300 2000 0
I 1898437500 1.898E+09 0 0 2.133E+09 2133333333 0 i= 115.47
K 431463.0682 431463.07 0 0 646464.65 1066666.67 0
ac1 1.99 l= 25.44
ac2 1.00 nd= 0.97344
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=1.15Le
X 0.00 1.00 1.00 2 2.33 2.30 l=15/sqr/(nd) 15.20 The larger of the two
Y 1.99 1.00 1.00 2 2.94 2.30 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 45.45 0 2.33 0.000 0.02 0.01 0.03 49.83 49.83
Y 43.50 1764.66 2.94 0.000 0.02 0.01 0.03 58.18 58.18
1764.66

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided


49.830 58.184 1764.660 0.059 0.069 0.839 0.02 1280.00 8F20

x y
eo= 0.000 0.000 Mx My
eo= 0.000 0.000 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= 0.000 0.000 -0.31 0.53 -0.28 0.13
eo2= 0.000 0.000

0.8 0.00
0.839 0.02
1 0.12

University of Gondar Page 360


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Basement Floor Column Design B3


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 6000 3150 6000 3150 3300 3300 2000
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333
K 0 602678.571 316406.25 602678.571 646464.646 646464.646 1066666.67
ac1 2.15
ac2 1.86 `

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 4400 4400 4400 4400 3300 3300 2000
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.47
K 431463.068 431463.068 431463.068 431463.068 646464.646 646464.646 1066666.67
ac1 1.50 l= 46.09
ac2 1.99 nd= 0.96979
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 2.15 1.86 1.86 3.3 5.32 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 15.23 The larger of the two
Y 1.50 1.99 1.50 3.3 5.10 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 207.1 0 5.32 0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 207.10 107.91
Y 135.4 1758.03 5.10 0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 135.40 100.17
1758.03

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided


207.100 135.400 1758.000 0.246 0.161 0.836 0.42 3386.80 8F16

x y
eo= 0.00 0.00 Mx My
eo= 0.00 0.00 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= 0.00 0.00 -4.33 5.08 -3.65 4.55
eo2= 0.00 0.00

0.7 0.40
0.836 0.42
0.9 0.43

University of Gondar Page 361


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Ground Floor Column Design B3


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 6000 3150 6000 3150 3300 3300 2000
I 1.898E+09 1.898E+09 1898437500 1898437500 2.133E+09 2133333333 2.133E+09
K 0 602678.57 316406.25 602678.5714 646464.65 646464.646 1066666.7
ac1 2.15
ac2 1.86 `

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 4400 4400 4400 4400 3300 3300 2000
I 1.898E+09 1.898E+09 1898437500 1898437500 2.133E+09 2133333333 2.133E+09 i= 115.47
K 431463.07 431463.07 431463.068 431463.0682 646464.65 646464.646 1066666.7
ac1 1.50 l= 46.09
ac2 1.99 nd= 0.72939
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 2.15 1.86 1.86 3.3 5.32 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 17.56 The larger of the two
Y 1.50 1.99 1.50 3.3 5.10 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 207.1 0 5.32 0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 207.10 81.67
Y 100.4 1322.23 5.10 0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 100.40 75.79
1322.23

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided


207.100 100.400 1322.200 0.246 0.119 0.629 0.27 2160.35 8F16

x y
eo= 0.00 0.00 Mx My
eo= 0.00 0.00 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= 0.00 0.00 -4.33 5.08 -3.65 4.55
eo2= 0.00 0.00

0.7 0.35
0.629 0.27
0.9 0.58

University of Gondar Page 362


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

First Floor Column Design B3


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 6000 3150 6000 3150 3300 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 2.13E+09 2133333333 2133333333
K 316406.25 602678.571 316406.25 602678.5714 646464.6 646464.646 646464.646
ac1 1.00
ac2 1.41

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 6000 3150 6000 3150 3300 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 2.13E+09 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.47
K 316406.25 602678.571 316406.25 602678.5714 646464.6 646464.646 646464.646
ac1 1.41 l= 41.66
ac2 1.41 nd= 0.53762
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin LLe=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.00 1.41 1.41 3.3 4.62 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 20.46 The larger of the two
Y 1.41 1.41 1.41 3.3 4.81 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 198.60 0 4.62 0.029 0.02 0.03 0.08 198.60 79.22
Y 74.94 974.59 4.81 -0.011 0.02 0.03 0.04 74.94 42.74
974.59

0.32
column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided
198.600 74.940 974.590 0.236 0.089 0.464 0.31 2489.80 4F14

x y
eo= 0.029 -0.017 Mx My
eo= 0.019 -0.011 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= 0.003 -0.001 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2= 0.047 -0.027

0.4 0.29
0.464 0.31
0.6 0.35

University of Gondar Page 363


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Second Floor Column Design


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 6000 3150 6000 3150 3300 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 2.133E+09 2133333333 2133333333
K 316406.25 602678.571 316406.25 602678.5714 646464.65 646464.646 646464.646
ac1 1.00
ac2 1.41

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 6000 3150 6000 3150 3300 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 2.133E+09 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.47
K 316406.25 602678.571 316406.25 602678.5714 646464.65 646464.646 646464.646
ac1 1.41 l= 41.66
ac2 1.41 nd= 0.3583
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.00 1.41 1.41 3.3 4.62 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 25.06 The larger of the two
Y 1.41 1.41 1.41 3.3 4.81 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 162.80 0 4.62 0.044 0.02 0.03 0.10 162.80 62.33
Y 78.94 649.52 4.81 -0.016 0.02 0.03 0.04 78.94 24.96
649.52

0.32
column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided
162.800 78.940 649.520 0.194 0.094 0.309 0.17 1383.86 4F14

x y
eo= 0.044 -0.025 Mx My
eo= 0.028 -0.016 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= 0.004 -0.001 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2= 0.071 -0.041

0.4 0.19
0.309 0.17
0.6 0.23

University of Gondar Page 364


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Forth Floor Column Design B3


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beamtop column column bot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 0 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 0 400 400
L 6000 3150 6000 3150 0 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 0 2133333333 2133333333
K 316406.25 602678.571 316406.25 602678.571 0 646464.646 646464.646
ac1 1.00
ac2 1.41

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beamtop column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 0 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 0 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 6000 3150 6000 3150 0 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 0 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.47
K 316406.25 602678.571 316406.25 602678.571 0 646464.646 646464.646
ac1 1.00 l= 39.97
ac2 1.41 nd= 0.01065
Do not consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin LLe=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.00 1.41 1.41 3.3 4.62 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 145.37 The larger of the two
Y 1.00 1.41 1.00 3.3 4.62 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 141.38 0 4.62 1.481 0.02 0.00 1.50 141.38 28.97
Y 12.74 19.3 4.62 -0.548 0.02 0.00 -0.53 12.74 -10.20
19.3

0.32
column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided
141.380 12.740 19.300 0.168 0.015 0.009 0.31 2496.50 4F14

x y
eo= 1.481 -0.842 Mx My
eo= 0.953 -0.548 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= 0.131 -0.048 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2= 2.381 -1.371

0 0.32
0.009 0.31
0.1 0.21

University of Gondar Page 365


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

University of Gondar Page 366


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Column B-4

University of Gondar Page 367


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

University of Gondar Page 368


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Second Floor Column Design B4


X- Direction

top L. beamtop r. beamL. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 0 250 0 400 400 400
h 450 0 450 0 400 400 400
L 2850 0 2850 0 3300 3300 3300
I 1.9E+09 0 1898437500 0 2.133E+09 2.13E+09 2.133E+09
K 666118.4 0 666118.4211 0 646464.65 646464.6 646464.65
ac1 0
ac2 1.94099 `

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beamtop r. beamL. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 6000 6000 6000 6000 3300 3300 3300
I 2.13E+09 2.13E+09 1898437500 1898437500 2.133E+09 2.13E+09 2.133E+09 i= 115.4701
K 355555.6 355555.6 431463.0682 316406.25 646464.65 646464.6 646464.65
ac1 0 l= 36.3387
ac2 1.728817 nd= 0.166053
Do not consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 0 1.940990148 1.940990148 3.3 4.196032 3.795 l=15/sqr/(nd)
36.81023 The larger of the two
Y 0 1.728817136 0 3.3 4.124319 3.795 25

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 82.11 0 4.196031944 0.0067504 0.013987 0 0.020737 82.11 6.242298
Y 16.59 301.02 4.124319373 0.0060461 0.013748 0 0.019794 16.59 5.958342
301.02

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2) As Provided


82.11 16.59 301.02 0.097629672 0.0197257 0.143166 0.2 2475.5 8F16

x y
eo= 0.004372 0.004218989 Mx My
eo= 0.00675 0.00604611 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= -0.01438 -0.01212544 -4.33 5.08 -3.65 4.55
eo2= 0.016876 0.015115275

0.1 0.2
0.143166406 0.2
0.2 0.2

University of Gondar Page 369


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Third Floor Column Design B-4


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beamr. bot. Beamtop column column bot. Column
b 250 0 250 0 400 400 400
h 450 0 450 0 400 400 400
L 2850 0 2850 0 3300 3300 3300
I 1898437500 0 1.898E+09 0 2.133E+09 2133333333 2133333333
K 666118.421 0 666118.42 0 646464.65 646464.646 646464.646
ac1 0
ac2 1.94099015 `

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beamr. bot. Beamtop column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 6000 6000 6000 6000 3300 3300 3300
I 2133333333 2133333333 1.898E+09 1.898E+09 2.133E+09 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.4701
K 355555.556 355555.556 431463.07 316406.25 646464.65 646464.646 646464.646
ac1 0 l= 36.3387
ac2 1.72881714 nd= 0.081355
Do not consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 0 1.9409901 1.9409901 3.3 4.19603194 3.795 l=15/sqr/(nd)52.58957 The larger of the two
Y 0 1.7288171 0 3.3 4.12431937 3.795 25

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 64.53 0 4.1960319 0.0137781 0.01398677 0 0.027765 64.53 4.094769
Y 27.73 147.48 4.1243194 0.0123407 0.01374773 0 0.026088 27.73 3.847515
147.48

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2) As Provided


64.53 27.73 147.48 0.0767269 0.0329713 0.07014212 0.2 2475.5 8F16

x y
eo= 0.00892324 0.0086113 Mx My
eo= 0.01377814 0.0123407 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= -0.0293599 -0.0247491 -4.33 5.08 -3.65 4.55
eo2= 0.03444535 0.0308516

0.1 0.2
0.0701421 0.2
0.2 0.2

University of Gondar Page 370


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Fourth Floor Column Design B-4


X- Direction

top L. beamtop r. beamL. bot. Beam


r. bot. Beamtop columncolumn bot. Column
b 0 0 250 0 400 400 400
h 0 0 450 0 400 400 400
L 0 0 2850 0 3300 3300 3300
I 0 0 1.9E+09 0 2.13E+09 2.13E+09 2.133E+09
K 0 0 666118.4 0 646464.6 646464.6 646464.65
ac1 0
ac2 1.94099 `

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beamtop r. beamL. bot. Beam
r. bot. Beamtop columncolumn bot. Column l= Le/i
b 0 0 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 0 0 450 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 0 0 6000 6000 3300 3300 3300
I 0 0 1.9E+09 1.9E+09 2.13E+09 2.13E+09 2.133E+09 i= 115.4701
K 0 0 431463.1 316406.3 646464.6 646464.6 646464.65
ac1 0 l= 36.3387
ac2 1.728817 nd= 0.002024
Do not consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 0 1.94099 1.94099 3.3 4.196032 3.795 l=15/sqr/(nd)
333.3751 The larger of the two
Y 0 1.728817 0 3.3 4.124319 3.795 25

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 39.13 0 4.196032 0.553678 0.013987 0 0.567665 39.13 2.083331
Y 0.97 3.67 4.124319 0.495913 0.013748 0 0.509661 1.870454 1.870454
3.67

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2) As Provided


39.13 1.870454 3.67 0.046526 0.002224 0.001745 0.2 2475.5 8F16

x y
eo= 0.358583 0.346049 Mx My
eo= 0.553678 0.495913 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= -1.17984 -0.99455 -4.33 5.08 -3.65 4.55
eo2= 1.384196 1.239782

0.1 0.2
0.001745 0.2
0.2 0.2

University of Gondar Page 371


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Column C-1

FOUNDATION CLOUMN DESIGN C-1


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam


r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 0 250 0 0 400 400 0
h 0 450 0 0 400 400 0
L 0 6000 0 0 3300 2000 0
I 0 1898437500 0 0 2133333333 2133333333 0
K 0 316406.25 0 0 646464.6465 1066666.667 0
ac1 0.00
ac2 1.00

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam
r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 0 250 0 0 400 400 0 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 0 450 0 0 400 400 0 nd= P/fcdAc
L 0 4400 0 0 3300 2000 0
I 0 1898437500 0 0 2133333333 2133333333 0 i= 115.47
K 0 431463.0682 0 0 646464.6465 1066666.667 0
ac1 3.97 l= 28.49
ac2 1.00 nd= 0.37875
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=1.15Le
X 0.00 1.00 1.00 2 2.33 2.30 l=15/sqr/(nd) 24.37 The larger of the two
Y 3.97 1.00 1.00 2 3.29 2.30 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 18.92 0 2.33 0.000 0.02 0.01 0.03 19.52 19.52
Y 32.44 686.6 3.29 0.000 0.02 0.02 0.04 32.44 24.93
686.6

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided


19.518 32.440 686.600 0.023 0.039 0.327 0.19 1280.00 8F20

x y
eo= 0.000 0.000 Mx My
eo= 0.000 0.000 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1 = 0.000 0.000 -0.31 0.53 -0.28 0.13
eo2 = 0.001 0.000

0.3 0.20
0.327 0.19
0.4 0.15

University of Gondar Page 372


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

BASMENT FLOOR COLUMN DESIGN C-1


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beamr. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 0 250 0 250 400 400 400
h 0 450 0 450 400 400 400
L 0 6000 0 6000 3300 3300 2000 t
I 0 1898437500 0 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333
K 0 316406.25 0 316406.25 646464.646 646464.646 1066666.67
ac1 4.09
ac2 5.41 `

Y- Direction
MENT
Check for
C1slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beamr. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 0 250 0 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 0 450 0 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 0 1800 0 1800 3300 3300 3300
I 0 1898437500 0 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.47
K 0 1054687.5 0 1054687.5 646464.646 646464.646 646464.646
ac1 1.23 l= 62.34
ac2 1.23 nd= 0.38978
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 4.09 5.41 5.41 3.3 7.20 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 24.03 The larger of the two
Y 1.23 1.23 1.23 3.3 4.64 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 30.01 0 7.20 0.00 0.02 0.08 0.10 69.06 69.06
Y 11.77 706.59 4.64 0.00 0.02 0.03 0.05 33.80 33.80
706.59

column Mx(KN-M)My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided


69.058 33.800 706.590 0.082 0.040 0.336 0.22 1280.00 8F16

x y
eo= 0.00 0.00 Mx My
eo= 0.00 0.00 smaller smaller Larger
eo1 = -0.01 -0.01 -4.33 5.08 -3.65 4.55
eo2 = 0.01 0.01

0.3 0.20
0.336 0.22
0.4 0.25

University of Gondar Page 373


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

FIRST FLOOR COLUMN DESIGN


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 0 250 0 250 400 400 400
h 0 450 0 450 400 400 400
L 0 6000 0 6000 3300 3300 3300
I 0 1898437500 0 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333
K 0 316406.25 0 316406.25 646464.6465 646464.6465 646464.6465
ac1 1.00
ac2 4.09

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 0 250 0 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 0 450 0 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 0 4400 0 4400 3300 3300 3300
I 0 1898437500 0 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.47
K 0 431463.0682 0 431463.0682 646464.6465 646464.6465 646464.6465
ac1 3.00 l= 52.68
ac2 3.00 nd= 0.29109
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.00 4.09 4.09 3.3 5.45 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 27.80 The larger of the two
Y 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.3 6.08 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 90.82 0 5.45 0.054 0.02 0.04 0.12 90.82 62.68
Y 6.78 527.68 6.08 -0.020 0.02 0.06 0.06 29.40 29.40
527.68

0.32
column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided
90.820 29.398 527.680 0.108 0.035 0.251 0.19 1280.00 4F14

x y
eo= 0.054 -0.031 Mx My
eo= 0.035 -0.020 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1 = 0.005 -0.002 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2 = 0.087 -0.050

0.2 0.18
0.251 0.19
0.3 0.2

University of Gondar Page 374


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

SECONEDT FLOOR COLUMN DESIGN


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 0 250 0 250 400 400 400
h 0 450 0 450 400 400 400
L 0 6000 0 6000 3300 3300 3300
I 0 1898437500 0 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333
K 0 316406.25 0 316406.25 646464.6465 646464.6465 646464.6465
ac1 1.00
ac2 4.09

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 0 250 0 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 0 450 0 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 0 4400 0 4400 3300 3300 3300
I 0 1898437500 0 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.47
K 0 431463.0682 0 431463.0682 0 646464.6465 646464.6465
ac1 1.50 l= 47.24
ac2 3.00 nd= 0.20242
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.00 4.09 4.09 3.3 5.45 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 33.34 The larger of the two
Y 1.50 3.00 1.50 3.3 5.45 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 110.07 0 5.45 0.078 0.02 0.04 0.14 110.07 52.30
Y 5.04 366.94 5.45 -0.029 0.02 0.04 0.04 13.08 13.08
366.94

0.32
column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided
110.070 13.077 366.940 0.131 0.016 0.175 0.17 1280.00 4F14

x y
eo= 0.078 -0.044 Mx My
eo= 0.050 -0.029 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1 = 0.007 -0.003 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2 = 0.125 -0.072

0.1 0.1
0.175 0.17
0.2 0.2

University of Gondar Page 375


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

THIRD FLOOR COLUMN DESIGN


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 0 250 0 250 400 400 400
h 0 450 0 450 400 400 400
L 0 6000 0 6000 3300 3300 3300
I 0 1898437500 0 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333
K 0 316406.25 0 316406.25 646464.6465 646464.6465 646464.6465
ac1 1.00
ac2 4.09

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 0 250 0 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 0 450 0 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 0 4400 0 4400 3300 3300 3300
I 0 1898437500 0 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.47
K 0 431463.0682 0 431463.0682 0 646464.6465 646464.6465
ac1 1.50 l= 47.24
ac2 3.00 nd= 0.10772
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.00 4.09 4.09 3.3 5.45 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 45.70 The larger of the two
Y 1.50 3.00 1.50 3.3 5.45 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 117.81 0 5.45 0.146 0.02 0.04 0.21 117.81 41.20
Y 17.06 195.28 5.45 -0.054 0.02 0.04 0.01 17.06 2.01
195.28

0.32
column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided
117.810 17.060 195.280 0.140 0.020 0.093 0.19 1280.00 4F14

x y
eo= 0.146 -0.083 Mx My
eo= 0.094 -0.054 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1 = 0.013 -0.005 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2 = 0.235 -0.135

0 0.1
0.093 0.19
0.1 0.2

University of Gondar Page 376


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

FORTH FLOOR COLUMN DESIGN C-1


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beamL. bot. Beamr. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 0 250 0 250 0 400 400
h 0 450 0 450 0 400 400
L 0 6000 0 6000 0 3300 3300
I 0 1898437500 0 1898437500 0 2133333333 2133333333
K 0 316406.25 0 316406.25 0 646464.646 646464.646
ac1 1.00
ac2 4.09

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beamL. bot. Beamr. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 0 250 0 250 0 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 0 450 0 450 0 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 0 4400 0 4400 0 3300 3300
I 0 1898437500 0 1898437500 0 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.47
K 0 431463.068 0 431463.068 0 646464.646 646464.646
ac1 1.50 l= 47.24
ac2 3.00 nd= 0.00823
Do not consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin LLe=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.00 4.09 4.09 3.3 5.45 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 165.34 The larger of the two
Y 1.50 3.00 1.50 3.3 5.45 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 117.81 0 5.45 1.916 0.02 0.00 1.94 117.81 28.88
Y 5.35 14.92 5.45 -0.709 0.02 0.00 -0.69 5.35 -10.29
14.92

0.32
column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided
117.810 5.350 14.920 0.140 0.006 0.007 0.11 1280.00 4F14

x y
eo= 1.916 -1.089 Mx My
eo= 1.232 -0.709 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1 = 0.169 -0.062 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2 = 3.080 -1.773

0 0.1
0.007 0.11
0.1 0.2

University of Gondar Page 377


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

FOUNDATION CLOUMN DESIGN C-2


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam


r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 250 0 0 400 400 0
h 450 450 0 0 400 400 0
L 6000 6000 0 0 3300 2000 0
I 1898437500 1898437500 0 0 2133333333 2133333333 0
K 316406.25 316406.25 0 0 646464.646 1066666.67 0
ac1 0.00
ac2 1.00

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam
r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 0 250 0 0 400 400 0 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 0 450 0 0 400 400 0 nd= P/fcdAc
L 0 4400 0 0 3300 2000 0
I 0 1898437500 0 0 2133333333 2133333333 0 i= 115.47
K 0 431463.068 0 0 646464.646 1066666.67 0
ac1 3.97 l= 28.49
ac2 1.00 nd= 0.88084
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=1.15Le
X 0.00 1.00 1.00 2 2.33 2.30 l=15/sqr/(nd) 15.98 The larger of the two
Y 3.97 1.00 1.00 2 3.29 2.30 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 24.74 0 2.33 0.000 0.02 0.01 0.03 45.11 45.11
Y 29.02 1596.78 3.29 0.000 0.02 0.02 0.04 57.90 57.90
1596.78

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided


45.110 57.905 1596.780 0.054 0.069 0.759 0.10 2475.50 8F20

x y
eo= 0.000 0.000 Mx My
eo= 0.000 0.000 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1 = 0.000 0.000 -0.31 0.53 -0.28 0.13
eo2 = 0.000 0.000

0.7 0.10
0.759 0.10
0.8 0.10

University of Gondar Page 378


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

BASMENT FLOOR COLUMN DESIGN C-2


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 6000 6000 6000 6000 3300 3300 2000
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333
K 316406.25 316406.25 316406.25 316406.25 646464.646 646464.646 1066666.67
ac1 2.04
ac2 2.71 `

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 0 250 0 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 0 450 0 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 0 4400 0 4400 3300 3300 2000
I 0 1898437500 0 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.47
K 0 431463.068 0 431463.068 646464.646 646464.646 1066666.67
ac1 3.00 l= 55.42
ac2 3.97 nd= 0.88623
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 2.04 2.71 2.71 3.3 5.61 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 15.93 The larger of the two
Y 3.00 3.97 3.00 3.3 6.40 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 105.87 0 5.61 0.00 0.02 0.05 0.07 105.87 105.75
Y 19.03 1606.56 6.40 0.00 0.02 0.06 0.08 130.82 130.82
1606.56

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided


105.870 19.030 106.600 0.126 0.023 0.051 0.10 2475.50 8F16

x y
eo= 0.00 0.00 Mx My
eo= 0.00 0.00 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1 = 0.00 0.00 -4.33 5.08 -3.65 4.55
eo2 = 0.00 0.00

0.7 0.10
0.051 0.10
0.8 0.10

University of Gondar Page 379


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

GROUND FLOOR COLUMN DESIGN C-2


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 6000 6000 6000 6000 3300 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333
K 316406.25 316406.25 316406.25 316406.25 646464.6465 646464.6465 646464.6465
ac1 2.04
ac2 2.04 `

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 0 250 0 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 0 450 0 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 0 4400 0 4400 3300 3300 3300
I 0 1898437500 0 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.47
K 0 431463.0682 0 431463.0682 646464.6465 646464.6465 646464.6465
ac1 3.00 l= 52.68
ac2 3.00 nd= 0.74225
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 2.04 2.04 2.04 3.3 5.36 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 17.41 The larger of the two
Y 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.3 6.08 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 105.87 0 5.36 0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 105.87 81.93
Y 2.2 1345.55 6.08 0.00 0.02 0.06 0.08 101.58 101.58
1345.55

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided


105.870 2.200 1345.600 0.126 0.003 0.640 0.10 1280.00 8F16

x y
eo= 0.00 0.00 Mx My
eo= 0.00 0.00 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1 = 0.00 0.00 -4.33 5.08 -3.65 4.55
eo2 = 0.00 0.00

0.6 0.10
0.640 0.10
0.7 0.10

University of Gondar Page 380


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

FIRST FLOOR COLUMN DESIGN


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 6000 6000 6000 6000 3300 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333
K 316406.25 316406.25 316406.25 316406.25 646464.646 646464.646 646464.646
ac1 1.00
ac2 2.04

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 0 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 0 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 1650 4400 0 4400 3300 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1898437500 0 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.47
K 1150568.18 431463.068 0 431463.068 646464.646 646464.646 646464.646
ac1 1.00 l= 44.82
ac2 3.00 nd= 0.66294
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.00 2.04 2.04 3.3 4.87 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 18.42 The larger of the two
Y 1.00 3.00 1.00 3.3 5.18 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 75.94 0 4.87 0.024 0.02 0.04 0.08 95.34 95.34
Y 36.60 1201.77 5.18 -0.009 0.02 0.04 0.05 61.74 61.74
1201.77

0.32
column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided
75.940 61.742 1201.800 0.090 0.073 0.572 0.17 2474.50 4F14

x y
eo= 0.024 -0.014 Mx My
eo= 0.015 -0.009 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1 = 0.002 -0.001 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2 = 0.038 -0.022

0.5 0.1
0.572 0.17
0.6 0.2

University of Gondar Page 381


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

SECONDE FLOOR COLUMN DESIGN C-2


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 0 250 0 250 400 400 400
h 0 450 0 450 400 400 400
L 0 6000 0 6000 3300 3300 3300
I 0 1898437500 0 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333
K 0 316406.25 0 316406.25 646464.646 646464.646 646464.646
ac1 1.00
ac2 4.09

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 1650 4400 4400 4400 3300 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.47
K 1150568.18 431463.068 431463.068 431463.068 646464.646 646464.646 646464.646
ac1 1.00 l= 47.24
ac2 1.50 nd= 0.44372
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.00 4.09 4.09 3.3 5.45 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 22.52 The larger of the two
Y 1.00 1.50 1.00 3.3 4.65 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 167.93 0 5.45 0.036 0.02 0.04 0.10 167.93 80.57
Y 50.88 804.38 4.65 -0.013 0.02 0.03 0.04 50.88 31.64
804.38

0.32
column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided
167.930 50.880 804.380 0.200 0.060 0.383 0.20 2474.50 4F14

x y
eo= 0.036 -0.020 Mx My
eo= 0.023 -0.013 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1 = 0.003 -0.001 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2 = 0.057 -0.033

0.3 0.2
0.383 0.20
0.4 0.2

University of Gondar Page 382


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

THIRD FLOOR COLUMN DESIGN


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 6000 6000 6000 6000 3300 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333
K 316406.25 316406.25 316406.25 316406.25 646464.6465 646464.6465 646464.6465
ac1 1.00
ac2 2.04

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 1650 4400 4400 4400 3300 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.47
K 1150568.182 431463.0682 431463.0682 431463.0682 646464.6465 646464.6465 646464.6465
ac1 1.00 l= 42.16
ac2 1.50 nd= 0.22366
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.00 2.04 2.04 3.3 4.87 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 31.72 The larger of the two
Y 1.00 1.50 1.00 3.3 4.65 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 167.93 0 4.87 0.070 0.02 0.04 0.13 167.93 51.10
Y 22.02 405.45 4.65 -0.026 0.02 0.03 0.03 22.02 10.70
405.45

0.32
column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided
167.930 22.020 405.450 0.200 0.026 0.193 0.31 2474.50 4F14

x y
eo= 0.070 -0.040 Mx My
eo= 0.045 -0.026 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1 = 0.006 -0.002 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2 = 0.113 -0.065

0.1 0.4
0.193 0.31
0.2 0.3

University of Gondar Page 383


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

FORTH FLOOR COLUMN DESIGN C-2


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 0 400 400
L 6000 6000 6000 6000 0 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 0 2133333333 2133333333
K 316406.25 316406.25 316406.25 316406.25 0 646464.646 646464.646
ac1 1.00
ac2 2.04

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 0 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 1650 4400 4400 4400 0 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 0 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.47
K 1150568.18 431463.068 431463.068 431463.068 0 646464.646 646464.646
ac1 1.00 l= 42.16
ac2 1.50 nd= 0.01765
Do not consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin LLe=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.00 2.04 2.04 3.3 4.87 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 112.90 The larger of the two
Y 1.00 1.50 1.00 3.3 4.65 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 141.83 0 4.87 0.893 0.02 0.00 0.91 141.83 29.22
Y 13.07 32 4.65 -0.331 0.02 0.00 -0.31 13.07 -9.94
32

0.32
column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided
141.830 13.070 32.000 0.169 0.016 0.015 0.00 2475.50 4F14

x y
eo= 0.893 -0.508 Mx My
eo= 0.575 -0.331 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1 = 0.079 -0.029 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2 = 1.436 -0.827

0 0.1
0.015 0.00
0.1 0.1

University of Gondar Page 384


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

SECOND FLOOR COLUMN DESIGN


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 6000 6000 6000 6000 3300 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333
K 316406.25 316406.25 316406.25 316406.25 646464.6465 646464.6465 646464.6465
ac1 1.00
ac2 2.04

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 4400 1800 4400 1800 3300 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.47
K 431463.0682 1054687.5 431463.0682 1054687.5 646464.6465 646464.6465 646464.6465
ac1 1.00 l= 42.16
ac2 1.00 nd= 0.50172
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.00 2.04 2.04 3.3 4.87 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 21.18 The larger of the two
Y 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.3 4.43 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 166.41 0 4.87 0.031 0.02 0.04 0.09 166.41 79.10
Y 131.19 909.51 4.43 -0.012 0.02 0.03 0.04 131.19 34.35
909.51

0.32
column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided
166.410 131.190 909.510 0.198 0.156 0.433 0.23 1873.53 4F14

x y
eo= 0.031 -0.018 Mx My
eo= 0.020 -0.012 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1 = 0.003 -0.001 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2 = 0.051 -0.029

0.3 0.1
0.433 0.23
0.4 0.2

University of Gondar Page 385


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

THIRD FLOOR COLUMN DESIGN


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 6000 6000 6000 6000 3300 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333
K 316406.25 316406.25 316406.25 316406.25 646464.6465 646464.6465 646464.6465
ac1 1.00
ac2 2.04

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 4400 1800 4400 1800 3300 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.47
K 431463.0682 1054687.5 431463.0682 1054687.5 646464.6465 646464.6465 646464.6465
ac1 1.00 l= 42.16
ac2 1.00 nd= 0.25027
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.00 2.04 2.04 3.3 4.87 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 29.98 The larger of the two
Y 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.3 4.43 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 105.58 0 4.87 0.063 0.02 0.04 0.12 105.58 53.78
Y 112.30 453.69 4.43 -0.023 0.02 0.03 0.03 112.30 11.83
453.69

0.32
column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided
105.580 112.300 453.690 0.126 0.134 0.216 0.12 1280.00 4F14

x y
eo= 0.063 -0.036 Mx My
eo= 0.041 -0.023 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1 = 0.006 -0.002 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2 = 0.101 -0.058

0.2 0.1
0.216 0.12
0.3 0.2

University of Gondar Page 386


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

FORTH FLOOR COLUMN DESIGN


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 0 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 0 400 400
L 6000 6000 6000 6000 0 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 0 2133333333 2133333333
K 316406.25 316406.25 316406.25 316406.25 0 646464.6465 646464.6465
ac1 1.00
ac2 2.04

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 0 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 0 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 4400 1800 4400 1800 0 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 0 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.47
K 431463.0682 1054687.5 431463.0682 1054687.5 0 646464.6465 646464.6465
ac1 1.00 l= 42.16
ac2 1.00 nd= 0.00252
Do not consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.00 2.04 2.04 3.3 4.87 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 298.75 The larger of the two
Y 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.3 4.43 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 20.52 0 4.87 6.255 0.02 0.00 6.27 28.68 28.68
Y 21.60 4.57 4.43 -2.316 0.02 0.00 -2.30 21.60 -10.49
4.57

0.32
column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided
28.675 21.600 4.570 0.034 0.026 0.002 0.00 1280.00 4F14

x y
eo= 6.255 -3.555 Mx My
eo= 4.023 -2.316 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1 = 0.551 -0.204 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2 = 10.057 -5.790

0 0
0.002 0.00
0.1 0.1

University of Gondar Page 387


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Column C-3

FOUNDATION COlUMN DESIGN C-3


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top columncolumn bot. Column
b 500 500 0 0 400 400 0
h 400 400 0 0 400 400 0
L 6000 3150 0 0 3300 2000 0
I 2.667E+09 2666666667 0 0 2.13E+09 2.13E+09 0
K 444444.44 846560.847 0 0 646464.6 1066667 0
ac1 1.3269747
ac2 1

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top columncolumn bot. Column l= Le/i
b 0 500 0 0 400 400 0 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 0 400 0 0 400 400 0 nd= P/fcdAc
L 0 4400 0 0 3300 2000 0
I 0 2666666667 0 0 2.13E+09 2.13E+09 0 i= 115.4701
K 0 606060.606 0 0 646464.6 1066667 0
ac1 2.8266667 l= 26.90445
ac2 1 nd= 0.542652
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=1.15Le
X 1.32697466 1 1 2 2.775924 2.3 l=15/sqr/(nd)
20.36247 The larger of the two
Y 2.82666667 1 1 2 3.106658 2.3 25

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 39.19 0 2.77592368 0.000216 0.02 0.01155863 0.031774 39.19 31.25685
Y 32.19 983.72 3.10665806 5.29E-05 0.02 0.01447699 0.03453 33.9677 33.9677
983.72

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2) As Provided


39.19 33.9677011 983.72 0.04659733 0.040388 0.467861 0.1 2475.5 8F20

x y
eo= 0.00019721 -3.4563E-05 Mx My
eo= 0.00021551 5.28606E-05 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= -0.0003151 -0.00028463 -0.31 0.53 -0.28 0.13
eo2= 0.00053877 0.000132151

0.4 0.1
0.46786146 0.1
0.5 0.1

University of Gondar Page 388


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Basement Floor Column Design C-3


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 6000 3150 6000 3150 3300 3300 2000
I 1.898E+09 1898437500 1898437500 1898437500 2.133E+09 2.13E+09 2.133E+09
K 316406.25 602678.571 316406.25 602678.571 646464.65 646464.6 1066666.7
ac1 1.4067573
ac2 1.8639534 `

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Columnl= Le/i
b 0 250 0 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 0 450 0 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 0 4400 0 4400 3300 3300 2000
I 0 1898437500 0 1898437500 2.133E+09 2.13E+09 2.133E+09 i= 115.4701
K 0 431463.068 0 431463.068 646464.65 646464.6 1066666.7
ac1 2.9966164 l= 55.42106
ac2 3.9705167 nd= 0.557304
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.40675731 1.86395344 1.86395344 3.3 5.005265 3.795 l=15/sqr/(nd)
20.09303 The larger of the two
Y 2.99661637 3.97051669 2.99661637 3.3 6.399472 3.795 25

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 84 0 5.0052651 0.0020113 0.016684 0.037579 0.056275 84 56.85306
Y 112.5 1010.28 6.39947242 0.0018015 0.02 0.0614299 0.083231 112.5 84.08697
1010.28

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2) As Provided


84 112.5 1010.28 0.0998769 0.1337637 0.480494 0.1 2475.5 8F16

x y
eo= 0.00130261 0.00125708 Mx My
eo= 0.00201132 0.00180148 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= -0.0042859 -0.00361286 -4.33 5.08 -3.65 4.55
eo2= 0.00502831 0.0045037

0.4 0.1
0.48049351 0.1
0.5 0.1

University of Gondar Page 389


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Ground Floor Column Design C-3


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top columncolumn bot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 6000 3150 6000 3150 3300 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1.898E+09 1898437500 1898437500 2.13E+09 2.13E+09 2.13E+09
K 316406.25 602678.57 316406.25 602678.571 646464.6 646464.6 646464.6
ac1 1.40675731
ac2 1.40675731 `

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top columncolumn bot. Column l= Le/i
b 0 250 0 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 0 450 0 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 0 4400 0 4400 3300 3300 3300
I 0 1.898E+09 0 1898437500 2.13E+09 2.13E+09 2.13E+09 i= 115.4701
K 0 431463.07 0 431463.068 646464.6 646464.6 646464.6
ac1 2.99661637 l= 52.67579
ac2 2.99661637 nd= 0.471503
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.4067573 1.406757312 1.40675731 3.3 4.810995 3.795 l=15/sqr/(nd)
21.84486 The larger of the two
Y 2.9966164 2.996616369 2.99661637 3.3 6.082477 3.795 25

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 84 0 4.81099467 0.002377 0.016037 0.034719 0.053132 84 45.41446
Y 2.5 854.74 6.08247662 0.002129 0.02 0.055495 0.077624 66.34841 66.34841
854.74

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2) As Provided


84 66.348411 854.74 0.0998769 0.078889 0.406518 0.1 2475.5 8F16

x y
eo= 0.0015396 0.001485832 Mx My
eo= 0.0023773 0.002129302 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= -0.0050659 -0.0042703 -4.33 5.08 -3.65 4.55
eo2= 0.0059433 0.005323256

0.4 0.1
0.40651802 0.1
0.5 0.1

University of Gondar Page 390


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

First Floor Column Design C-3


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 6000 3150 6000 3150 3300 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1.898E+09 1898437500 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333
K 316406.25 602678.57 316406.25 602678.571 646464.646 646464.646 646464.646
ac1 1.40675731
ac2 1.40675731 `

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 0 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 0 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 6000 4400 0 4400 3300 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1.898E+09 0 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.4701
K 316406.25 431463.07 0 431463.068 646464.646 646464.646 646464.646
ac1 1.72881714 l= 48.14143
ac2 2.99661637 nd= 0.402317
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.4067573 1.40675731 1.40675731 3.3 4.81099467 3.795 l=15/sqr/(nd)23.64869 The larger of the two
Y 1.7288171 2.99661637 1.72881714 3.3 5.55889304 3.795 25

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 146.23 0 4.81099467 0.00278616 0.01603665 0.0347185 0.053541 146.23 39.04875
Y 14.28 729.32 5.55889304 0.00249548 0.01852964 0.04635194 0.067377 49.13943 49.13943
729.32

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2) As Provided


146.23 49.139435 729.32 0.17386904 0.05842732 0.34686773 0.1 2475.5 8F16

x y
eo= 0.0018044 0.00174135 Mx My
eo= 0.0027862 0.00249548 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= -0.005937 -0.0050047 -4.33 5.08 -3.65 4.55
eo2= 0.0069654 0.00623869

0.3 0.1
0.34686773 0.1
0.4 0.1

University of Gondar Page 391


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Second Floor Column Design C-3


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 6000 3150 6000 3150 3300 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1.898E+09 1898437500 1898437500 2.133E+09 2.13E+09 2133333333
K 316406.25 602678.57 316406.25 602678.5714 646464.65 646464.6 646464.646
ac1 1.40675731
ac2 1.40675731 `

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 6000 4400 6000 4400 3300 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1.898E+09 1898437500 1898437500 2.133E+09 2.13E+09 2133333333 i= 115.4701
K 316406.25 431463.07 431463.0682 431463.0682 646464.65 646464.6 646464.646
ac1 1.72881714 l= 43.23695
ac2 1.49830818 nd= 0.274537
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.4067573 1.406757312 1.406757312 3.3 4.810995 3.795 l=15/sqr/(nd)
28.62801 The larger of the two
Y 1.7288171 1.498308185 1.498308185 3.3 4.992573 3.795 25

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 143.03 0 4.810994669 0.0040829 0.016037 0.0347185 0.054838 143.03 27.29182
Y 29.04 497.68 4.992572628 0.003657 0.016642 0.03738867 0.057688 29.04 28.70994
497.68

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2) As Provided


143.03 29.04 497.68 0.170064207 0.0345289 0.236699 0.1 2475.5 8F16

x y
eo= 0.0026443 0.002551841 Mx My
eo= 0.0040829 0.003656968 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= -0.0087 -0.00733403 -4.33 5.08 -3.65 4.55
eo2= 0.0102074 0.009142421

0.2 0.2
0.236698747 0.1
0.3 0.15

University of Gondar Page 392


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Third Floor Column Design C-3


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400
L 6000 3150 6000 3150 3300 3300 3300
I 1.898E+09 1.898E+09 1898437500 1.898E+09 2.133E+09 2.13E+09 2133333333
K 316406.25 602678.57 316406.25 602678.57 646464.65 646464.6 646464.6465
ac1 1.4067573
ac2 1.4067573 `

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 450 450 450 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 6000 4400 6000 4400 3300 3300 3300
I 1.898E+09 1.898E+09 1898437500 1.898E+09 2.133E+09 2.13E+09 2133333333 i= 115.4701
K 316406.25 431463.07 431463.068 431463.07 646464.65 646464.6 646464.6465
ac1 1.7288171 l= 43.23695
ac2 1.4983082 nd= 0.023306
Do not consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.4067573 1.40675731 1.4067573 3.3 4.810995 3.795 l=15/sqr/(nd)
98.25459 The larger of the two
Y 1.7288171 1.49830818 1.4983082 3.3 4.992573 3.795 25

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 143.03 0 4.8109947 0.0480947 0.016037 0 0.064131 143.03 2.709548
Y 42.25 42.25 4.9925726 0.0430769 0.016642 0 0.059719 42.25 2.523121
42.25

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2) As Provided


143.03 42.25 42.25 0.1700642 0.0502357 0.020094 0.2 2475.5 8F16

x y
eo= 0.0311479 0.03005917 Mx My
eo= 0.0480947 0.04307692 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= -0.102485 -0.0863905 -4.33 5.08 -3.65 4.55
eo2= 0.1202367 0.10769231

0 0.2
0.0200943 0.2
0.1 0.2

University of Gondar Page 393


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Fourth Floor Column Design C-3


X- Direction

top L. beamtop r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 0 0 250 250 400 400 400
h 0 0 450 450 400 400 400
L 0 0 6000 3150 3300 3300 3300
I 0 0 1898437500 1.898E+09 2.133E+09 2.13E+09 2.133E+09
K 0 0 316406.25 602678.57 646464.65 646464.6 646464.65
ac1 0
ac2 1.406757 `

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beamtop r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Columnl= Le/i
b 0 0 250 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 0 0 450 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 0 0 6000 4400 3300 3300 3300
I 0 0 1898437500 1.898E+09 2.133E+09 2.13E+09 2.133E+09 i= 115.4701
K 0 0 431463.068 431463.07 646464.65 646464.6 646464.65
ac1 0 l= 34.9963
ac2 1.498308 nd= 0.000243
Do not consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 0 1.40675731 1.4067573 3.3 4.006244 3.795 l=15/sqr/(nd)
962.8084 The larger of the two
Y 0 1.49830818 0 3.3 4.041025 3.795 25

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 130 0 4.0062436 4.6181818 0.013354 0 4.631536 130 2.037876
Y 9.25 0.44 4.0410248 4.1363636 0.01347 0 4.149834 9.25 1.825927
0.44

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2) As Provided


130 9.25 0.44 0.1545714 0.0109983 0.000209 0.2 2475.5 8F16

x y
eo= 2.9909091 2.88636364 Mx My
eo= 4.6181818 4.13636364 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= -9.840909 -8.2954545 -4.33 5.08 -3.65 4.55
eo2= 11.545455 10.3409091

0 0.2
0.0002093 0.2
0.1 0.2

University of Gondar Page 394


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Column C-4
Foundation Column Design C4
X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 0 0 0 400 400 0
h 450 0 0 0 400 400 0
L 2850 0 0 0 3300 2000 0
I 1898437500 0 0 0 2.133E+09 2133333333 0
K 0 0 0 0 646464.65 1066666.67 0
ac1 0.00
ac2 1.00
Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 0 250 0 0 400 400 0 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 0 450 0 0 400 400 0 nd= P/fcdAc
L 0 4400 0 0 3300 2000 0
I 0 1898437500 0 0 2.133E+09 2133333333 0 i= 115.47
K 0 431463.068 0 0 646464.65 1066666.67 0
ac1 3.97 l= 28.49
ac2 1.00 nd= 0.46353

Consider second order effect


direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=1.15Le
X 0.00 1.00 1.00 2 2.33 2.30 l=15/sqr/(nd) 22.03 The larger of the two
Y 3.97 1.00 1.00 2 3.29 2.30 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 47.25 0 2.33 0.000 0.02 0.01 0.03 47.25 23.84
Y 49.78 840.28 3.29 0.000 0.02 0.02 0.04 49.78 30.50
840.28

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2) As Provided


47.250 49.780 840.280 0.056 0.059 0.400 2.01 16166.19 8F20

x y
eo= 0.000 0.000 Mx My
eo= 0.000 0.000 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= 0.000 0.000 -0.31 0.53 -0.28 0.13
eo2= 0.001 0.000

0.4 2.00
0.400 2.01
0.5 0.12

University of Gondar Page 395


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Basement Floor Column Design C-4


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 0 250 0 400 400 400
h 450 0 450 0 400 400 400
L 2850 0 2850 0 3300 3300 2000
I 1898437500 0 1898437500 0 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333
K 0 0 666118.421 0 646464.646 646464.646 1066666.67
ac1 0.00
ac2 2.57 `

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 0 250 0 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 0 450 0 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 0 4400 0 4400 3300 3300 2000
I 0 1898437500 0 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.47
K 0 431463.068 0 431463.068 646464.646 646464.646 1066666.67
ac1 3.00 l= 55.42
ac2 3.97 nd= 0.4590909
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 0.00 2.57 2.57 3.3 4.39 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 22.14 The larger of the two
Y 3.00 3.97 3.00 3.3 6.40 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 68.2 0 4.39 0.00 0.01 0.03 0.05 68.20 38.21
Y 17.39 832.24 6.40 0.00 0.02 0.06 0.08 69.59 69.59
832.24

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2) As Provided


68.200 69.589 832.240 0.081 0.083 0.396 0.09 1280.00 8F16

x y
eo= 0.00 0.00 Mx My
eo= 0.00 0.00 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= -0.01 0.00 -4.33 5.08 -3.65 4.55
eo2= 0.01 0.01

0.3 0.19
0.396 0.09
0.4 0.09

University of Gondar Page 396


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Ground Floor Column Design C4


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 0 250 0 400 400 400
h 450 0 450 0 400 400 400
L 2850 0 2850 0 3300 3300 3300
I 1898437500 0 1898437500 0 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333
K 8.68092E+11 0 8.68092E+11 0 646464.646 646464.646 646464.646
ac1 1.00
ac2 1.00 `

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 0 250 0 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 0 450 0 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 0 4400 0 4400 3300 3300 4400
I 0 1898437500 0 1898437500 2133333333 2133333333 2133333333 i= 115.47
K 0 431463.068 0 431463.068 646464.646 646464.646 484848.485
ac1 3.00 l= 51.47
ac2 2.62 nd= 0.3685
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.3 4.43 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 24.71 The larger of the two
Y 3.00 2.62 2.62 3.3 5.94 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 104.16 0 4.43 0.00 0.01 0.03 0.05 104.16 31.53
Y 14.4 668.02 5.94 0.00 0.02 0.05 0.08 50.44 50.44
668.02

column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided


104.160 50.443 668.020 0.124 0.060 0.318 0.08 1280.00 8F16

x y
eo= 0.00 0.00 Mx My
eo= 0.00 0.00 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= -0.01 -0.01 -4.33 5.08 -3.65 4.55
eo2= 0.01 0.01

0.3 0.10
0.318 0.08
0.4 0.01

University of Gondar Page 397


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

First Floor Column Design C4


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 250 250 0 400 400 400
h 450 450 450 0 400 400 400
L 2850 1470 2850 0 3300 3300 3300
I 1898437500 1.898E+09 1898437500 0 2.133E+09 2133333333 2.133E+09
K 666118.4211 1291454.1 666118.4211 0 646464.65 646464.646 646464.65
ac1 1.00
ac2 1.94

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 0 250 0 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 0 450 0 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 0 3150 0 3150 3300 3300 3300
I 0 1.898E+09 0 1898437500 2.133E+09 2133333333 2.133E+09 i= 115.47
K 0 602678.57 0 602678.5714 646464.65 646464.646 646464.65
ac1 2.15 l= 47.10
ac2 2.15 nd= 0.25411
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.00 1.94 1.94 3.3 4.83 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 29.76 The larger of the two
Y 2.15 2.15 2.15 3.3 5.44 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 104.16 0 4.83 0.062 0.02 0.03 0.12 104.16 53.92
Y 14.40 460.65 5.44 -0.023 0.02 0.04 0.04 19.07 19.07
460.65

0.32
column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided
104.160 19.068 460.650 0.124 0.023 0.219 0.30 2408.75 4F14

x y
eo= 0.062 -0.035 Mx My
eo= 0.040 -0.023 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= 0.005 -0.002 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2= 0.100 -0.057

0.2 0.32
0.219 0.30
0.3 0.21

University of Gondar Page 398


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Third Floor Column Design C4


X- Direction

top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 250 250 250 250 400 400 400
h 400 400 400 400 250 250 250
L 2850 1470 2850 1470 3300 3300 3300
I 1333333333 1333333333 1333333333 1333333333 520833333 520833333 520833333.3
K 467836.2573 907029.4785 467836.2573 907029.4785 157828.28 157828.283 157828.2828
ac1 1.00
ac2 1.00

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beam top r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 0 250 0 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 0 450 0 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 0 4400 0 3275 3300 3300 3300
I 0 1898437500 0 1898437500 2.133E+09 2133333333 2133333333 i= 72.17
K 0 431463.0682 0 579675.5725 646464.65 646464.646 646464.6465
ac1 3.00 l= 80.15
ac2 2.23 nd= 0.08135
Consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.3 4.43 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 52.59 The larger of the two
Y 3.00 2.23 2.23 3.3 5.78 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 64.53 0 4.43 0.194 0.02 0.03 0.24 64.53 35.87
Y 27.73 147.48 5.78 -0.072 0.02 0.05 0.00 27.73 -0.23
147.48

0.32
column Mx(KN-M) My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided
64.530 27.730 147.480 0.123 0.084 0.112 0.20 1013.14 4F14

x y
eo= 0.194 -0.110 Mx My
eo= 0.125 -0.072 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= 0.017 -0.006 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2= 0.312 -0.179

0.1 0.2
0.112 0.20
0.2 0.21

University of Gondar Page 399


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

Forth Floor Column Design C4


X- Direction

top L. beamtop r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column
b 0 0 250 250 0 400 400
h 0 0 400 400 0 250 250
L 0 0 2850 1470 0 3300 3300
I 0 0 1333333333 1333333333 0 5.21E+08 520833333.3
K 0 0 467836.2573 907029.4785 0 157828.3 157828.2828
ac1 1.00
ac2 1.00

Y- Direction
Check for slenderness of the column
top L. beamtop r. beam L. bot. Beam r. bot. Beam top column column bot. Column l= Le/i
b 0 0 0 250 400 400 400 i= sqrt(I/A)
h 0 0 0 450 400 400 400 nd= P/fcdAc
L 0 0 0 3275 3300 3300 3300
I 0 0 0 1898437500 2133333333 2.13E+09 2133333333 i= 72.17
K 0 0 0 579675.5725 646464.646 646464.6 646464.6465
ac1 0.00 l= 61.35
ac2 2.23 nd= 0.00202
Do not consider second order effect
direction column ac1 ac2 acmin L Le=L[1+0.15(ac1+ac2)
Le=L(2+0.3acmin)
X 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.3 4.43 3.80 l=15/sqr/(nd) 333.38 The larger of the two
Y 0.00 2.23 0.00 3.3 4.29 3.80 25.00

direction column Mu(KN-m) Nu(KN) Le Eo Ei E2 Etot Md(KN-M)


X 39.13 0 4.43 7.789 0.02 0.00 7.81 39.13 28.66
Y 0.97 3.67 4.29 -2.884 0.02 0.00 -2.86 0.97 -10.51
3.67

0.32
column Mx(KN-M)My(KN-M) N(KN) mx my n w As(mm2)As Provided
39.130 0.970 3.670 0.074 0.003 0.003 0.10 800.00 4F14

x y
eo= 7.789 -4.427 Mx My
eo= 5.009 -2.884 smaller Larger smaller Larger
eo1= 0.687 -0.253 2.52 45.96 -0.93 -26.46
eo2= 12.523 -7.210

0 0.1
0.003 0.10
0.1 0.05

University of Gondar Page 400


STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF B+G+4 MIXED USE BUILDING 2015

University of Gondar Page 401

You might also like